environmental impact assessment report

Transcription

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
ASSESSMENT REPORT
PROPOSED NEW PROJECT FOR MANUFACTURING
Synthetic Organic ChemicalsActivity: 5(f) Category- B
Located at:
Plot No. 1250, GIDC Notified Industrial Area,
Sarigam, Dist-Valsad (Gujarat).
EIA CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION
UNISTAR ENVIRONMENT AND RESEARCH LABS PVT. LTD., VAPI – GUJARAT
(NABET Accredited Consultant Organization, Sr. No. 160 in the List of ACO/Rev.36/ 5th November 2015 )
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
ASSESSMENT REPORT
FOR
The proposed project of mfg. of the synthetic organic chemicals
Plastic and Paint Additives (Organic Phosphites) @300/ TPM
and Organic Phosphates @150/ TPM
Activity: 5(f) Category-B
Located at:
Plot No. 1250, GIDC Notified Industrial Area,
Sarigam, Dist-Valsad (Gujarat).
EIA CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION
UNISTAR ENVIRONMENT AND RESEARCH LABS PVT. LTD., VAPI – GUJARAT
(NABET Accredited Consultant Organization, Sr. No. 160 in the List of ACO/Rev.36/ 5th November 2015 )
Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals, GIDC,
Sarigam, Dist.-Valsad (Gujarat)
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the
above EIA.
EIA Coordinator:
Name: Mr. Haresh P. Joshi
Signature & Date:
07/12/2015
Period of involvement: January -2015 to till obtaining clearance.
Contact information: M/s. Unistar Environment And Research Labs Pvt. Ltd., White House, Near
GIDC Office, Char Rasta, Vapi (Gujarat)-396195. Tel. No. : 0260-2433966,
E-mail: [email protected]
Functional Area Experts:
**attached additional sheet, *See overleaf for the details
Sr. Functional
No.
Areas
1
AP*
2
WP*
3
4
SHW*
SE*
5
EB*
6
HG*
7
GEO*
8
SC*
9
AQ*
10 NV*
11 LU*
12 RH*
Name of the experts
Mr. Haresh .P. Joshi
Mr. G.G.Thumar
Mrs. Neelam J. Rohit
Involvement
(Period & Task**)
March-2015 to May2015
Mr. G.G.Thumar
Mr. Manish Patel
Dr. Shital Tamakuwala
Mr. Arik Vasava
Mr. Ranjan Maharaj
Mr. Mukesh Surolia
Mr. Mukesh Surolia
Mr. Ranjan Maharaj
Mr. Manish Patel
Mr. G.G.Thumar
Mr. Vipul Thanki
Signature& Date
--
March-2015 to May- -2015
M/s. UniStar Environment and Research Labs Pvt. Ltd.,
Vapi
A
Contributed as “Team Member” in the project:
Sr.
Name of the
Functional Areas
No.
Team Member
Mr Jaivik Tandel
Mr. Kirit Mistry
1.
AP
Mr. Manish Patel
Mrs. Kamini Prajapati
2.
3.
WP
SHW
Mrs. Sejal Patel
Mr. Jaivik Tandel
Mr. Bhavin Patel
Mrs. Sejal Patel
Mr. Kamlesh Joshi
Mr. Mayur Patel
Involvement
(Period & Task**)
March-2015 to May-2015
Mrs. Manisha A. Vasava
4.
SE
Mr. Bhavin Patel
5.
HG
Mr. Nitin Tandel
6.
SC
Mr. Kirit Mistry
7.
AQ
Mr. Vipul Thanki
8.
9.
V (of NV)
RH
Mrs. Sejal Patel
Mr. Manish Patel
Mr. Mayur Patel
Vapi
B
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization
I, Haresh P. Joshi, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of M/s.
Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals, GIDC, Sarigam, Dist.-Valsad (Gujarat), I also confirm that I shall
be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name:
Haresh P. Joshi
Designation: Managing Director
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Unistar Environment and Research Labs Pvt. Ltd.
NABET Re-accreditation Letter No.- NABET/EIA/RA021/092 , Dated: 14-10-2014.
Vapi
C
Involvement and task of the Functional Area Experts
S.
No.
1
2
3
Functional
Areas
AP*
WP*
SHW*
Name of the experts /
associates / team member
Mr Jaivik Tandel*
Mr. Kirit Mistry*
Mr. Manish Patel*
Mrs. Kamini Prajapati*
Mr. G.G.Thumar
Mr. Manish Patel@
Mrs. Kamini Prajapati@
Mrs. Sejal Patel *
Mr. Jaivik Tandel*
Task



Air pollution monitoring.
Meteorological parameter measurement.
Identification & assessment of quantum of
emission and its Mitigation measures.


Water Quality monitoring network designing.
Sampling of water samples (surface and ground
water).
Monitoring of water quality.
Water
Balance,
budgeting
and
water
conservation.
Identification & assessment of quantum of water
pollution and its Mitigation measures.
ETP Suggestion.



Mr. Bhavin Patel*

Mr. G.G.Thumar

Mr. Manish Patel @
Mrs. Sejal Patel *
Mr. Kamlesh Joshi*


Identification of hazardous and non hazardous
wastes.
Reuse and recycling of solid wastes.
Handling and disposal of Non- Hazardous solid
waste & Hazardous waste.
Mr. Mayur Patel*

Dr. Shital Tamakuwala
4
SE*
Mr. Arik Vasava@
Mrs. Manisha A. Vasava*





5
EB*
Mr. Ranjan Maharaj



6
7
HG*
GEO*
Mr. Mukesh Suroliya
Mr. Bhavin Patel*
Mr. Mukesh Surolia





8
SC
Mr. Ranjan Maharaj

Vapi
Baseline socio economic survey(Interviews,
Questionnaires, focused group discussion)
Evaluation of Socio economic development status
of the area.
Enterprise social commitment provisions.
CSR Activity planning.
Conducted Ecological survey & preparation of
status report.
Application of taxonomy in resource inventory
(Flora & Fauna)
List of species animals and plants report.
Identification & assessment of ecological impact
due to proposed project and its Mitigation
measures.
Hydrological studies & analysis preparation of
drainage patterns of the study area.
Analysis and description of aquifer
characteristics.
Preparation of water budget details.
Rain water harvesting proposal to recharge borewells.
Geology & Geomorphologic analysis and
preparation of maps.
Sampling analysis & characterization of soil
quality.
Soil pollution & contaminated soil probability and
D
its mitigation measures.

AQ*
9

Mr. Manish Patel @
Mr. Kirit Mistry*


NV*
10
Mr. G.G.Thumar

Mr. Vipul Thanki@

LU*


11

RH
12


Mrs. Sejal Patel*
Mr. Manish Patel*
Mr. Mayur Patel*

Ambient Air Quality monitoring network
designing.
Processing of micrometeorological data for using
in model.
Air quality modelling through ISC- Aermod for
proposed prediction of impact due to proposed
installation of D.G. Sets.
Monitoring of noise levels of the project site and
surrounding area.
Assessment of noise level and vibration potential
due to proposed project and its mitigation
measures.
Secondary data collection from Organisation
(Govt & Private).
Preparation of topographical maps (SRTM Data).
Analysis of Data related to Land use pattern and
Preparation of Land use map using GIS tools and
its classifications.
Verification of present status by visiting the site
and surrounding area.
Identification of hazards due to proposed project.
Identification of hazardous substances in the
proposed project.
Preparation of risk assessment report and onsite
emergency plan.
@ : Working as Associate Functional area experts.
* : Contributed as Team Member under able guidance and are our proposed experts /
associates.
S. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Functional Area
Code
AP
WP
SHW
SE
EB
HG
GEO
SC
AQ
NV
LU
RH
Complete name of the Functional Areas
Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control
Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts
Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management
Socio-Economics
Ecology and Biodiversity
Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation
Geology
Soil Conservation
Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling& Prediction
Noise/ Vibration
Land Use
Risk Assessment & Hazard Management
Vapi
E
PREFACE
The trend of the industrial development in the India has shown the tremendous rise in its frequency and
quantum. It has become the most essential phenomenon of the development of India. Because of the
increasing industrialization many problems have shouted immediate attention towards the consequence
of the problems. If attention to these problems is not given on priority basis, the future of our offspring
will be horrible. To ensure better living on Earth, it has become essential to look deep in to the problems
arising due to the industrialization & allied development. Each and every country facing the similar
problem and hence it has become a Global issue. So, what is needed is, the clarity and presence of mind
to be able to strike a proper balance between these developmental process and ecology; i.e.
establishment or up-gradation of one should not lead to the degradation of other. To control the
negative impact at the source is better, as Environmental problems have cumulative impact so,
redemption at a later stage will lead to considerably high costs and irreversible damages. After all, there
is only one world or mankind which if ruined poses a great threat to man’s continuing existence.
Keeping in mind, MoEF, Delhi has published a notification vide SO 1533, dated 14th Sept 2006 regarding
the necessity & applicability of Environmental Clearance for many industrial or developmental activity.
This notification is intended to encourage productive and enjoyable harmony between man and his
environment. The act has brought about a profound impact on actions affecting the environment by
requiring environmental considerations to be included in decision making, process covering number of
projects and activities. Specifically, MoEF requires each agency to prepare a detailed statement of
Environmental impact before proceeding with any major action that may significantly affect the quality of
the human Environment. Especially the project or activity covered under Schedule of the notification SO
1533 are required to prepare an EIA report to get Prior EC before implementation of the project activity.
Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals proposes a new unit manufacturing of “Synthetic Organic ChemicalsOrganic Phosphites and Organic Phosphates” – serving India’s customers, as well as to international
markets. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals is located in GIDC area of Sarigam of Valsad District.
The present study of Environmental Impact Assessment has been conducted for the purpose of obtaining
EC for proposed new project of Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals and this report is being presented to
depict the details of the environment, proposed new project and associated issues which are revealed
during the study. Any error detected in the report is due to oversight and unintentional. All efforts will be
made to cover-up the shortcomings and remove the errors from the report. In process of compiling this
report, we were earnestly supported & helped by individuals of Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals& various
departments of Government. We are grateful to all of them as well as our team members who have
worked hard to successfully complete this EIA study.
Haresh P. Joshi
MD & EIA Coordinator
Unistar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd., Vapi
Date: 07th December 2015
Place: Sarigam
Page | I
INDEX
CHAPTER- 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 GENERAL………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
1.1.1 About The Company…………………………………………………………………………………………
1.1.2 About Proponents …………………………………………………………………………………………….
1.2 PROPOSED PROJECT……………………………………………………………………………………………....
1.2.1 Nature & Type of Project…………………………………………………………………………………..
1.2.2 Products & Capacity of Project………………………………………………………………………....
1.2.3 Project Location………………………………………………………………………………………………..
1.2.4 Regulatory Framework………………………………………………………………………………………
1.3 TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDY……………………………………………………………………
1.4 NEED & SCOPE OF EIA STUDY………………………………………………………………………………….
1.4.1 Need of EIA Study……………………………………………………………………….......................
1.4.2 Public Hearing…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
1.4.3 Scope & Objective of EIA Study…………………………………………………………………………
1.5 APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY…………………………………………………………
1.6 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT…………………………………………………………………………………….
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-4
1-6
1-9
CHAPTER -2: DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
2.1 HIGHLIGHT OF PROJECT………………………………………………………………………………………….
2.1.1 PROPOSED PRODUCTS………………………………………………………………………………………
2.1.2 JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT………………………………………………………………………………
2.1.3 PROJECT SITE…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
2.2 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT………………………………………………………………………………….....
2.2.1 LAND &BUILDINGS……………………………………………………………………………………….....
2.2.2 WATER………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2.2.3 ENERGY,FUEL & POWER …………………………………………………………………………………..
2.2.4 PLANT & MACHINERY………………………………………………………………………………….……
2.2.5 HUMAN RESOURCE………………………………………………………………………………………..…
2.2.6 CAPITAL…………………………………………………………………………………………………………....
2.3 DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS & ALLIED DETAILS…………………………………………………………
2.3.1 Raw materials …………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2.3.2 Manufacturing Process……………………………………………………………………………………..
2.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL & CONTROL MEASURES…………………………………………………….
2.4.1 Air Pollution Sources & Control……………………………………………………………………..….
2.4.2 Wastewater Generation & Management………………………………………………………....
2.4.3 Solid & Hazardous Waste Generation & Management………………………………………
2.4.4 Noise & Vibration Generation & Control…………………………………………………………..
2.4.5 Greenbelt Development & Rainwater Harvesting………………………………………….….
2.5 Occupationall Health & Safety…………..........................................................................
2.5.1 Hazardous Materials & Their Management……………………………………………………….
2.5.2 Occupational Health Management……………………………………………………………………
2-1
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-6
2-6
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-11
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-16
2-16
2-17
2-18
2-19
2-19
2-19
2-19
2-21
Page | II
CHEPTER-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIONMENT
3.1 GENERAL…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3.1.1 Purpose & Objective Of Baseline Study……………………………………………………………..
3.1.2 APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF BASELINE STUDY………………………………………….
3.1.2.1 Study Area …………………………………………………………………………………………………
3.1.2.2 Sampling & Monitoring Location………………………………………………………………..
3.1.2.3 Study Period & Frequency of Sampling……………………………………………………….
3.1.2.4Method of Sampling…………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2 DESCRIPTION OF BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS……………………………………………….
3.2.1 Land Environment……………………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.1.1Geological Features……………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.1.2 Topographical Features……………………………………………………………………………….
3.2.1.3 Seismology…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.1.4 Land Use/Land Cover…………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.1.5 Soil Quality………………………………………………………………………............................
3.2.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT…………………………………………………………………………………….
3.2.2.1 Geohydrology……………………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.2.2 Water Quality of Study Area…………………………………………………………………….…
3.2.3 MICRO METEOROLOGY ……………………………………………………………………………………...
3.2.3.1 Humidity…………………………………………………………………………………………………..…
3.2.3.2Temperature……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3.2.3.3Rainfall………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.3.4 Mixing Height………………………………………………………………………………………………
3.2.3.5 Wind Pattern……………………………………………………………………………………………….
3.2.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT…………………………………………………………………………………………...
3.2.5 AMBIENT NOISE…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.6 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ……………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.6.1 Flora of the Sudy Area…………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.6.2 Fauna of the Study Area………………………………………………………………………………
3.2.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT……………………………………………………………………..
3.2.7.1 Demography…………………………………………………………..........................................
3.2.7.2 Literacy……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
3.2.7.3 Occupational Structure………………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.7.4 Public Amenities …….……………………………………………………………………………..
3.2.7.5 Socio-Economic Indicators…………………………………………………………………………….
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-3
3-7
3-8
3-8
3-9
3-9
3-10
3-12
3-12
3-16
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-22
3-22
3-22
3-22
3-22
3-22
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-29
3-35
3-40
3-41
3-42
3-43
3-44
3-46
CHAPTER-4: ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 GENERAL…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4.1.1 Phases of Impacts Assessment Study………………………………………………………………..
4.1.2 Environmental Attributes & Parameter……………………………………………………………..
4.1.3 Major Considerations………………………………………………………………………………………..
4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTING ACTIVITIES & PROBABLE IMPACTS……….………………
4.2.1 Impacting Activities…………………………..………………………………………………………………
4.2.2 Types & Nature of Impacts………………………………………………………………………………..
4.3 DESCRIPTION OF ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATIONS….…………………………………..
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-6
4-6
4-7
4-8
Page | III
4.3.1 Land Environment………………………………………………………………………………………………
4.3.1.1 Mitigation Measures…………………………………………………………………………………….
4.3.2 Water Environment……………………………………………………………………………………………
4.3.2.1 Anticipated Impacts…………………………………………………………………………………..…
4.3.3 Air Environment………………………………………..……………………………………………………....
4.3.3.1 Anticipated Impacts…………………………………………………………………………………….
4.3.4 Ecological Environment……………………………………………………………………………………..
4.3.4.1 Anticipated Impacts……………………………………………………………………………………..
4.3.4.2 Mitigation Measures…………………………………………………………………………………....
4.3.5 Socio-Economic Environment…………………………………………………………………………….
4.3.5.1 Anticipated Impacts …………………………………………………………………………………….
4.3.6 Noise & Vibration……………………………………………………………………………………………….
4.3.7 Occupational Health & Safety…………………………………………………………………………….
4.4 EVALUATION OF IMPACTS………………………………………………………………………………………
4-8
4-10
4-11
4-11
4-13
4-13
4-13
4-24
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-27
4-28
4-29
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-31
4-32
4-33
CHAPTER-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
5.1 GENERAL…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5.1.1 Objective of Environmental Monitoring Program……………………………………………..
5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM…………………………………………………………..
5.2.1 Environmental Attributes & Locationof Sampling……………………………………………..
5.2.2 Environmental Monitoring Parameters & Schedule…………………………………………..
5.2.3 Environmental Monitoring Methods………………………………………………………………...
5.2.4 Report& Documentation………………………………………………………………………………….
5.2.5 Budgetary Provisions…………………………………………………………………………………………
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-4
5-5
CHAPTER-6: ADDITIONAL STUDIES
6.1 GENERAL…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
6.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION………………………………………………………………………………………….
6.3 RISK ASSESSMENT& DISASTER MANAGEMENT……………………………………………………...
6.3.1 Hazard Identification………………………………………………………………………………………..
6.3.2 Identification of Hazardous Area……………………………………………………………………….
6.3.3 Failure Frequencies……………………………………………………………………………………..……
6.3.4CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS & CONTROL MEASURES…………………………………………...
6.3.4.1 Consequence Analysis of PCl3………………………………………………………………………
6.3.4.2 Consequence Analysis of Hydrogen Chloride……………………………………………….
6.3.4.3 Consequence Analysis of POCl3……………………………………………………………………
6.3.5 Emergency Response Guideline…………………………………………………………………………….
6.3.5.1 Emergency Response Guidelines for Phenol………………………………………………….
6.3.5.2 Emergency Response Guidelines for PCI3………………………………………………………
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-5
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-9
6-9
6-15
Page | IV
6.3.5.3 Emergency Response Guidelines for POCI3…………………………………………………….
6.3.5.4 Emergency Response Guidelines for Butanol………………………………………………….
6.3.5.5 Emergency Response Guidelines for Cresol…………………………………………………….
6.3.5.6 Emergency Response Guidelines for Ethyl hexanol-2……………………………………..
6.3.5.7 Emergency Response Guidelines Diesel…………………………………………………………..
6.4 SOCIAL STUDY AND R & R ACTION PLAN………………………………………………………………..
6-20
6-25
6-28
6-32
6-33
6-36
CHAPTER-7: PROJECT BENEFITS
7.1 IMPROVEMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURES……………………………………………………………………
7.2 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL………………………………………………………………………..…………….
7.3 OTHER TANGIBLE & INTANGIBLE BENIFITS………………………………………………………………
7-1
7-1
7-1
CHAPTER-8: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.1 GENERAL………………………………………………………………………………………………....................
8.1.1 Source & Significance of Considered Impacts…………………………………………………….
8.1.2 Objective & Scope of EMP………………………………………………………………………………
8.2 Environment Management Cell……………………………………………………………………………..
8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN………………………………………………………………..
8.3.1 Air Pollution Sources & Control …………………..…………………………………………………..
8.3.2 WasteWater Generation &Management.………………………………………………………..
8.3.3 Hazardous & Non-Hazardous waste Management……………………………………………
8.3.4 Noise & Vibration Generation & control……………………………………………………………
8.3.5 Protection of Ecological Feature………………………………………………………………………..
8.3.6 Hazardous/Non-Hazardous Material Management……………………………………………
8.3.7 Occupational Health & Safety …………………………………………………………………………..
8.4 Other Important EMP……………………………………………………………………………………………..
8.4.1 Cleaner Production Action…………………………………………………………………………….…
8.4.1.1 Resource Recovery, Reuse/ Recycle & Conservation………………………………….
8.4.1.2 Energy conservation……………………………………………………………………………………
8.4.2 Greenbelt Development………………………………………………………………………………..…
8.4.3 Socio-Economic Welfare and CSR………………………………………………………………………..
8.4.4 Reporting……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8-1
8-1
8-5
8-6
8-7
8-8
8-10
8-12
8-13
8-15
8-16
8-18
8-20
8-20
8-20
8-21
8-22
8-24
8-26
CHAPTER-9: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
9.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION…………………………………………………………………………………………...
9.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT & BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS……………………...
9.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIROMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES…………………………...
9.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM………………………………………………………………..
9.5 ADITIONAL STUDY…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
9.6 PROJECT BENEFITS……………………….…………………………………………………………………………
9.7 ENVIROMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN…………………………………………………………………...
9.8 CONCLUSION………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
9-1
9-3
9-5
9-6
9-7
9-7
9-7
9-11
CHAPTER-10: DISCLOSURE OR CONSULTANT ENGAGED
10.1 ABOUT UNISTAR ENVIRONMENT AND RESEARCH LABS PVT. LTD………………………….
10-1
Page | V
LIST OF ANNEXURE
ANNEXURE I Compliance with Awarded TOR
ANNEXURE II Input & output of APM
ANNEXURE III Meteorological data
ANNEXURE IV Environmental Methods
ANNEXURE V GIDC Plot Allotment Letter
ANNEXURE VI Other Documents Related & Proposed Project
ANNEXURE VII CSR Activity Chart for Proposed Project
ANNEXURE VIII Treatability report of Proposed ETP
Annexure IX Manufacturing Process
ANNEXURE X Undertaking (for not diggingbore well )
ANNEXURE XI Disaster Management Plan
ANNEXURE XII MSDS In CD
ANNEXURE XIII End use of the products of
ANNEXURE XIV Hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw material
Page | VI
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1
Figure 2.1
Figure 2.2
Figure 2.3
Figure 2.4
Figure 3.1
Figure 3.2
Figure 3.3
Figure 3.4
Figure 3.5
Figure 3.6
Figure 3.7
Figure 3.8
Figure 3.9
Figure 3.10
Figure 3.11
Figure 3.12
Figure 3.13
Figure 3.14
Figure 3.15
Figure 3.16
Figure 4.1
Figure 4.2
Figure 4.3
Figure 4.4
Figure 4.5
Figure 4.6
Figure 8.1
Approach & Methodology of EIA Study………………………………………………….…
Map of Project Site………………………………………………………………………………....
Plant Layout…………………………………………………………………………………………….
Site Plan………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Water Balance Diagram…………………………………………………………..………………
Base Map of Study Area………………………………………………………………………….
Sampling & Monitoring Locations Map (5 km)………………………………………..
Digital Terrain Model of Study Area (10 km)…………………………………………..
Topographic Map of Study Area (10 km)…………………………………………………
Landuse area of 10 km radius of Study Area……………………………………………
Satellite (Bhuvan 2D) Image of Study Area………………………………………………
LULC Map of Study Area…………………………………………………………………………
Wind Frequency Distribution Chart………………………………………………………..
Wind Rose Diagram…………………………………………………………………………………
Forest Cover of Study Area……………………………………………………………………..
Total population of Study Area……………………………………………………………….
Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribes…………………………………………………...
Literacy details………………………………………………………………………………………..
Occupational Layouts……………………………………………………………………………..
Main Workers…………………………………………………………………………………………
Marginal Workers……………………………………………………………………………………
Estimated Mixing Height Profile of Study Area………………………………………..
Contour of Predicted Incremental GLC of PM10………………………………………
Contour of Predicted Incremental GLC of SOX………………………………………………………………
Contour of Predicted Incremental GLC of NOX……………………………………………………………..
Contour of Predicted Incremental GLC of HCl……………………………………..
Figure: Graph of 1st highest 24 Hourly Average Incremental GLC for 20
Discrete Polar Receptors at 500 mt interval in downwind direction………..
Environment Management Cell……………………………………………………………….
1-6
2-5
2-7
2-8
2-18
3-5
3-6
3-10
3-11
3-14
3-14
3-15
3-23
3-24
3-28
3-41
3-42
3-42
3-43
3-43
3-44
4-17
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
8-7
Page | VII
LIST OF TABLE
Table 1.1
Table 2.1
Table 2.2
Table 2.3
Table 2.4
Table 2.5
Table 2.6
Table 2.7
Table 2.8
Table 2.9
Table 2.10
Table 2.11
Table 2.12
Table 3.1
Table 3.2
Table 3.3
Table 3.4
Table 3.5
Table 3.6
Table 3.7
Table 3.8
Table 3.9
Table 3.10
Table 3.11
Table 3.12
Table 3.13
Table 3.14
Table 3.15
Table 3.16
Table 3.17
Table 3.18
Table 3.19
Table 3.20
Table 3.21
Table 3.22
Table 3.23
Table 3.24
Table 3.25
Table 3.26
Table 3.27
Table 3.28
List of Promoters…………………………………………………………………………………………
Highlight of Project……………………………………………………………………………………..
List of Products & Byproducts with Capacity……………………………………………….
Area Statement For The Plant Premises………………………………………………………
Breakup Of Water Requirement………………………………………………………………….
Energy, Fuel & Power Requirement…………………………………………………………….
Major Machineries & Equipment…………………………………………………………………
Human Resource Requirement…………………………………………………………………..
Capital Cost…………………………………………………………………………………………………
Product Wise Raw Material Requirement…………………………………………………..
Details of Utility Emission & Control Measures……………………………………………
Details of Wastewater Generation………………………………………………………………
Details of Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation & Management……………………
Salient Features of Project Area (10 Km)……………………………………………………..
Sampling & monitoring Locations (Study Area - 5 Km)…………………………………
Frequency of Environmental Monitoring…………………………………………………….
Method of Environmental Sampling & Analysis…………………………………………..
Land use area details for (10 km Radius)……………………………………………………..
Details of Soil sampling locations………………………………………………………………..
Soil Quality of Study Area (6th April 2015)…………………………………………………..
Hydrogeological well Inventory of the existing well around the site……………
Details of Water Sampling Locations……………………………………………………………
Surface water Quality of Study Area…………………………………………………………...
Ground water Quality of Study Area…………………………………………………………...
Wind Frequency Distribution Data………………………………………………………………
Ambient Air Monitoring Locations………………………………………………………………
Ambient Air Quality of Study Area……………………………………………………………….
Ambient Air Monitoring Locations……………………………………………………………….
Ambient Noise Level in Study Area……………………………………………………………..
List of Major Flora……………………………………………………………………………………….
List of Wildly Occurring Flora……………………………………………………………………….
List of fauna recorded from Forest Department………………………………………….
Population Details (2011)…………………………………………………………………………….
Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribes……………………………………………………
Literacy Details (2011)…………………………………………………………………………………
Occupational Layouts………………………………………………………………………………….
Marginal Workers………………………………………………………………………………………..
Amenities of Study Area-Education…………………………………………………………….
Amenities of Study Area-Drinking & Irrigation Water………………………………….
Amenities of Study Area-Communication & Transport………………………………..
Amenities of Study Area-Bank, Approach Roads & Electricity……………………..
1-1
2-1
2-3
2-6
2-9
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-11
2-12
2-17
2-18
2-18
3-3
3-4
3-7
3-8
3-13
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-23
3-25
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-29
3-30
3-36
3-41
3-41
3-42
3-43
3-44
3-44
3-45
3-45
3-45
Page | VIII
Table 4.1 (a)
Table 4.1 (b)
Table 4.2
Table 4.3
Table 4.4
Table 4.5
Table 4.6
Table 4.7
Table 4.8
Table 4.9
Table 4.10
Table 4.11
Table 5.1
Table 5.2
Table 5.3
Table 6.1
Table 6.2
Table 6.3
Table 6.4
Table 8.1
Table 9.1
Table 9.2
Table 9.3
Impacting Activities Of Proposed Project………………………………………………….
Type & Nature of Identified Impacts…………………………………………………………
Details of Source Input……………………………………………………………………………..
Details of Emission Input………………………………………………………………………….
Details of Receptors Input………………………………………………………………………..
Summarized Details of Meteorological Input……………………………………………
Predicted Ambient Air Quality………………………………………………………………….
Predicted Ambient Air Quality………………………………………………………………….
Matrix Evaluation for proposed project without mitigation measures
(Construction Phase)………………………………………………………………………………..
Matrix Evaluation for proposed project with mitigation measures
(Construction Phase)………………………………………………………………………………..
Matrix Evaluation for proposed project without mitigation measures
(Operation Phase)…………………………………………………………………………………….
Matrix Evaluation for proposed project with mitigation measures
(Operation Phase)…………………………………………………………………………………….
Monitoring Points/Locations & Components…………………………………………..
Environmental Monitoring Parameters & Schedule…………………………………
Budgetary Provisions for EMS………………………………………………………………….
Details of raw materials of proposed project…………………………………………..
Identification of Hazardous Raw Materials as per MSIHC Rules (2000)……..
Typical failure frequencies……………………………………………………………………….
Failure Rates for Pressure Storage/Transfer……………………………………………
Environment Management Cell………………………………………………………………..
List of Products & Byproducts with Capacity……………………………………………
Details of Environmental sampling frequency……………………………………………
Details of Environment Monitoring Program………………………………………………
4-7
4-8
4-15
4-15
4-16
4-16
4-18
4-18
4-36
4-37
4-38
4-39
5-2
5-3
5-5
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-4
8-7
9-1
9-4
9-6
Page | IX
SANDHYA PLASTICIZERS & CHEMICALS
EIA Report for proposed manufacturing of Synthetic Organic ChemicalsOrganic Phosphites & Organic Phosphates
CHAPTER: 01
INTRODUCTION
1.1.
GENERAL
1.1.1. About The Company
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals is located at Plot No. 1250, GIDC, Sarigam – 396155. Tal.
Umbergaon, Dist. Valsad. The company has acquired adequate plot in the notified industrial
estate of Sarigam hence no other land outside of the industrial estate is required. The company
proposes to manufacture products under the category “Synthetic Organic chemicals” (Organic
Phosphites & Organic Phosphates). Business for the product has bright future and lucrative in
various region of India and abroad. The company has been promoted by four promoters and
the company will start its operation of the unit after obtaining the EC and other statutory
clearances/ consents/ permissions.
1.1.2. About Proponent
The company is a partnership firm and is promoted by four partners. The details related to
them are given below:
Table 1.1: List of Promoters
Sr.
No.
Name of Directors
1.
Mr. Kantilal M. Koli
2.
3.
4.
1.2.
Mrs. Sandhya K. Koli
Mr. Snehal K. Patel
Mr. Smit K. Patel
Residential Address
Plot No. 203 & 204, Residential Bunglow Area, Sauravh Society, GIDC, Vapi
– 396195.Dist. Valsad (Gujarat).
PROPOSED PROJECT
1.2.1. Nature & Type of Project
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals proposes to establish their product manufacturing unit
at Plot No. 1250, GIDC, Sarigam – 396155. Tal. Umbergaon, Dist. Valsad. (Gujarat) India. The
proposed new project involves the production of “Plastic & Paint additives & Organic
phosphates” which are Synthetic Organic Chemicals, For the proposed new project, the
company intends to procure the available latest technology for manufacturing the proposed
products.
UniStar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd.
(QCI-NABET Accredited)
Chapter-01: Introduction
1-1
As per the EIA notification‐ 2006 as amended the proposed new project involves the
production of “Plastic & Paint additives & Organic phosphates” which falls under item no. “5(f)
– Synthetics organic Chemicals industries as per the EIA notification- 2006, hence required
Prior Environmental Clearance.
1.2.2. Products & Capacity of Project
The unit is a new project proposed for manufacturing of the synthetic organic chemicals (Organic Phosphites & Organic Phosphates) at rate of 1011.40 MT per Month. These chemicals
groups includes following products.



Plastic and Paint Additives (Organic Phosphite): Tri Phenyl Phosphite, Diphenyl Isodecyl
phoshite, 2-Hexyl Diphenyl phosphite, Phenyl Di-IsodecylPhosphite, Tri –DecylPhosphite, Tri
TrisdecylPhosphite, TrisNonyl Phenyl Phosphite, Diphenyyl Tridecyl Phosphite (DPTDP), Tetra
Phenyl Dipropylene Glycol Phosphite (THOP), Poly (Dipropylene Glycol) Phenyl Phosphite
(DHOP), 4,4-Isopropylidene bis (diisodecyl Phenyl Phosphite), Distearyl pentaerythritol
Diphosphite (DPEDP), Tris ( 2,4 ditert butylphenyl) Phosphite, Tris ( 2,4 ditert amylphenyl )
phosphite, etc.
Organic Phosphates: Tri aryl and Alkyl Phosphate Triphenyl Phosphate, Tricresyl Phosphate,
Tributyl Phosphate, CresylDiphenyl Phosphate, etc.
By products: Hydrochloric Acid( 30 % Solution) & Phenol
1.2.3. Project Location
The proposed project of M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals will be established at Plot No.
1250, GIDC, Sarigam – 396155. Tal. Umbergaon, Dist. Valsad. The Sarigam is situated in
southern most part of Gujarat. The Arabian sea is situated in west direction, which is about 7.5
Km W away from the GIDC industrial Estate. The nearest interstate boundary (Dadra & Nagar
Haveli) is situated at distance of about 7 Km. Nearest wildlife sanctuary ( D & NH Wild Life
Sactuary) is situated at about 14 KM. The project site is well connected with state & national
Highway network.
1.2.4. Regulatory Framework
The proposed project is of synthetic organic manufacturing unit with proposal of utilization of
some chemicals having flammable & toxic hazards; hence the regulatory framework related
with the hazardous or toxic chemicals as well as regulatory provision of risk, emergency &
safety management are applicable to the proposed project. The regulatory provision related
with hazardous material handling, manufacturing, storage & transportation are also applicable
to the proposed project. Few of the material are petroleum products and may have potential
of fire & explosion; hence applicability of the relevant acts & rules shall be verified at time of
operation. The transportation is proposed through road network and so the applicability of
road transport and other related regulations are required to confirm. The unit will have
potential of pollution and also attracts the provisions of EIA notifications 2006- SO 1533 (as
amended). Thus, the proposed project may be required to comply with many regulatory
provisions. The proponent shall follow the regulatory frame work as listed below and additional
applicable provision shall also be referred timely as cited as mandatory provision for proposed
1-2
project. In any case, proponent shall comply with the regulatory provision as directed through
particular regulatory provision. The major regulatory provisions applicable to the proposed
project area listed below.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 amended 1987 and rules there under
Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 amended 1988 & rules there under
The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, amended 1991 and rules there under
Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 amended 2000 and 2003
Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 amended 2000
Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996
EIA Notification, 2006 as amended timely (2009, 2011)
Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001.
Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 amended 1992 and rules there under
Factories Act, 1948 & rules there under (Gujarat Factories Rules, 1963)
The Petroleum Act, 1934 & rules there under
The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981
The Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 & rules there under
The proposed unit is being new unit has obtained NOC for its proposed project. CC&A for
proposed project will be obtained after obtaining the EC. The company will always ensure that
the proposed unit complies with all statutory requirements as timely issued in form of EC, NOC,
CC&A, Other order & circular from the concern authorities. The CC&A & EC compliance report
of the proposed unit will be submitted regularly as required by statutory provisions.
1.3.
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDY
In line with the sequential proceeding for Prior EC described in EIA Notification SO 1533 (as
amended), proponent had applied in Form-I along with pre-feasibility report for approval of
Terms of Reference for proposed project. The application was made to the SEAC, Gandhinagar
on 5th January 2015 as the project is to be developed in the notified industrial area/estate
which is out of 5 km radial distance from interstate boundary (Dadra & Nagar Haveli- 7KM &
Daman- 8KM). The application & proposal had been considered by the committee in its 230th
meeting held on 24th March 2015. On 29th March 2015, approved TOR with additional
information & conditions for terms of reference for EIA study for proposed project had been
issued by SEAC vide letter no. EIA-10-2014-6895-E/1038, dated 29/05/2015. Committee had
noticed that the proposed project is falling under category 5(f) –“B” as per the EIA Notification2006 (as timely amended) and issued the above said letter for approved/awarded TORs.
Committee has noted that public hearing / consultation is not required due to project being
located in the notified industrial area/estate established before 2006. The SEAC had earmarked
the area covering 5 km radial area from site for monitoring & sampling as well as for
preparation of some maps for proposed EIA study. With respect to the awarded /Approved
TOR, the present EIA study has been conducted for the proposed EIA study in area covering & 5
km radial distance from site. All points of TORs issued by EAC has been addressed in the study
and covered in the present EIA report under respective heading. The details of Terms of
1-3
Reference including the copy of letter for TOR issued by SEAC and the tabular compliance
report for the issued TOR are presented in Annexure-I.
1.4.
NEED & SCOPE OF EIA STUDY
1.4.1. Need Of EIA Study
As mentioned in earlier section 1.2.4, the proposed project being a synthetic organic
manufacturing unit falls under category 5(f)-B in line with the applicability of these legal
provisions of SO 1533, an application for approval of TOR for EIA for prior environmental
clearance had been made in Form 1 to the SEAC, Gandhinagar, Gujarat for approval of draft
TORs as well as to obtained the awarded TOR for preparation of an Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) for project appraisal to obtain environmental clearance for proposed project
depending upon the nature and location specificity of the project. The SEAC, has cited many
requirements for environmental studies and has issued a set of awarded TOR which mentions
that a detailed EIA study has to be conducted as per the applicability of SO 1533. Hence, the
present EIA study has been conducted as it is mandatory requirement as per applicability of SO
1533.
1.4.2. Public Hearing
As per the applicability of provision for Public Hearing of SO 1533 and other order & recent
circular under the SO 1533, category ‘A’ and category ‘B1’ projects or activities situated in
notified industrial area/estate (established before 2006) are exempted from public
consultation. After issuing of TOR, MoEF has issued a circular for exemption from PH for the
unit situated in industrial estates developed before 2006. Considering this recent circular,
public hearing is not required to be conducted for the proposed unit.
1.4.3. Scope & Objective of EIA Study
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizer & Chemicals, Sarigam has appointed M/s. Unistar Environment &
Research Labs Pvt. Ltd, Vapi as Environmental Consultants to carry out the Rapid
Environment Impact Assessment for the project of upcoming expansion project for
manufacturing of synthetic organic chemical unit to be situated at Plot No. 1250, GIDC
Industrial Estate, Village-Sarigam of Valsad district of Gujarat.
The major objective of the present EIA study is to determine the change in impact due to the
project proposed. The present report is outcome of EIA study conducted during March 2015
to May 2015 as per awarded TORs by SEAC, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. The area of study is a
radial coverage of 5 Km around the proposed site. While deciding the scope of the EIA study,
the awarded TOR as presented in Annexure-I has been referred to comply with all conditions
provided therein for EIA study. The scope of this study is to receive approval of SEAC,
Gandhinagar for Environmental Clearance. Besides, the report will have scope of utilization
for approval from other government authorities like GPCB.
The objectives of the present EIA conducted for the development of a proposed project are
to examine the following with respect to the TORs awarded by SEAC, Gandhinagar, Gujarat:
1-4
 Collection & study of details regarding the activities, operations, processes, utilities,
machineries, equipment, and other materials & requisites related to construction and
operation phase.
 Characterization and benchmarking of existing environmental status of a study area
surrounding the project site.
 Carrying out Environmental monitoring and analysis for parameters like Air, Water, Marine,
Noise, Soil and Biological Environment.
 Collection of meteorological parameters like humidity, wind speed, wind direction etc.
 Identification of the probable environmental impacts due to the construction and operation
of the proposed project on the existing environmental parameters.
 Preparation of an environmental monitoring & management plan to minimize the adverse
impacts due to the project(s) and formulation of a post – operational monitoring scheme.
 Preparation of a Risk Assessment report as well as disaster management plan to meet the
safety and emergency requirements during probable hazards & disasters.
The main objectives of the present environmental impact assessment study are:
 To assess the prevailing environmental status of project area- 5 km radial area from
proposed site situated in Notified Industrial Area –GIDC Estate of Sarigam, Gujarat
 To prepare necessary maps of project area- 5 km radial area from proposed site situated in
Notified Industrial Area – GIDC Estate of Sarigam, Gujarat to comply with awarded TOR and
to improve EIA quality.
 To identify potential sources of impacts of proposed unit, which includes impacts due to
emission, water consumption & wastewater disposal, hazardous & solid waste generation
& disposal, noise generation, contamination of environment by chemicals, toxic effects of
raw materials & products, hazards & risk of various operations and employment & other
social aspects of projects.
 To predict and evaluate the major impact on environment along with pollution control
measures taken especially for emission as well as various probable hazards like fire,
explosion & toxic dispersion.
 To ensure that there will not be considerable impacts on wild life sanctuary, forest & other
sensitive area of situated in the surrounding area through preparing adequate EMP & EM
plans
 To ensure that there will not be considerable impacts on air quality, water quality &
quantity, human health and flora & fauna of the surrounding area through preparing
adequate EMP & EM Plans
 To ensure that all necessary action plan are prepared for implementation to avoid any
critical environmental & safety issue in the surrounding area due to proposed project
operation
 To prepare an EIA Study report with efficient environment management plan.
 To utilize any content or whole report of present EIA study for applicable statutory
clearances for proposed project and/or any other management purpose.
1-5
1.5.
APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY
The EIA study for the proposed project has been conducted with respect to the process cycle of
EIA as suggested by MoEF vide SO 1533 as well as provided in TGM issued by MoEF. The stages of
approaches & methodology of EIA study has been presented in illustrative form in the figure 1.1
and detailed in subsequent paragraphs.
Figure 1.1: Approach & Methodology of EIA Study
The summarised details of the EIA cycle followed during the study for proposed project is
described below as various phases:





Screening
Scoping and consideration of alternatives
Baseline data collection
Impact prediction
Assessment of alternatives, delineation of mitigation measures and environmental impact
statement
1-6



Environment Management Plan
EIA Review
Application for EC
Screening
Screening is done to see whether a project requires environmental clearance as per the statutory
notifications. Screening Criteria are based upon:



Scales of investment;
Type of development; and,
Location of development.
A Project requires statutory environmental clearance only if the provisions of EIA notification and/or one
or more statutory notification cover the proposed Project.
Scoping
Scoping is a process of detailing the terms of reference of EIA. It has to be done by the consultant
in consultation with the project proponent and with reference to the guidance of MoEF as well as
if needed from Impact Assessment Agency.
The Ministry of Environment and Forests has published guidelines for different sectors, which
outline the significant issues to be addressed in the EIA studies. Quantifiable impacts are to be
assessed on the basis of magnitude, prevalence, frequency and duration and non-quantifiable
impacts significance is commonly determined through the socio-economic criteria. After the
areas, where the project could have significant impact, are identified, the baseline status of these
should be monitored and then the likely changes in these on account of the construction and
operation of the proposed project should be predicted.
Baseline Data
Baseline data describes the existing environmental status of the identified study area. The sitespecific primary data should be monitored for the identified parameters and supplemented by
secondary data if available.
Impact Prediction
Impact prediction is a way of ‘mapping’ the environmental consequences of the significant
aspects of the project and its alternatives. Environmental impact can never be predicted with
absolute certainty and this is all the more reason to consider all possible factors and take all
possible precautions for reducing the degree of uncertainty.
The following impacts of the project should be assessed:
 Air
 Changes in ambient levels and ground level concentrations due to total emissions from point, line
and area sources
 Effects on soils, materials, vegetation, and human health
 Noise
 Changes in ambient levels due to noise generated from equipment and movement of vehicles
1-7




















Effect on fauna and human health
Water
Availability to competing users
Changes in quality
Sediment transport
Ingress of saline water
Land
Changes in land use and drainage pattern
Changes in land quality including effects of waste disposal
Changes in shoreline/riverbank and their stability
Ecology
Deforestation/tree-cutting and shrinkage of animal habitat.
Impact on fauna and flora (including aquatic species if any) due to contaminants/pollutants
Impact on rare and endangered species, endemic species, and migratory path/route of animals.
Impact on breeding and nesting grounds
Socio-Economic
Impact on the local community including demographic changes.
Impact on economic status
Impact on human health.
Impact of increased traffic
Environment Monitoring and Management Plan
Efficient mitigation plan should be drawn up for the selected option and is supplemented with an
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to guide the proponent towards environmental
improvements. The EMP is a crucial input to monitoring the clearance conditions and therefore
details of monitoring should be included in the EMP.


Delineation of mitigation measures including prevention and control for each environmental
component.
Delineation of monitoring scheme for compliance of conditions

Delineation of implementation plan including scheduling and resource allocation.
An EIA report should provide clear information to the decision-maker on the different
environmental scenarios without the project, with the project and with project alternatives.
Uncertainties should be clearly reflected in the EIA report.
Review of Draft EIA Report, Preparation of Final EIA Report & Application for EC
The draft EIA report prepared for proposed project should be reviewed at different level (From
Coordinator to Technical Experts/FAEs) and then necessary changes and modification shall be
made for imperative version of EIA Report for submission/ further application. During this stage,
all necessary details to address the queries or suggestion raised in reviewing process. After
carefully reviewing the all details and issues cited by experts, final EIA report shall be prepared &
submitted along with the application for EC for Environmental Clearance of the proposed project.
1-8
1.6.
STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT
The report has been suitably structured covering various aspects like project description,
baseline conditions, environmental impacts, mitigation measures, environmental management
plan. The EIA report has been prepared chapter wise in accordance with generic structure
suggested by MoEF in EIA notification. The report of the EIA study for the proposed projects
has been prepared in the following structure.
Chapter 1 Introduction: This chapter includes details like Identification of project & project
proponent, Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance, Scope
of the study – details of regulatory scoping carried out (As per Terms of Reference)
Chapter 2 Project description: Description of the project (based on project feasibility study),
Details are provided to give clear picture of the following:




Type & Need of project and Size or magnitude of operation
Maps showing Project Location, plant layout & study area.
Technology and process description
Description of facilities, infrastructure, resource requirement, pollution potentials & mitigation
measures implemented for control of pollution
Chapter 3 Description of the Environment: This chapter includes the baseline environmental
information of the project area and related details as mentioned below.



Study area & period, components & methodology of study
Establishment of baseline for valued environmental parameters, as identified in scope
Base maps of necessary environmental Components/Features
Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures: This chapter comprises
Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to project establishment, possible accidents,
project design, regular operations, final commissioning of project. The details covered in
chapter are tabulated below.


Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining significance, Assigning significance)
Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified.
Chapter 5 Environmental Monitoring Program: Technical aspects of monitoring the
effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location,
data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement
schedules)
Chapter 6 Additional Studies: Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan
Chapter 7 Project Benefits: Improvements in the physical & social infrastructure, Employment
& Other tangible benefits
Chapter 8 Environmental Management Plan: Description of the administrative & managerial
aspects of ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented and their effectiveness
monitored, after approval of the EC, NOC and CC&A
1-9
Chapter 9 Summary & Conclusion: Overall justification for implementation of the project,
Explanation of how, adverse effects have been mitigated
Chapter 10 Disclosure of Consultants Engaged: The introduction & description of the
consultants engaged and nature of consultancy rendered.
1-10
CHAPTER: 02
DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
2.1.
HIGHLIGHT OF PROJECT
Proposed unit of M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals is a new unit for manufacturing of
synthetic organic chemicals to be situated at Plot No. 1250, GIDC Industrial Estate, Sarigam,
Gujarat. The company has yet not started any activities as the EC & other statutory
permissions/clearance is required to be obtained. The company will manufacture 450
MT/Month of synthetic organic chemicals and 414.90 MT/Month HCl as by-product after
obtaining EC & CC&A. The synthetic organic chemicals include mainly 2 products groups for
which the company has proposed to setup a manufacturing unit at aforesaid location. As per
the EIA notification- 2006 (as amended timely) products are covered under any category 5(f)
required Prior Environmental Clearance.
The details of the proposed project are summarized as highlight of the project in the following
table.
Table 2.1: Highlight of Project
Sr.No.
Particulars
1. Company Type &
Registered Address
2.
3.
4.
5.
Name and Location of
project
Coordinates
Name of Applicant(b) Address: (i) Postal
(ii) E-mail
(c) Phone
(i) Land line
(ii) Mobile
(iii) Fax:
Year of Commissioning
Nature of project
Land Type of Project Site
Is land procured or to be
procured for new project or
for expansion?
9. Screening category
(as per SO 1533 as timely
amended)
10. Total area
11. Land for Green belt
6.
7.
8.
DETAILS
Small Scale, Partnership Firm
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals
Plot No.: 1250, GIDC Notified Industrial Estate,
Village. Sarigam, Tal. Umergaon,
Dist.: Valsad (Gujarat) India.
As Above (Item No. 1)
Lat.: 20°18'18.93"N,Long.: 72°51'11.34"E
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals
As Above (Item No. 1)
[email protected], [email protected]
+91-260-2430875
+91-9725260270
+91-260-2430875
The proposed unit being a new unit will be
commissioned after obtaining E.C., NOC & CC&A
New Unit for Manufacturing Synthetic Organic Chemicals
Industrial Plot situated in Notified Industrial Estate
The land is already acquired for the unit from GIDC,
Sarigam, Gujarat
5(f) – “Synthetics Organic Chemicals”
Category: “B”
5040.00 m2
1512.30 m2(30.01%)within premises and along plant
Chapter-02: Description of Project
2-1
Sr.No.
Particulars
12. Cost of project
13. Capital and recurring Cost
earmarked for EMP:
14. Water requirement,
15. Power requirement and
source
16. D.G.Set
Fuel requirement
17. Utilities
Fuel Requirement
18. Waste water Generation &
Disposal
19. Emissions
20. Resource Recovery
Reuse/Recycling
21. Solid/Hazardous Wastes &
Management
DETAILS
boundary
Rs. 350.00 Lakhs for the proposed unit
Capital cost for EMP: Rs. 25 lakhs and
Recurring cost for EPM: Rs. 18Lakhs /Year
Industrial: 29.00 KLD
Domestic: 5.00 KLD
Greenbelt: 5.00 KLD
Total: 39.00 KLD
Source: Pipeline of GIDC Water Supply Department,
Sarigam.
200 KVA
From Dakshin Gujarat Vij. Co. Ltd.
1 X 200 KVA & as standby arrangement
Diesel (HSD): Total 50 ltr/Hr.
Boiler-1 No. of 1000 Kg/Hr capacity
Thermopack- 1 Nos of 6 LakhKcal/Hr capacity
BagasseBrickets:
For Boiler- 2MT/Day
For Thermopack- 1 MT/Day
Total- 3 MT/Day
Domestic: 4.00 KLD
Sewage disposal through septic tank & soak pit.
Industrial Effluent: 6.00 KLD
Treated in in-house ETP unit and treated effluent will be
disposed off through GIDC underground drainage to
CETP, Sarigam.
Utility emission
PM <150 mg/NM3, SOX<100 PPM, NOX<50 PPM after Bag
filter for Boiler and Thermopack
Stack-I: Boiler&Thermopack (Ht.-15 Mt., Dia-200 mm),
Stack-II: DG Set 1x200 KVA (Ht.-15 Mt., Dia-200 mm)
Process emission
HCl 20 mg/NM3after ring jet scrubber + Mist eliminator +
demister
Stack-III: Process Vent (Ht.-11 Mt., Dia-150 mm)
 Phenol recovery by Distillation for reuse in process &
sell as by product
 HCl recovery by Process Scrubber for sell as by
product
ETP Waste: 10.0 MT/Annum (Sent to TSDF site)
Process Residue: 27.00 MT/Annum (Common
Incineration facility)
Used Oil: 100 Lit./Yr. (Sold to approved recycler)
HDPE Bags: 3000 Nos./Annum (Sold to approved scrape
dealers/recycler)
Discarded Container: 400 Nos./Yr (Sold to approved
scrape dealers/recycler)
2-2
2.1.1. PROPOSED PRODUCTS
As mentioned in earlier chapter M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals has proposed to setup a unit for
manufacturing of Synthetic Organic chemicals. The proposed products& byproducts along with
production capacity are presented below in tabulated form.
Table 2.2: List of Products &Byproducts with Capacity
Sr.
Product Name
No.
1
Plastic and Paint Additives (Organic Phosphite)
(Tri Phenyl Phosphite, DiphenylIsodecylphoshite, 2-Hexyl Diphenylphosphite,
Phenyl Di-IsodecylPhosphite, Tri –DecylPhosphite, Tri TrisdecylPhosphite,
TrisNonyl Phenyl Phosphite, DiphenyylTridecylPhosphite (DPTDP), Tetra Phenyl
Dipropylene Glycol Phosphite (THOP), Poly (Dipropylene Glycol) Phenyl
Phosphite (DHOP), 4,4-Isopropylidene bis (diisodecyl Phenyl Phosphite),
DistearylpentaerythritolDiphosphite (DPEDP), TRIS ( 2,4 ditertbutylphenyl)
Phosphite, TRIS ( 2,4 ditertamylphenylphosphite, etc.)
2
Organic Phosphates
(Tri aryl and Alkyl Phosphate, Triphenyl Phosphate, Tricresyl Phosphate, Tributyl
Phosphate, CresylDiphenyl Phosphate, etc.)
3.
By products :
Hydrochloric Acid( 30 % Solution)
Phenol
TOTAL
Quantity
(TPM)
300.00
150.00
414.90
46.00
910.90
2.1.2. JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT
The proposed products have very high demand for manufacturing of plastic and paint products
manufactured in the region of proposed project and other areas of our country. The products
are now well established and acceptable in the international markets.Manufacturing of
proposed products in the country is very much economical compare to imports of the same
and also the export of the same can earn extra revenue generation for our county. There is a
huge demand of the proposed products in the export market as well as local market. Proposed
products are widely used and are in demand in the domestic Chemical industry.
Keeping these in mind, company have identified the demand for the proposed products and
with continuous R&D of company found that it can be developed and produce commercially for
domestic market as well as for export markets. The proposed project will provide a potential
growth opportunity for the company. Export of these products may also increase the foreign
revenue.
There will be very good opportunity of employment generation directly and indirectly due to
proposed new project.
2-3
2.1.3. PROJECT SITE
As described in earlier sections, the proposed unit of – M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals
will be setup at Plot No. 1250, Notified Industrial Estate of GIDC, Sarigam, Ta – Umbergaon,
Dist – Valsad (Gujarat). The GIDC Industrial estate has all required infrastructure like electricity,
roads, transportation etc. Also it is to be noted that the nearby area of the GIDC estate has
considerable human resource which is required to be employed for social upliftment of the
area. The estate is in Umargaon Taluka in Valsad District of Gujarat State, India. And the study
area as per the TOR awarded is 5 Km radial area from the proposed project.
The project area is situated in the southern part of Gujarat State and shares some area of UT of
Daman and UT of Dadra & Nagar Haveli. The area has global identity for its industrial
development since many decades especially in Vapi GIDC, adjoining UTs and Sarigam GIDC. The
area has contributed significantly in the development of our Nation’s economy through the
excellent industrial growth. The area has considerably developed in last few decades by sharing
vital input through industrial development and implementation of government actions/plan of
development. The area has been selected as the production hub by many large banner
industries of chemicals, pharmaceutical, pesticides, and textileand plastic sectors.
The
Damanganga
river
flows
west
into
the Arabian
Sea.
The
river
flowsthrough Maharashtra and Gujarat states, as well as the Union territories of Daman and
Diu and Dadra and Nagar Haveli. The industrial towns of Vapi, Dadra and Silvassa lie on the
north bank of the river, and the town of Daman occupies both banks of the river's estuary.
The map of project area showing the project site and surrounding area as well as various
infrastructures is presented below.
2-4
Fig.2.1 Map of Project Site
2-5
2.2.
RESOURCE REQUIREMENT
The proposed project is a new in production unit of for production of s synthetic organic resins
& adhesives. Hence, many types of resources will be required for setting up the proposed
project. The proposed project is to be developed in an industrial plot situated in the notified
industrial estate hence no additional land outside of the industrial estate is required. The site is
already developed with some necessary civil structures & shade as company has acquired the
plot from GIDC authority, which was under possession of other industrial unit. Therefore, the
proposed unit requires to finalize the incomplete civil structures & shade along with some
additional buildings and shed. Thus considerable resources will be required for development &
setting up of the proposed project. The details of the resource requirements of proposed
project are presented below in subsequent paragraphs under respective headings.
2.2.1. LAND & BUILDINGS
The proposed project is to be developed within the plot situated in notified industrial estate of
GIDC. The plot is already acquired from the GIDC authorities for industrial operation which is
admeasuring 5040 sq. mt. The plot transfer letter is enclosed as Annexure- VThis land is
sufficient for proposed project. In 1512.30 sq. mt. area greenbelt will be developed and
2668.94 sq. mt. area will be kept open. For the buildings & sheds etc. 858.76 sq.mt. area of the
plot will be utilized. The details of the area statement for proposed unit are presented below.
Table 2.3 Area Statement forthe Plant Premises
Area Statement
Total Plot Area
Construction Area
Open Land Area
Green Belt Area
Area (in Sq. Mt.)
5040.00
858.76
2668.94
1512.30
The layout of project premises /site showing proposed buildings & infrastructures including
raw materials storage area, production area, utility area, office area, greenbelt area, internal
roads and parking area etc. is shown in subsequent figure of plant layout.
The location of site in GIDC industrial estate is presented in subsequent figure of site plant.
2-6
Fig. 2.2 Plant Layout
2-7
Fig. 2.3 Site Plan
2.2.2. WATER
The unit will require 39.00 KLD freshwater which will be met through Water supply pipeline of
GIDC Sarigam. The total freshwater requirement includes 5.00 KLD for irrigation of greenbelt,
29.00 KLD for industrial operations and 5.00 KLD for domestic uses. The details with necessary
breakup for water requirement of proposed unit are presented in subsequent table.
2-8
Table 2.4 Breakup of water requirement
Sr. No.
1.
2.
Particulars
Quantity (KL/Day)
Domestic
5.00
Sub Total Domestic
5.00
Industrial
Processing
0.00
Boiler
3.
10.00
Cooling
4.00
Washing
5.0
Scrubber
10.00
Sub Total Industrial
29.00
Other (Gardening)
5.00
Total
39.00
Note: The unit will not draw any ground water as the water requirement is fulfilled by GIDC water
supply. An undertaking that the unit shall not dig any bore well within the premisesis enclosed as
Annexure- X.
2.2.3. ENERGY, FUEL & POWER
The production of proposed products requires significant quantum of heat. In proposed unit
the heat requirement in form of steam will be met by the bagasse based boiler (1000 Kg/Hrs).
Also for meeting heat requirement of the proposed project one bagasse based thermopack (6
lakh Kcal/Hr.) will be installed. The fuel for boiler&thermopacks will be bagasse brickets. Power
requirement of proposed unit is estimated 200 KVA, which will be met by supply from DGVCL
or DG sets (1 x 200 KVA). DG sets will be used only during emergency & failure of power supply
by DGVCL. Diesel/HSD will be used as fuel for proposed DG Sets. The details of Fuel & Power
requirement is presented in tabular form in subsequent table.
Table 2.5 Energy, Fuel & Power Requirement
Components
Requirement
Sources
Steam
1000-2000 Kg/hr
Inhouse Boiler
Heat
6 Lakh Kcal/Hr.
InhouseThermopack
Power
200 KVA
Dakshin Gujarat Vij Co. Ltd.
Bagasse
3.00 MT/Day
Local market/supplier
HSD
50 Ltrs/Hr
Will be sourced Local Dealer
2-9
2.2.4. PLANT & MACHINERY
The company will setup its manufacturing unit having following main & major machineries &
equipment. The details of the proposed machineries & equipment are presented below in tabular form.
Table 2.6 Major Machineries & Equipment
Sr. No.
A.
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
C.
12.
13.
14.
15.
D.
16.
E.
17.
F.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
G.
23.
24.
25.
H.
26.
27.
28.
29.
I.
30.
31.
J.
32.
Description of items
REACTOR
Glass Line Reactor (GLR) - 6 Nos.
Glass Line Reactor (GLR-4) - 2 Nos.
SSR-1
SSR-2
RECEIVER
2 KL
3 KL
5 KL - 6 Nos.
3 KL
Receiver-1
Receiver-2
Receiver-3
ADDITIONAL TANK
2 KL
3 KL
5 KL + 3 KL
5 KL
STEAM EJECTOR
WATE+ 2 STEAM - 3 Nos.
HOLDING TANK
Holding Tank - 3 Nos.
RAW MATERIAL STORAGE TANK
SS TANK (Phenol)
SS TANK (Phenol)
TANK (PCl3)
SS TANK
HDPE TANK 6-Nos
MEASURING TANK
TANK (PCl3)
TANK (Phenol)
TANK 2-Nos
OTHER TANKS
HCl Storage Tank
HCl Process Tank
Melting Tank
Product Tank
VENTURY SCRUBBER
GRAPHITE CONDENCER 3 NOS
SCUBBER 3 NOS
WEIGHT BALANCE
Weight Balance - 2 Nos.
Capacity
MOC
05 KL each
05 KL each
01 KL
05 KL
GLR
GLR
SS316
SS316
500 Liter
500 Liter
1000 Liter each
100 Liter
150 Liter
600 Liter
1000 Liter
SS316
SS316
SS316
SS316
SS 316
SS316
SS 316
800 Liter
800 Liter
1000 Liter
1200 Liter
SS316
SS316
SS316
MS
1 TOR each
GRAPHITE
05 KL
SS316
50000 KGS
30000 KGS
1500 KGS
5000 KGS
10000 KGS each
SS 316
SS 316
MS
SS 316
HDPE
1000 Liter
2000 Liter
1000 Liter
MS
SS 304
HDPE
10000 Liter * 4
5000 Liter * 4
10000 Liters
10000 Liter * 7
HDPE
HDPE
MS
HDPE
8 m2
10 m2
GRAPHITE
PP/FRP
300KG CAPACITY*2
SS316
2-10
33. Flaker - 1 No.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
Hcl Scrubbing System (3 stage)
Cooling Tower
Thermopack (Oil Healing System)
Steam Boiler (1 Nos.)
DM Plant
R.M. Transfer Pump - 2 Nos.
Chilling Plant
Air Compressor
Blower
D.G. Set – 1 Set
Electric Panels
Effluent Treatment Plant – 1 No.
100 Kg.
Adequate
200 TR
6 Lakh Kilo Calories/Hr
1000 Kg/hr
1000 Liter/Hr.
5 HP each
20 TR
5 HP
3 HP
200 KVA
As per Requirement
10 KL/Day
SS316
Graphite HDPE
PP/ FRP
MS (Thermax make)
MS (IBR)
---
--
2.2.5. HUMAN RESOURCE
The company will provide employment to 45 people in different categories for operation of
proposed project. The details of the proposed employment structure are presented below in
tabular form.
Table 2.7 Human Resource Requirement
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Particular
Managerial
Skilled
Semi-Skilled
Unskilled
TOTAL
Employment Nos.
02
05
13
25
45
2.2.6. CAPITAL
The capital of proposed project has been estimated & budgeted with costs of Rs. 440 Lakhs.
The proposed capital includes Rs. 40 Lakhs for environmental protection measures. The details
of proposed capital costs estimation including land, buildings, plant machineries & equipment,
environmental protection measures etc. is presented below in tabulated form.
Table 2.8 Capital Cost
Sr. No.
1.
3.
Purpose
Land& Building
Plant & Machinery and other fittings
4.
Environmental protection measures
TOTAL :
Estimated Capital Cost (Rs. In Lakhs)
150.00
175.00
25.00
350.00
2-11
2.3.
DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS & ALLIED DETAILS
The details of Raw Materials & production process of all products are described in subsequent
paragraphs under respective headings.
2.3.1. RAW MATERIALS
All raw materials required for manufacturing of proposed products are easily available
indigenously in local market, which will be transported through road. The details of product
wise raw material requirement are presented below.
Table 2.9 Product Wise Raw Material Requirement
Sr.
No.
1
Product Name
Raw Materials
Plastic and Paint Additives
A. Tri Phenyl Phosphite
B. Organic Phosphites
C. TrisNonyl Phenyl Phosphite,
Tris ( 2,4 ditertbutylphenyl)
Phosphite ,
Tris ( 2,4 ditertamylphenyl )
phosphite
2
Raw Material
Consumption
Kg/MT MT/Month
Organic Phosphates
Phenol
PCl3
Tri Phenyl Phosphite
Alcohol (IsoDecyl alcohol, 2-Ethyl
Hexanol, TriDecyl Alcohol, Di
propylene Glycol, Bisphenol ,
Stearyl alcohol , Pentaerythritol
etc.)
951.00
450.00
829.00
124.00
58.00
99.50
423.00
51.00
Nonyl Phenol, 2,4 di-tert-butyl
phenol, 2,4 di-tert-amyl phenol
959.00
48.00
PCl3
200.00
10.00
995.00
148.25
470.00
70.50
Alcohols (Phenol or Cresolor
Butanol, etc.)
POCl3
2.3.2. MANUFACTURING PROCESS
The products of proposed project are described in earlier section with required raw
materials.The company shall use the latest available process technology for the production.
This section includes the manufacturing process of the product, chemical reactions, and mass
balance of each product.
1. PRODUCT:PLASTIC AND PAINT ADDITIVES (ORGANIC PHOSPHITES)(300 MT/M)
A. TRI PHENYL PHOSPHITE:
Production Process:
Phenol and PCI3are reacted at elevated Temperature. During the course of reaction HCl
gas is generated, which is scrubbed in water and dispatched as HCl solution. Unreacted
mass is recovered by distillation at elevated temperature and under reduced pressure.
After complete removal of phenol from the reaction mass finally pure TriphenylPhosphite
2-12
is collected and packed in suitable containers as per customer’s requirements and used
for captive purpose to manufacture other products.
Chemical Reaction:
3C6H5OH
+PCl3
→
(C6H5O)3P + 3HClgas
(Reactor)
HClgas
+H2O
→
HClSoln.
(Scrubbing)
Mass Balance Details:
Sr.
No.
1
2
INPUT
Phenol
PCl3
Total
1
2
HCl Gas
Scrubbing Water
QTY (Kgs)
OUTPUT
951.00
450.00
HCl Gas
Phenol
1401.00 Total
In Scrubber (By Product)
360.00 HCl Solution (30% solution)
1080.00
QTY (Kgs)
REMARKS
1000.00
360.00
41.00
1401.00
Product
To Scrubber
Reuse
1440.00
By Product
Process Flow Diagram:
RAW MATERIALS
Phenol
PCl3
REACTOR
SCRUBBER
HCl Recovery
DISTILLATION
Phenol Recovery
PRODUCT: Tri Phenyl Phosphite
Packaging & Dispatch
B. ORGANIC PHOSPHITES: (Diphenyl Isodecylphoshite/ Diphenyl 2-ehtyl hexyl phosphate/
Phenyl Di-IsodecylPhosphite/ Tri –DecylPhosphite/ Tri TrisdecylPhosphite/Diphenyl
TridecylPhosphite (DPTDP)/Tetra Phenyl Dipropylene Glycol Phosphite (THOP)/ Poly
(Dipropylene Glycol) Phenyl Phosphite (DHOP)/Isopropylidenebis (diisodecyl Phenyl
Phosphite)/DistearylpentaerythritolDiphosphite (DPEDP)/ TRIS ( 2,4 ditertbutylphenyl)
Phosphite/ TRIS ( 2,4 ditertamylphenyl phosphate, etc.))
Production Process:
TPP (Tri Phenyl Phosphite) and Alcohol (IsoDecanol, 2-Ethyl Hexanol, IsoDecanol,
TrisDecyl Alcohol ect.) are reacted at elevated temperature. During the course of reaction
2-13
(n) mole phenol is generated. Phenol is distilled out and OrganicPhosphite is collected
and packed in suitable containers as per customer’s requirement.
Chemical Reaction:
(C6H5O)3P
+ (R1)-OH
→
(C6H5O)2-P-O-(R1)
+ C6H5OH
Where, R1 can be Isodecanol OR 2-Ethyl Hexanol OR TrisDecyl Alcohol etc.
Mass Balance Details*:
Sr.
No.
1
2
INPUT
Alcohol (R1-OH)
Total
QTY
(Kgs)
829.00
423.00
1252.00
OUTPUT
Organic Phosphite
Phenol
Total
QTY
(Kgs)
1000.00
252.00
1252.00
REMARKS
Product
By product
*NOTE: Mass balance changes based on chemical reactions.
Process Flow Diagram
RAW MATERIALS
Alcohol
REACTOR
DISTILLATION
Phenol Recovery
Reuse in TPP
PRODUCT: Organic Phosphite
C. TRISNONYL PHENYL PHOSPHITE:
Production Process:
PCl3and Nonyl Phenol are reacted at elevated temperature. During the course of reaction
3 mole HCl is generated as gas. Gaseous HCl is scrubbed in water scrubber attached to
the reactor and TrisNonyl Phenyl Phosphite is collected after complete removal of HCl
from reactor. The product TrisNonyl Phenyl Phosphite is then packed in suitable
containers as per customer’s requirement.
Chemical Reaction:
3C9H19-C6H4OH +
HClgas
+
PCl3 → (C9H19-O-C6H4)3P + 3HClgas (Reactor)
H2O → HClSoln
(Scrubber)
2-14
Mass Balance Details:
Sr. No.
1
2
1
2
INPUT
Nonyl Phenol
PCl3
Total
HClgas
Scrubbing Water
Total
QTY (Kgs)
OUTPUT
959.00 TrisNonyl Phenyl Phosphite
200.00 HClgas
1159.00
Total
159.00 HCl (30 % Solution)
371.00
530.00
Total
QTY (Kgs)
1000.00
159.00
1159.00
REMARKS
Product
To Scrubber
530.00
By Product
530.00
Process Flow Diagram:
RAW MATERIALS
Nonyl Phenol
PCl3
SCRUBBER
HCl Recovery
REACTOR
PRODUCT: Tri NonylPhenylPhosphite
2. ORGANIC PHOSPHATES(Triphenyl Phosphate OR Tricresyl Phosphate OR Tributyl
Phosphate OR Cresyl Diphenyl Phosphate etc.) (150 MT/M)
Production Process:
3 mole alcohol (Phenol OR Cresol OR Butanol OR Isoproponol etc.) reacted with 1 mole
of POCl3 at elevated temperature in presence of catalyst during the course of reaction HCl
is generated which is trapped in water and will be dispatched as HCl solution. 5 % excess
alcohol (Phenol OR cresol etc.) used is distilled out under reduced pressure after the
reaction.
Finished product distilled at elevated temperature and at reduced pressure and collected
in to the receiver. From receiver the material is flaked, collected and packed in bags.
Chemical Reaction:
3R1-OH + POCl3 → (R1-O)3OP + 3HClgas (Reactor)
HClgas
+ H2O
→ HClSoln
(Scrubber)
Where, R1 can be Phenol OR Cresol OR Butanol OR Isopropanol etc.
2-15
Mass Balance Details
Sr.
No.
1
2
QTY
(Kgs)
995.00
470.00
INPUT
Alcohol
POCl3
Total
1
2
HCl Gas
Scrubbing Water
Total
OUTPUT
Organic Phosphate
HCl Gas
Alcohol Recovery
Residue
1465.00
335.00 HCl (30 % Solution)
745.00
1080.00
Total
Total
QTY (Kgs)
REMARKS
1000.00
335.00
115.00
15.00
1465.00
Product
By Product
Reused
Waste
1080.00
By Product
1080.00
*NOTE: Mass balance changes based on chemical reactions.
Process Flow Diagram
RAW MATERIALS
Alcohol
POCl3
REACTOR
SCRUBBER
HCl Recovery
DISTILLATION
AlcoholRecovery
and Reused
FLAKING
PRODUCT: Organic Phosphate
Note: The details for the manufacturing process (for each product) is enclosed as Annexure-IX
2.4.
POLLUTION POTENTIALS & CONTROL MEASURES
2.4.1. Air Pollution Sources & Control
Company will install one boiler (capacity of 1000 Kg/hr) &one thermic fluid heaters (capacity of
6 lakhs kcal/hr) to meet the thermal energy requirement of the proposed project. Bagasse will
be used as a fuel for Boiler& thermic fluid heaters. Thus after the proposed project these
utilities will be the main source of emission.
Company has also planned to install one D.G. Sets (200 KVA capacity), as stand by power supply
facility. These will be used only during power failure. Diesel will be used as a fuel for D.G. Sets.
2-16
In the process of Tri Phenyl Phosphite& Organic Phosphite Phenol are likely to arise as process
emission. For control of phenol emission no special measure is required as it will be recovered
in process itself. Phenol will be distilled and will be reused in process or will be sold to actual
user as by-product.
Process gas emission in form of HCl gas will be emitted from Triphenyl Phosphite, Tris Nolyl
Phenyl Phosphite and organic phosphate respectively at the rate of 360 Kg/Ton of product, 159
Kg/Ton of product and 335 Kg/Ton of product. This HCl emission will be scrubbed in three stage
scrubbing system. The scrubbing system will have HCl gas scabbing efficiency above 98%. The
recovered HCl (30%) will be sold as by-product to the actual user.
The summarized details of the stationary/utility emissions are presented in tabular form below.
Table 2.10: Details of Utility Emission & Control Measures
Sr.
No.
Fuel / Power & its
Qty
Probable Pollutants
& Limits
Bagasse : 2 MT/Day
PM <150 mg/Nm3
SO2 < 100 ppm
Particulars
Control Measures
Utility Emission
1.
2.
3.
Boiler
Capacity: 1000 Kg/Hr
Thermopack (1 No)
Capacity : 6 Lac kcal/hr
D.G. Set (1 No.)
Capacity: 200 KVA
NOx< 50 ppm
Bagasse : 1 MT/Day
PM <150 mg/Nm3
SO2 < 100 ppm
NOx< 50 ppm
HSD:50 Ltrs./Hr.
PM <150 mg/Nm3
SO2 < 100 ppm
NOx< 710 ppm
Bag filter with
common Chimney
Chimney ht.:15 mt.
Diameter: 200mm
Chimney ht.:15mt.
Diameter: 200 mm
Process Emission
1.
Reaction Vessel
-
HCl<20 mg/NM3
Three State Scrubbing
system (Venturi water
jet+ Water scrubber+
Alkali scrubber)
Chimney ht.: 11 mt.
Diameter: 150 mm
2.4.2. Wastewater Generation & Management
The unit will have industrial effluent generation @ 6KLD from washings and boiler& cooling
blow down. The industrial effluent will be treated in full-fledged in-house ETP equipped with all
required Primary, Secondary & Tertiary Treatment units. The treated wastewater will be
disposed off through the underground pipeline of GIDC Sarigam which is going to CETP. The
wastewater will also be generated from domestic activities as sewage @4 KLD. Domestic waste
water will be disposed off through Septic Tank and soak pit.
The details of wastewater generation are tabulated below whereas the water balance diagram
is shown in subsequent figure.
2-17
Table 2.11: Details of Wastewater Generation
Sr. No.
1.
Quantity (KL/Day)
Domestic
4.00
Sub Total Domestic
4.00
Industrial
2.
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
3.
Particulars
Processing
0.00
Boiler
1.00
Cooling
1.00
Washing
4.00
Scrubber
0.00
Sub Total Industrial
6.00
Total
10.00
Fig. 2.4: Water Balance Diagram
2.4.3. Solid & Hazardous Waste Generation & Management
The hazardous waste from the unit will be generated in form of Process Residues, Used Oil, Discarded
containers & Empty HDPE Bags and ETP waste. The details of all wastes & their management are
tabulated below.
Table 2.12: Details of Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation & Management
Types of Waste
ETP Waste
(Schedule-1, 34.3)
Process residue
Quantity
10.00 MT
27.00 MT
Storage Method
Will be stored at a
separate storage area
Will be stored at a
Method of Disposal
Will be sent to TSDF, Vapi
Will be sent to co incineration
2-18
(Schedule-I, 20.3)
Discarded containers
(Schedule-I, 33.3)
400 Nos.
HDPE bags
(Schedule-I, 33.3)
3000 Nos.
Used oil
(Schedule-1, 5.1)
100 Lit
separate storage area
in a closed container
Stored at a specified
storage area as per
rule.
Stored at a specified
storage area as per
rule.
Stored into the closed
container.
or common incinerations.
After decontamination will be
sold to re-conditioners
After decontamination will be
sold to re-conditioners
Disposal by selling to
registered refiners
2.4.4. Noise & Vibration Generation & Control
Noise & Vibration are /will be generated in utility & production area. Beside this, some noise are
anticipated from operation of pumps, motor & compressors etc. Mainly the high noise & vibration is
likely to be generated from TFH, boiler and DG Set. The noise level in premises ranges from 50 dB(A)
to 80 dB(A) depending up on the distance from the noise sources. Noise level outside of production &
utility area will never cross the permissible limit for industrial unit as mostly remains below 60 dB(A).
All noises are/will be managed by provision of proper PPEs for working people in the respective
areas. Vibrations are/will be managed by provision of proper fitting, shunting and sturdy nonvibrating foundation with rubber pads.
2.4.5. Greenbelt Development & Rainwater Harvesting
Company has acquired plot admeasuring 5040 Sq. Mt. The greenbelt will be developed at the
periphery of plant premises as well as in some open area within the proposed premises. The
greenbelt will be developed in area admeasuring 1512.30 Sq. Mt. Greenbelt will be maintained by
regular fertilization, irrigation & replantation to give thick pasture view considering the guideline of
CPCB for three tiers greenbelt development.
The company has no plan to harvest the rainwater as the area of project site in in industrial area and
the rainwater may be contaminated by gaseous & particulate pollutant.
2.5.
Occupational Health & Safety
2.5.1. Hazardous Materials & Their Management
There will be total 14 raw materials &2 fuels for production of the products. All of these chemicals &
Fuels are identified as hazardous as per MSIHC Rules (2000).All hazardous materials will be managed in
accordance with national & state regulations.
Following general risk reduction measures for Handling, Storage of Hazardous Materials (Bags, Drums &
Tanks) are suggested to maintain safe work place & hazard free areas in the proposed unit.




Proper ventilation will be provided in godown.
Proper label and identification board /stickers will be provided in the storage area.
Conductive drum pallets will be provided.
Drum /Bag handling trolley / stackers/fork lift will be used for drum/bag handling.
2-19



























Materials will be stored as per its compatibility study and separate area will be made for
flammable, corrosive and toxic chemical drums storage.
Smoking and other spark, flame generating item will be banned from the Gate.
Static grounding points will be provided at storage, handling and process area.
Static grounding points will be provided for all tanks proposed for storage of chemicals.
Local exhaust provision will be made in warehouse & process to prevent toxic chemical vapour
exposure and maintained area below PEL/TLV limits. Air change ratio in warehouse will be
managed around 1.
Lower level ventilation exhaust system will be provided in drum storage area.
Identification label and NFPA diamond code sticker will be provided on all chemicals drums &
bags and tank area.
Drums & bags will be stored as per its compatibility chart.
Material safety data sheets will be displayed at storage as well as process and chemical handling
area.
Empty drums & bags will be stored in separate dedicated empty drum & bag storage area. All
drums & bags will be neutralized/decontaminated before send it to recyclers.
Fire hydrant system shall be provided in unit and fire hydrant shall be installed as per TAC/NFPA
Norms.
Tank farm area should be well maintained and must be situated away from process area and
safe distances to be maintain as per statutory requirements.
Plant should meet provisions of the Manufacture, storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals
Rules, 1986 & the factories Act, 1948 and The Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning,
Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 (As amended timely).
All environmental regulations shall be complied all the time without failure.
Fix piping with supports and clamping needs to be provided for raw material charging and
minimum flexible hose should be connected for charging chemicals in day tank or reactor.
Static grounding provision needs to be provided to all process vessels and equipment.
Caution note board for all hazardous chemicals shall be displayed.
Safety valve provision to be made on reactor.
In general, all machines Nip shall be protected with appropriate fix safe guard to be prevent
amputation of any person’s body part.
Periodic On Site Emergency, Mock Drills should be conducted, in order to train the staff and
make them mentally prepared to tackle any emergency.
Emergency handling facilities should be maintained in a tip top condition round the clock.
Safety devices and control instruments should be calibrated once in a year.
Proper coloring as per IS 2379 should be done in plant to pipeline network, tank and equipment
to protect it from corrosion.
Preventive maintenance schedule should be prepared for all the equipment and colour code or
tagging should be provided.
Permit to work system should be implemented on 100 % basis for hazardous work to be carried
out in the plant.
The details of emergency equipment are given in on site emergency Plan along with its quantity.
Automated Fire detection system shall be provided in storage area as well as plant area. Where
automated system is not feasible to install, manual call points for fire location identification
should be installed in plant premises.
2-20

Induction safety course should be prepared and training of all new employees before starting
duties in plant should be made compulsory.
2.5.2. Occupational Health Management
The proponent company is committed towards ensuring high level of health & safety of its employee
and all necessary implementation & actions will be in place in the proposed unit of the proponent.
Company will follow all statutory guidelines related with occupational health & safety and all
necessary facilities & procedures will be provided in the proposed unit. Health check-up programs
will be carried out regularly and all records & documents related with employee health check-up
program are maintained. All risk control & prevention measures will be implemented in the proposed
unit. Management will provided necessary PPEs, safety equipment/ materials as mentioned in above
section of risk reduction to ensure healthy & safe work conditions. Regular inspection for the safety
procedures and use of PPEs & Safety equipment/material will be done by the management/safety
cell. Premedical examination and periodical examination will be carried out once in a six month and
record will be maintained in Form No-32 & 33 as per GFR. LFT test will be carried out during preplacement and periodical examination. Training programs & safety audit shall be done on regular
basis to prevent impacts of the operational activities on occupational health as well as to improve
workplace condition & safe work system. Proponent shall also ensure that all necessary PPEs, Safety
materials/ equipment are in place.
2-21
CHAPTER: 03
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1.
GENERAL
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals has proposed to setup a new unit at GIDC Notified
Industrial Estate of Sarigam Village of Valsad District of Gujarat for manufacturing of five
organic products falling in category of synthetics organic chemicals (Organic Phosphite &
Organic Phosphate). As per the new EIA notification SO 1533 (as timely amended) the project
falls under scheduled category of 5 “f” (B1). Considering the legal provisions, the present EIA
study has been conducted in line with the awarded TOR as described in earlier chapter-1 &
Annexure I. As a part of the EIA study, baseline environmental status has been assessed
following the approved methods for sampling & analysis of environmental samples. The study
was started in March 2015 based on draft ToR as well as discussion held during presentation at
SEAC for approval of draft TOR. Up on receipt of the awarded TOR in March 2015 by SEAC,
Gandhinagar all conditions of awarded TOR have been referred & accordingly the present
baseline study has been conducted during the aforesaid study period.
The details of the baseline study & related aspects have been described in subsequent sections
under respective heading.
3.1.1. PURPOSE & OBJECTIVE OF BASELINE STUDY
The present baseline study in EIA has been conducted with the main purpose to determine the
existing environmental conditions of the project area for conducting an environmental impact
assessment (EIA) in order to determine the potential stress on environment due to the
environmental issues of the proposed project of M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals.
Baseline studies have been conducted during the period of three months of Summer (Premonsoon) season of 2015 (March 2015 to May 2015) to fulfil the specific requirements of the
Environmental Studies, as required to comply with the awarded TOR as well as the standards
timely issued by the concern authority. As such, this practice is intended to help the EIA team
to gather and analyse data and information in order to classify the environmental status into
several environmental conditions of area types.
Objectives guiding the present baseline environmental studies are as below.



To delineate the prevailing environmental condition of project/study area as per
awarded TOR issued by SEAC, Gandhinagar, Gujarat for EIA study.
To generate &/or collect the information of physical, chemical & biological properties of
the environment of the study area (5 km radial area from site), which includes data
indicating quality & prevailing status of air, water resources, soil fertility, noise, flora &
fauna, ecological habitats etc.
To study & generate/prepare the Base Map, LULC map, Topographic map, Digital
Terrain Map of 10 km radial area from the site
Chapter-03: Description of the environment
3-1





To generate &/or collect details regarding climatic conditions of project area
To generate &/or collect details regarding socioeconomic & cultural layout (5 km radial
area from site)
To prepare comprehensive statements for citation of existing/prevailing issue of
contamination of environmental attributes (5 km radial area from site)
To facilitate the use of the standard classification of environmental condition of area
types (viz. unpolluted zone, polluted zone, critically polluted zone and sensitive zone
etc.) with respect to the statutory guidelines of the time of study (5 km radial area from
site)
To facilitate the organization of EIA study & proponent for preparing and updating EIA
reports & EMP.
3.1.2. APPROACH & METHODOLOGY OF BASELINE STUDY
The baseline environmental studies have been done for three months of Summer (Premonsoon) season (March 2015 & May 2015) for the EIA of upcoming project of M/s. Sandhya
Plasticizers & Chemicals. The study has been conducted initially considering the draft TORs
proposed for approval and then continued & finalized according to the conditions of awarded
TORs as described in Chapter 1 & Annexure I. The study has been conducted by following the
guidelines & the EIA Manual issued by MoEF. The study has been conducted & finalized by
conducting studies during the season of summer (pre-monsoon) 2015 covering study area of 5
km radial area for environmental sampling & monitoring and 10 km radial area for mappings to
comply with the TOR awarded by the State level Expert Environmental Appraisal Committee
(SEAC), Gandhinagar, Gujarat. The details of the study period, frequency of sampling & method
of environmental sampling & analysis are shown below in succeeding paragraphs under
respective headings.
3.1.2.1. STUDY AREA
The proposed unit of M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals is to be situated in notified
industrial estate of Sarigam. Sarigam is a Village in southern most Taluka - Umbergaon of
Valsad District of Gujarat State, India. Initially, for the purpose of the EIA study for area falls
within 5 km radius from the project site situated in Sarigam region of Gujarat was selected as
study area considering the draft TOR proposed during TOR application. Up on the receipt of the
final awarded TOR from SEAC, Gandhinagar, the study area & other requirements as
mentioned in awarded TOR were referred & verified to continue the on-going study.
The project area is situated in the southern most part of Gujarat State. The area has global
identity due to the nearby Industrial estate of Vapi as well as industrial establishments &
development in areas around Vapi, Silvassa & Daman. The region is also exhibiting very good
agricultural lands & forest areas. DNH wild life sanctuary is also situated in western direction at
about 14 Kms. The area has contributed significantly in the development of our Nation’s
economy through the excellent industrial growth & other businesses like textile & plastic. Also
the area is very well known as the tourist destination especially Silvassa & Daman region. The
area has realized high development in last two decades rapid growth in industrial
3-2
development, urbanization and business operations. The area has been selected as the
production hub by many large banner industries of chemicals, plastic & textile.
The map of the study area & sampling locations is illustrated below in Fig. 3.1, whereas the
salient features of the project area are tabulated in subsequent Table 3.1.
Table 3.1: Salient Features of Project Area (10 Km)
Sr. No.
Nearest Infrastructure Feature
Distance from Project Site
1.
Geographical Position
Lat.: 20°18'18.93"N,Long.: 72°51'11.34"E
2.
Elevation above Sea Level
36 Meters (Approx.)
3.
Nearest Village
Sarigam : 2 km SE
4.
Nearest Town
Sarigam residential town – 2km SE
5.
Nearest National Highway
NH:8:3km E
6.
Nearest State Highway
SH:5 km E
7.
Nearer RW Station
Bhilad – 3 Km NE
8.
Nearest Airport
9.
Nearest Surface water
Resource/Reservoir
10.
Nearest Forest Patches
11.
12.
Location of Archaeologically
/Historically important places
National Park/Sanctuary or Ecologically
sensitive Area
13.
National or State Boundary
14.
Tourist Places
Public : Surat 85 Km NW
Non – Public: Daman – 12 km NW
Darotha River 3.20 km NE
Damanganga River 6 Km NNE
GIDC Water Supply Dam 25 km SE
Arabian Sea 7.5 km W
2KmN
N. A.
D & NH Wild Life Sanctuary - Approx. 14 km E
Dadra & Nagar Haveli – 7 Km E
Daman – 8 km N
Dadra & Nagar Haveli – 7 Km E
Daman – 8 km N
3.1.2.2. SAMPLING & MONTORING LOCATIONS
Initially, locations for sampling & monitoring were selected within 5 km radial area from site
and after receipt of the approved TOR from SEAC it is verified & confirmed that the selected
locations fulfills the requirement of awarded TOR. The locations are selected based on
probable effects in project study area considering various guidelines from CPCB. One location
of AAQM is selected in downwind direction. Total eight locations were selected from the study
area falling within 5 km radial distance for sampling and monitoring of air, noise, soil and
groundwater as per terms of reference. The surface water samples were collected from seven
locations. The details of selected sampling & monitoring locations are presented in table 3.2.
3-3
Table 3.2: Sampling & monitoring Locations (Study Area - 5 Km)
Sr.
No.
Name of Location
1.
Project Site,
20.305286°N 72.853055°E
20.305286°N 72.853055°E
20.305213°N 72.853136° E
Sarigam Village
20.287368°N 72.865055°E
20.287368°N 72.865055°E
20.287372°N 72.865045°E
20.289894° N 72.864691°
Pali Village
20.326543° N 72.838510°E
20.326543° N 72.838510°E
20.326545° N 72.838451°E
20.326819° N 72.839992°E
Punat Village
20.314013°N 72.861383°E
20.314013°N 72.861383°E
20.314018°N 72.861354°E
20.313408° N 72.861488° E
Angam Village
20.299721°N 72.875758°E
20.299721°N 72.875758°E
20.299728°N 72.875741°E
20.299768° N 72.874104° E
Manda Village
20.279145°N 72.833127°E
20.279145°N 72.833127°E
20.279132°N 72.833131°E
20.278707° N 72.830984°
Darotha River
Nr. Bhilad: 20.296472° N 72.890944° E
Nr. Punat: 20.329972° N
72.877583° E
Damanganga Main Canal:
20.308417° N 72.856417° E
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Approx. Aerial
Distance
from Site
Details of Sampling &
Monitoring
0.0 km Centre
of Study Area
Ambient Air Quality,
Noise
Soil
2.07 km (S)
2.07 km (S)
2.07 km (S)
2.07 km (S)
Noise
Groundwater
Soil
2.77 km (N)
2.77 km (N)
2.77 km (N)
2.77 km (N)
Noise
Groundwater
Soil
1.22 km (NE)
1.22 km (NE)
1.22 km (NE)
1.22 km (NE)
Noise
Groundwater
Soil
2.26 km (SE)
2.26 km (SE)
2.26 km (SE)
2.26 km (SE)
Noise
Groundwater
Soil
3.75 km (SW)
3.75 km (SW)
3.75 km (SW)
3.75 km (SW)
Noise
Groundwater
Soil
4.12 km (SE)
3.38 km (NE)
Surface Water
Surface Water
0.1 km (E)
Surface Water
3-4
Fig.3.1- Base Map of Study Area
3-5
Fig.3.2- Sampling & Monitoring Locations Map (5 km)
Sampling & Monitoring Locations Map (5 km)
3-6
3.1.2.3. STUDY PERIOD & FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING
The baseline environmental study was done by following the guidelines of MoEF. As described
earlier, initially the draft ToRs proposed with Form-I were considered for inception study for 5
kms area and finally the study was finalized in line with the conditions of ToRs approved by the
State Level Expert Environmental Appraisal Committee of Gandhinagar, Gujarat. All the
necessary maps are prepared for 10 km radial area from the site. Thus, all primary study
completed for monitoring & sampling of Air, Water & Soil samples as well as all mapping done
were found complying with the approved TORs awarded by SEAC, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. The
details of the study period, frequency of sampling & method of environmental sampling &
analysis are shown below in succeeding paragraphs under respective titles.
As, described above, the period of study determined was 1st March 2015 to 31st May 2015 to
collect the one season (Summer/Pre-monsoon) data. The frequency of various environmental
sampling & analysis was determined following the guidelines provided by MoEF in online EIA
Manual. The details of frequency of environmental sampling considered for the study are
illustrated in Table – 3.3.
Table 3.3: Frequency of Environmental Monitoring
Attributes
Sampling
Locations
A. Air Environment
Meteorological Data
Ambient Air Quality
B. Noise
C. Water
Ground Water
Surface Water
D. Soil Quality
E. Land Use -Land Cover &
Topography
F. Ecological Data
G. Socio-economic Data
H. Other Maps
Frequency
Project Site
6 locations in the study area of 5 Kms. Radius
from site [1 Location within project site &
1 Location in downwind direction.]
6 Locations from study area (5 kms)
Hourly continuous
during Study Period
24 hourly twice a
week during study
period
Hourly for one day
during Study Period
Grab samples from 5 Locations from Study Area
(5 KMs)
Grab samples from 3 Locations from Study Area
(5 KMs)
Surface soil samples from 6 locations within
study area (5 Kms)
Study area (10 Km)
Once in Study Period
Study area (5 Km)
Study area (5 Km)
Study area (10 Km)
3-7
3.1.2.4. METHOD OF SAMPLING
Selection of method for sampling, preservation and analysis plays very important role in
baseline environmental study. With reference to the guidelines of CPCB & EIA Manual of MoEF,
methods of sampling & analysis of environmental samples have been selected/ adopted. The
method adopted for environmental sampling & analysis are illustrated in following table 3.4.
Table 3.4: Method of Environmental Sampling & Analysis
Attributes
METHOD
Sampling / Preservation
A. Air Environment
I. Meteorological Data
II. Ambient Air Quality
B. Noise
C. Water & Waste Water
I. Ground Water
II. Surface Water
D. Soil Quality
E. Land Use -Land Cover &
Topography, geohydrology
& Other Maps
F. Ecological Data
G. Socioeconomic Data
3.2.
Analysis
Stationary weather station (AWS)
Computer Aided Data Analysis
As per CPCB Guideline (Respirable
dust sampler and PM2.5 Sampler
Instrument : Noise level meter
Standard methods for
examination of water and
wastewater analysis published by
APHA
Laboratory Guide for Conducting
Soil test & Plant Analysis, by
J.Benton Jones, Jr.
Soil & Solid waste Analysis- A
laboratory manual – By Dr. P.K.
Behera
Satellite Imageries (1:50,000
scale), collected from NRSA,
Hyderabad &
Primary Study
Secondary data for forest from
Forest Dept. & Primary study of
basic survey of non-forest area as
well as verification of information
collected as secondary data.
Census of India 2011
Primary data collection from
study area by using various
Methods.
As per IS5182 [Part -,(2) & (23) ]
2006
Mathematical Calculations
Standard methods for examination
of water and wastewater analysis
published by APHA.
Laboratory Guide for Conducting
Soil test & Plant Analysis, by
J.Benton Jones, Jr.
Soil & Solid waste Analysis- A
laboratory manual – By Dr. P.K.
Behera
Primary image analysis & GIS
modelling using Arc GIS & Erdas
Imagine software and
Primary Study
Necessary study with reference to
Scheduled animals as per
regulatory provisions and IUCN
guideline & information
Validation of Primary data with
reference of Census of India 2011.
Descriptive analyses of primary
data.
DESCRIPTION OF BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
As mentioned above, the baseline study for the present EIA was conducted during period of 1 st
March 2015 to 31st May 2015 in accordance with the draft TORs proposed in Form I as well as
final awarded TORs issued by SEAC, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. The study was conducted with
3-8
reference the draft TORs in initial stage and up on receipt of approved TORs, conditions given
in the approved TORs were referred for verification of scope of baseline study to modify the
ongoing/completed study as well as to schedule the additional study, as required. All
monitoring & sampling have been done for the study area covering 5 km radial distance from
site during the study period covered the requirement of awarded TOR whereas all mappings
have been done for 10 km radial area.
The details of the studies conducted along with the outcomes of the studies are described with
all necessary details & illustration in subsequent sections under respective heading.
3.2.1. LAND ENVIRONMENT
During the present study for land environment Landuse/Landcover mapping, Geological
mapping & study of geological features as well as soil quality has been studied for the present
EIA. The details of the conducted studies along with necessary information, analysis and
illustrations are described under respective heading below.
3.2.1.1. Geological Features
The study area exposes lava flows of basalts, basaltic andesite and dacite. While lava flows of
dacite are exposed in the eastern part, overlying the basaltic lava flows, the basaltic andesite
are exposed in the central and western parts, again overlying the basaltic flows. The mutual
volcano stratigraphic status of the basaltic andesites and dolerite, thus, could not be
established. A large number of dykes of dolerite and andesitic rock have been recorded. The
low lying areas are generally covered with soil, alluvium and mud. A tentative stratigraphic
succession is given below:
Recent to sub-recent
Deccan Trap Age
Intrusive
Extrusives
---------------------
Mud, Soil & alluvium
Intrusive of basic and intermediate rocks
basaltic andesitic and dacitic lava flows
Base not Known -----------------------
Structure: The study area is largely covered with soil and alluvium. Only a few dolerite dykes have been
recorded. As a result, not much of structural data could be collected.
Lineaments: The lineaments/mega-joints recorded, show two prominent trends, viz. along ENE-WSW
and along NNE-SSW. A few of them are along NNW-SSE direction. Many of the lineaments are found to
be along the continuity of dykes, without having been occupied by any intrusive body, or otherwise, the
intrusive dykes are not exposed which may be below the surface, along the lineaments.
Dykes: The dykes show two prominent directions, viz. NNW-SSE and ENE-WSW. However, dykes along
NE-SW are also recorded. Dykes, with different expositions and granularity, do not show any preferred
orientation. Many dykes are composite in nature, indicating reactivation of intrusive activity along
weaker planes.
Economic Geology: The area, mapped, does not have any economic mineral deposit, exposed.
However, basaltic rocks are suitable for their use as road-material and construction material.
Local geology: In the project side, no out crops are seen. The area belongs to deccan trap age. The litho
logically, the area covered with soil which have 3-5 m thickness. Below the soil the hard rock’s present.
3-9
3.2.1.2. Topographical Features
The study area is a part of sarigam, valasad district and having average elevation of 14 m to 111 m
above mean sea level .
Buffer Zone:The topography of this area falls into two distinct types viz. hillock in the west to north and the low lying
alluvial patches with mounds and hillock in the east. The altitudes vary from 14 m to over 111 m above
msl in the area of study. The higher hill ranges in the western and WN part are over 111m above msl
while the alluvial patches of Damanganga river are +35 mts from the msl. Most of the alluvial patches
have been brought under cultivation. Recent industrial impact in the area has changed the overall look
of the once green vegetated area. The major river of the area is Damanganga which has east-west trend
till Silvassa and then it takes a sudden northerly trend near the Trachyte-rhyolite complex and flows
southnorth till lavachha and then takes a NW trend to drain into Arabian sea near Daman. The major
tributaries of Damanganga are Dudhni nadi, Sakartond nadi, Dongarkhadi nadi, Pipriya and Rati nadi.
Major dam on the Damanganga river near Madhubun (close to Silvassa) has solved the problem of
water in the western area. The drainage pattern somewhat controlled by the lineaments/mega-joints.
Core Zone:In the core zone, the altitudes vary from 36 m msl to 34 m msl. The slope of the area is SW to NE. There
are no major nalah and river. The area is flat slop. Vegetation growth is spars in general & basically
represent by bushes & grass.
Figure 3.3: Digital Terrain Model of Study Area (10 km)
3-10
Figure 3.4: Topographic Map of Study Area (10 km)
(Source: IRS P6 LISS-III, Arc GIS Software)
3-11
3.2.1.3. Seismology:
Sarigam (Project site) is located in Zone III of the Bureau of institute of seismological Research (ISR)
2011, seismic zone map for India. Zone III is defined as having a maximum intensity expected of around
MSK III. This zone is third in severity to zone V (the highest). Zone III is also referred to as the low to
medium damage risk zone. Earthquake is highly probable in this area primarily attributed to plate
tectonic and fault rupture induced by continuing drift of Indian plate towards the Asian plate. The
earthquake history of the Vapi region indicates fairly moderate seismicity for the project area. The
tectonic elements of the area are considered capable of generating an earthquake of magnitude 4 on
Richter scale.
3.2.1.4. Landuse/Landcover
Lanuse /Landcover (LULC) study has been conducted for 10 km Radial area from project site.
The study area is within 5 km radius of Sandhya Plasticizers & chemicals located at Sarigam GIDC Estate,
village- Sarigam, Umbergaon taluka of Valsad District. Area covers around 37 villages of Umbergaon
taluka, part of Union Territory of Dadra & Nagar Haveli and Daman, villages as shown in the Base map.
Base map also depicts the major road and railways and river passing through the study area. The
boundary of the village locations has been derived from the Census of India maps.
The land use/land cover mapping was carried out using digital satellite image (Bhuvan Image 2012-13,
Band 2-3-4, Year 2013) procured from NRSA, Hyderabad. The analysis of data was preceded by
collection of ancillary data like the Survey of India, District series maps and Census maps as base
information for interpretation. The study area was demarcated within the 5 km radius of the project
site using buffer option on the ancillary map collected. Ground truth study comprises of data collection
of ground features along with the respective geographical position in terms of latitudes and longitudes
with GPS. Using all the collected information the data was interpreted. Interpretation of the data
involved importing the data and clubbing the three layers into the single layer for interpretation. The
data was in standard projection system universally followed as UTM.
Finally the proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical
percentages was derived for the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various
categories of land use-land cover, and are written on the prepared landuse-landcover maps. Area and
distance calculations have been carried out using GIS software after geo-referencing the interpreted
data.
Based on the tonal variation and pattern in image the land use and land cover map of the area was
generated. The eleven land use categories were delineated in this area viz. the Crop land, Rock out crop,
Forest, Land without Scrub, land with Scrub, Mudflat, Sea, River, Water body, Industry and Settlement
(Figure). Major portion in the study area is covered by Crop Land. The main crop grown in the area is
Paddy which is usually sown during rainy season. On the boundary of the field there was growth of
Coconut, Khajur, Tad trees and timber trees like Teak and Sadad. Many villages grow horticulture crops
like Mango, Chiku, Sugar cane and Cashew nut. There was also cultivation of Pulses in some villages.
There are areas having sparse vegetation it is mainly covered by grasses these areas are delineated as
Scrub. As per the classification based on Forest Survey of India the category denotes land having bushes
and poor tree growth with canopy density less than 10 percent and some land with rock out crop. These
areas in middle region are mostly elevated region with sparse vegetation. Also where there is no
vegetation near coast with complete white reflectance was delineated as barren land.
3-12
The vegetation category Open was segregated based on the canopy density of 10 to 40 per cent and
Close as greater than 40 per cent canopy cover area. Both open and close vegetation area are in the
elevated region. But these areas have not been notified under the Forest Act and being maintained by
forest department. On the coastal area there was Casuarina plantation carried out by Forest
department. Mostly trees growing in this region are Teak, Australian Acacia, Sadad and Cashewnuts.
There are many small water bodies in the region biggest being at Kalai village(wet land). Within the
study area two rivers and its tributaries flowing they are Darotha river and Damanganga river in the
west side there is Arabia Sea In the central region there is canal flow. Main industrial center in the
region at Sarigam also there are some scattered industrial units in the region.
Near the coastal region there are land use categories like salt pans where there is salt harvesting. Also
sandy area and Mangroves class though at laces there are sparse which was seen along the creeks
mostly near Darotha river, Ahu village and some patches in Maroli village.
The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table. The major portion of the study region is
covered by Crop land i.e. 64 percent area. Around 7.5 per cent of the area is of Scrub. Sea is covering
around 6.75 per cent of the area and River is covering 2.5 with 8 per cent being vegetation region. The
remaining categories cover 10.5 per cent of the area.
Table 3.5: Land use area details for (10 km Radius)
Area (Sq.Km2)
%
21.55
7.80
6.84
2.48
Crop land, Plantations / orchards
202.36
64.24
Water bodies:
River
Water body
Sea
6.67
1.62
21.17
2.12
0.51
6.72
4
Forest
14.97
4.75
5
Scrub Land:
Land with scrub
9.91
3.15
Land Without Scrub
13.54
4.30
Others :
Mudflat
Rock Out Crop
4.47
10.94
1.42
3.47
315
100
S.No.
1
2
3
6
LULC Class
Built up land (Urban/Rural):
Settlement
Industry
Agriculture Land:
TOTAL
3-13
Fig. 3.5: Landuse area of 10 km radius of Study Area
4.30%
3.15%
1.42% 3.47%
2.48%
6.84%
Settelment
4.75%
Industry
Crop land/ Plantation
Water bodies
9.35%
Forest
Land with Sctub
Land Without Scrub
64.24%
Mudflat
Rock Out Crop
Fig. 3.6: Satellite (Bhuvan 2D) Image of Study Area
3-14
Fig. 3.7: LULC Map of Study Area
3-15
3.2.1.5. Soil Quality
Surface soil samples were collected from six locations within study area covering 5 km radial
area from proposed site. The soil samples were collected once in study period on 6th April 2015
and the outcome of soil quality studies is tabulated in table given below.
The soil samples were collected from various locations within the 5 Km radial area from the
project site. Within the study area, villages are situated in various directions and distance from
the project site. Out of these villages few representative soil samples were collected for
detailed characterization of the soil of the area. Representative surface soil samples were
collected from five villages and one from the project site within 5 Km radial distance from the
project site. Soil samples were collected from these villages and project site from a depth of 10
to 20 cm below the soil surface to estimate the physic-chemical characteristics of the soil.
Table 3.6: Details of Soil sampling locations
Sr.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Stn code
SS-01
SS -02
SS -03
SS -04
SS -05
SS -06
Location
Project site
Punat
Pali
Sarigam
Angam
Manda
Latitude
20.305213° N
20.313408° N
20.326819° N
20.289894° N
20.299768° N
20.278707° N
Longitude
72.853136° E
72.861488° E
72.839992° E
72.864691° E
72.874104° E
72.830984° E
Elevation
(in m)
37
33
35
38
30
27
Approx. Arial
Dist. from
Proj. Site
(in Km)
0.00
1.22 (NE)
2.77 (N)
2.07 (S)
2.26 (SE)
3.75 (SW)
The standard procedures were followed for soil sampling and analysis. The soils in the study
are deep black to brownish black in colour and consist of coastal alluvium. The piedmonts at
the base of the steep plateaus and dyke ridges are covered with thin soils, which support
agriculture in very few areas. The river valley, wherever flat, has good quality soil and is mostly
cultivated based on the availability of water. The river valley fills with thick alluvium provides
the only area for cultivation. The area, being of basaltic formation, falls under the broad soil
group of red loams and black clay soils. The transmission of water through similar parent
material seems to have influenced the development of different physiographic characteristics
of the soils in the area.
The area in between the hills with sloping lands contains dark yellowish brown to very dark
greyish brown gravelly clay loam to clayey soils of shallow to moderate thickness. The dissected
hill and steep slopes suffer from severe erosion hazards. The steep hill slopes are almost devoid
of soil.
The prevailing climate in the area is Semi-arid to dry sub humid. The Soil texture of the study
area varies from fine to moderate fine (i.e., Clayey). The soil type is deep clayey, cracking soil
and high water retention capacity. Clay is the prominent texture class. Soils of study area has
3-16
medium black sandy loam type soil which is highly suitable for crops sugarcane and paddy, in
Kharif and chiku, tur, gram, wheat and vegetable in Rabi and Mango in Summer season.
The detailed quality of the collected soil samples are presented below in subsequent table.
Table 3.7: Soil Quality of Study Area (6th April 2015)
Sr.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Parameters
Unit
SS-01
SS-02
SS-03
SS-04
SS-05
SS-06
Bulk Density
Salinity
Porosity
Texture Class
Silt
Clay
Sand
pH( 5% Soln)
EC
gm/ml
ppt
%
-%
%
%
-µS/cm
0.8913
0.65
55
Clay
09
80
11
7.37
113.3
0.9112
0.67
53
Clay
09
79
12
7.51
91.7
0.8963
0.63
55
Clay
09
81
11
7.03
88.9
0.8789
0.56
53
Clay
10
80
10
7.09
98.1
0.9026
0.53
52
Clay
10
79
11
7.42
101.2
0.9155
0.61
54
Clay
09
83
08
7.91
46.3
meq/100gm
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/100 gm
mg/100 gm
-ml/100 gm
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
20.2
19.9
19.5
20.3
21.3
19.1
325
166
219
91
0.39
58.8
49
211
0.61
0.40
11.5
344
174
169
122
0.37
67
48
231
0.29
0.31
4.1
268
114
242
103
0.46
69
50
320
0.72
0.55
11.1
324
159
198
104
0.45
52.1
51
307
0.31
0.41
8.2
362
173
201.7
133
0.41
66.5
51
345
0.47
0.51
7.8
327
152
181.5
86
0.38
51.5
49
315
0.62
0.53
8.1
0.91
0.77
0.69
0.91
0.55
0.93
CEC
Sodium
Potassium
Nitrogen
Magnesium
Phosphorous
SAR
WHC
Iron as Fe
Copper as Cu
Zinc as Zn
Manganese as
18.
Mn
19. Nickel as Ni
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
Note: EC= Electrical Conductivity , CEC= Cation Exchange Capacity, WHC= Water Holding Capacity
Analysis of the samples collected show that:
 Porosity of soil samples were in the range of 52% (Angam Village) to 55% (in Project site
and Pali) and Water Holding Capacity (WHC) of Soil samples were in the range of 48
ml/100 gm to 51 ml/100 gm. The high porosity and WHC is on account of clay nature of
soil.
 Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) of Soil samples were in range of 19.1 meq/100gm
(Manda village) to 21.30 meq/100gm (Angam Village).
 Electrical Conductivity of Soil samples were in range of 46.3 µS/cm (Manda Village) to
113.3 µS/cm (at project site). These results indicate that the soil EC (1:2, soil: water
ratio) is less that the critical limit of 800 µS/cm. A good quality topsoil should have an
electrical conductivity value within the range of 100-1500uS/cm . Hence these soils are
3-17
classified normal soils based on Values of EC and pH (Range from 7.03(Pali Village) to
7.91(Manda village).
The physico-chemical analysis of soil samples collected from 6 locations of the project area
indicates that soils are normal for growth and development of crops. Majority of soils falls
under clay in texture.
3.2.2. WATER ENVIRONMENT
3.2.2.1. Geohydrology
As per hydro geological investigation, water level around the Project area ranges from 5 m to
19 m below ground level (April, 2014) depending upon topography. The average seasonal
fluctuation of water level in the area was reported to be 0.50 m during the year of study and
information gathered during hydro geological inventory of the area. In the area, groundwater
occurs under unconsolidated to consolidated conditions and is tapped by dug well & tube
wells. The yield of these tube wells ranges from 73 to 78 m3/day @ 6 m3/hour for average 12
hours intermittent pumping in a day. The drawdown in the wells is varying from 0.25 to 0.5 m
on different pumping rates. The recovery of the wells is varying from one to one and half hour.
The general ground water flow direction in the site area is towards northwest.
Table 3.8: Hydrogeological well Inventory of the existing well around the site
Sampling
Location
TW-1
OW-2
GW-3
CANAL-4
Coordinates of
Location
20°18’37.4”N
72°51’33.5E
20°18’29.4”N
72°51’34.8E
20°18’26.1”N
72°51’32.3E
20°18’35.3”N
72°51’23.1E
Water Level
(post monsoon)
mbgl
amsl
Type of
Well
Depth (in m)
Yield
3
(m /hr)
Yield
3
(m /day)
TDS
(mg/L)
18
8
29
34
6.14
147.36
270
7
4m
33
38
-
-
410
19
8
34
39
6.53
156.72
440
2
2.8*1.25*5m
-
33
-
-
200
In the area mainly two hydro geological units are present and having different groundwater
potential are as follows:
 Soil & Alluvium: During pre-monsoon visit and well inventory (open dug well) shows the
general water level less than 5-6m meters at most of the places. In the region tube
wells were also intervention and most of the tube well attaining the depth of 18-19
meters. There was high discharge from location to location (secondary data) 30 to 70
m3/day, it shows underground development in the area is safe.
 Basalt: Basalt aquifer zone having the same water level 5-19 meter in pre monsoon
period. A number of dug wells and tube wells are present. Discharge observed
(secondary data) is 40-75 m3/day.
3-18
3.2.2.2. Water Quality of Study Area
The details of the baseline study for the proposed activities at M/s Sandhya Plasticizers &
Chemicals related to water environment and in the surrounding villages; the water quality
survey has been planned through identification of water resources and appropriate sampling
locations for both surface and ground water in study area depending on topography, landuse,
surface runoff as well as natural and manmade drainage/irrigation canal systems. The
prevailing status of water quality has been assessed during Summer (Pre-monsson) season
(April 2015).
The surface water sampling has been done at five locations. One river water sample whereas
four pond water samples were collected during the study period. The groundwater sampling
has been done at 6 locations (4 hand pumps and 2 bore well) well distributed in the study area.
Sampling locations for surface water and groundwater quality monitoring are shown in Fig. 3.1
and are enlisted in Table 3.9.
As described in earlier section of this chapter, the standard methods (APHA, AWWA 2007)
prescribed for surface and groundwater sampling preservation as well as the analytical
procedures for individual parameter is followed in this study. The samples were collected on 6th
April 2015 and results are enlisted in Table 3.10 &3.11.
Table 3.9: Details of Water Sampling Locations
Sr.
No.
Stn
code
1.
SW-01
2.
SW -02
3.
SW -03
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
GW-01
GW -02
GW -03
GW -04
GW -05
Location
Latitude
Longitude
Darotha River-Nr.
Bhilad
Darotha River-Nr.
Punat
Damanganga Main
Canal
20.296472° N
72.890944° E
20.329972° N
72.877583° E
20.308417° N
72.856417° E
Punat -Hand Pump
Pali- Hand Pump
Sarigam, HandPump
Angam, Hand Pump
Manda, Hand Pump
20.314018° N
20.326545° N
20.287372° N
20.299728° N
20.279132° N
72.861354° E
72.838451° E
72.865045° E
72.875741° E
72.833131° E
Elevation
(in m)
Arial Dist.
from Proj.
Site
(in Km)
21
4.12 (SE)
19
3.38 (NE)
34
0.1 (E)
33
35
38
30
27
1.22 (NE)
2.77 (N)
2.07 (S)
2.26 (SE)
3.75 (SW)
3-19
Table 3.10: Surface water Quality of Study Area:
Sr.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Note:


Parameters
Unit
Colour (Pt-Co Scale)
Unit
-Odour
Turbidity
NTU
pH
-0
Temperature
C
TH as CaCO3
mg/lit.
TDS
mg/lit.
Calcium as Ca
mg/lit.
Magnesium as Mg
mg/lit.
Total Alkalinity
mg/lit.
Chloride as Cl
mg/lit.
-2
Sulphate as SO4
mg/lit.
Nitrate as NO3
mg/lit.
Fluoride as F
mg/lit.
Sodium
mg/lit.
Potassium
mg/lit.
Total Nitrogen
mg/lit.
Total Phosphorous
mg/lit.
Dissolved Oxygen
mg/lit.
BOD
mg/lit.
COD
mg/lit.
PC
mg/lit.
Lead as Pb
mg/lit.
Arsenic
mg/lit.
Cadmium
mg/lit.
Microbiological Test
Total Coliform
CFU/100 ml
E. Coli
CFU/100 ml
10
38
8
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
Limit as per
IS:105002012
5 Hazen
Unobj.
1 NTU
6.5 – 8.5
-200
500
75
30
200
250
200
45
1.0
-------0.001
0.01
0.01
0.003
75
18
81
23
57
22
Absent
Absent
SW-01
SW-02
SW-03
1(10)
1(30)
1(10)
Unobj.
Unobj.
Unobj.
0.1
1
0.1
7.71
8.32
7.89
31
31
31
405
291
75
1096
1060
80
88.2
48.1
20.1
40.7
28.1
7.3
167.1
117.2
95.1
571.8
503.3
17.3
48.4
98.2
7.3
0.5
0.3
0.1
0.61
0.41
BDL
332
356
18.7
14.5
12.4
8.6
BDL
BDL
BDL
N.D.
0.05
N.D.
7.5
7.1
7.6
BDL
12
BDL
BDL = TH=Total Hardness, TDS= Total Dissolved Solid. BOD=Bio-Chemical Oxygen, COD= Chemical
Oxygen Demand, PC= Phenolic Compound, Unobj.= Unobjectionable, Below Detection Limit , MDL=
Method Detection Limit
(MDL: Fluoride-0.15 mg/lit, Total Nitrogen-5.0 mg/lit, BOD-5mg/lit, PC-0.01mg/lit, Lead-0.003 mg/lit,
Arsenic-0.01 mg/lit, Cadmium-0.001 mg/lit)
The physico-chemical parameters of Darotha river nearby Bhilad village showes test results of
few parameters exceeding the value as per prescribed limit of IS: 10500 - 2012 in terms of Total
Hardness, total dissolved solids, Calcium, Magnesium, Chloride. The bacteriological analysis of
all surface water samples has faecal contamination.
3-20
Table 3.11: Ground water Quality of Study Area:
Sr.
No.
Parameters
Colour (Pt-Co Scale)
1.
2.
Odour
3.
Turbidity
4.
pH
5.
Temperature
6.
Total Hardness as CaCO3
7.
Total Dissolved Solid
8.
Calcium as Ca
9.
Magnesium as Mg
10. Total Alkalinity
11. Chloride as Cl
-2
12. Sulphate as SO4
13. Nitrate as NO3
14. Fluoride as F
15. Sodium
16. Potassium
17. Total Nitrogen
18. Total Phosphorous
19. Dissolved Oxygen
20. Bio-Chemical Oxygen
21. Chemical Oxygen Demand
22. Phenolic Compound
23. Lead as Pb
24. Arsenic
25. Cadmium
Microbiological Test
26. Total Coliform
27.
Note:


E. Coli
Unit
GW-01
GW-02
GW-03
GW-04
Unit
1(<5)
Unobj.
BDL
7.17
32
341
396
130.2
16.2
239.6
139.2
70.3
2.6
0.66
32.1
4.7
BDL
0.11
4.6
6
21
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
1(<5)
Unobj.
0.1
7.17
32
178
256
48.6
16.5
213.2
23.1
18.2
1.0
0.2
26.3
7.1
BDL
0.05
5.2
5
17
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
1(<5)
Unobj.
BDL
7.19
32
165
132
40.1
15.8
171
24.1
15.3
2.9
0.3
23.3
11.1
BDL
N.D.
4.2
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
1(<5)
Unobj.
0.1
7.06
32
263
256
84.2
15.3
214.7
61.3
51.2
6.1
0.71
26.5
11.7
BDL
0.05
4.5
6
19
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
Limit as per
IS:105002012
1(<5) 5 Hazen
Unobj.
Unobj
0.1
1 NTU
7.13
6.5 – 8.5
31
-235
200
212
500
74.2
75
23.2
30
268
200
50.1
250
26.4
200
0.8
45
0.67
1.0
26.7
-10.8
-BDL
-N.D.
-3.9
-BDL
-BDL
-BDL
0.001
BDL
0.01
BDL
0.01
BDL
0.003
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
--
NTU
-0
C
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
mg/lit.
CFU/
100 ml
CFU/
100 ml
GW-05
Absent
Absent
BDL = Unobj.= Unobjectionable, Below Detection Limit , MDL= Method Detection Limit
(MDL: Turbidity- 0.1 NTU, Fluoride-0.15 mg/lit, Total Nitrogen-5.0 mg/lit, BOD-5mg/lit, COD-5.0 mg/lit,
PC-0.01mg/lit, Lead-0.003 mg/lit, Arsenic-0.01 mg/lit, Cadmium-0.001 mg/lit)
Results Obtained for physicochemical characteristics of groundwater are summarized in Tables
3.11. The result of physicochemical characteristics for groundwater sample GW 01, test
results of few parameters exceeding the value as per prescribed limit of IS: 10500- 2012 in
terms of Total Hardness, total dissolved solids, buffering capacity of alkalinity . As per the
results ground water quality of GW 01 is hard. The results of bacteriological analysis of ground
water samples revels that there is no faecal contamination of the ground water.
3-21
3.2.3 MICRO METEOROLOGY
Site specific micrometeorological data for the project site have been generated at Unistar
Environment & Research Laboratories Pvt. Ltd, VIP GIDC area, which is 9.00 km away from the
project site in the direction of South-East. The data were collected on hourly basis throughout
the study period viz.; March 2015 to May 2015. The details of the micrometeorology of the site
are presented in subsequent paragraphs.
3.2.3.1 Humidity
Average relative humidity of the site area is recorded as 62.13% with minimum 13.40 % and
maximum 94.50 %.
3.2.3.2 Temperature
Maximum temperature during the study period was noticed on 43.35 °C whereas the minimum
was recorded on 20.05 °C. The average temperature for the study period was recorded to be
30.91 °C.
3.2.2.3. Rainfall
There was no rainfall during the study period in the study area. However, historical rainfall data
for year 2009-2013, as listed on website of IMD indicates that annual rainfall in the region of
has been recorded to be around 2100 mm.
3.2.2.4. Mixing Height
Mixing height of the area been estimated from the primary micrometeorological data using
RAMMET VIEW developed by Lakes Environmental Software. The estimated hourly average
maximum rural mixing height is found to be 1642.44m. Minimum hourly average rural mixing
height is found to be 277.02 m. The seasonal daily average rural mixing height is found to be
1376.13m.
3.2.2.5. Wind Pattern
The data of wind pattern collected during the study period indicates that the wind was blowing
dominantly from 238 Degree (NNE) with 43% Hrs. out of 2208 total hours. The average wind
speed was noticed to be around 3.05 m/sec. Maximum wind speed has been noticed to be
21.61 m/s. During study period, 51 calm hours has been noticed. The wind speed was mostly
noticed between 2.1-3.6 m/s for about 989 Hrs. (44.79%) out of 2157 non-calm Hours. The
details of wind pattern in form of wind frequency distribution are presented below in tabular
form as well as in graphical illustration. The wind rose diagram is also presented in subsequent
figure.
3-22
Table.3.12: Wind Frequency Distribution Data (Source: Weather Station, Primary Data, UERL)
Directions
337.5 - 22.5
22.5 - 67.5
67.5 - 112.5
112.5 - 157.5
157.5 - 202.5
202.5 - 247.5
247.5 - 292.5
292.5 - 337.5
Sub-Total
Calms
Missing/Incomplete
Total
Wind Classes (m/s)
0.1- 2.1
2.1-3.6
3.6-5.7
5.7-8.8
8.8-11.1 >= 11.1 Total
17
79
21
0
0
0
117
33
84
35
0
0
0
152
30
18
7
2
0
0
57
36
57
17
11
0
0
121
47
115
102
91
26
17
398
187
253
128
38
5
0
611
156
236
31
0
0
0
423
73
147
58
0
0
0
278
579
989
399
142
31
17
2157
51
0
2208
Fig.3.8: Wind Frequency Distribution Chart:
3-23
Fig.3.9: Wind Rose Diagram
3-24
3.2.4. AIR ENVIRONMENT
As tabulated in earlier section of this chapter, the Ambient Air Quality Monitoring conducted at
6 locations (i.e. 1 location is within the Project site & 5 locations are outside the Project site)
within the study area. The details of monitoring locations are presented below in subsequent
table as ready reference.
One seasonal ambient air monitoring data was collected during the study period of March 2015
to May 2015.
The parameters monitored for the ambient air quality monitoring are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx
and CO. PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx have been monitored on 24 hourly basis and CO has been
monitored twice in a week at each location.
Repairable dust sampler with gaseous sampling attachment and fine particulate sampler were
used for monitoring of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx.
CO were monitored with the help of PID based CO detector.
The outcomes of the Ambient Air Quality assessment for the selected locations are presented
below in tabular form.
Table 3.13: Ambient Air Monitoring Locations
Sr.
No.
1.
Stn
code
AQ--01
Location
Latitude
Longitude
Project Site
20.305286°N
72.853055°E
Elevation
(in m)
38
Arial Dist. from
Proj. Site (in Km)
0.00
2.
AQ—02
Punat Village
20.314013°N
72.861383°E
33
1.22 (NE)
3.
AQ—03
Pali Village
20.326543° N
72.838510°E
35
2.77 (N)
4.
AQ—04
Sarigam Village
20.287368°N
72.865055°E
38
2.07 (S)
5.
AQ--05
Angam Village
20.299721°N
72.875758°E
30
2.26 (SE)
6.
AQ--06
Manda Village
20.279145°N
72.833127°E
27
3.75 (SW)
During the study period major direction of the wind blowing from was noticed South-West
direction and the average wind speed was observed 3.04 m/s.
Table 3.14: Ambient Air Quality of Study Area
Monitoring Location
Parameter
Project Site (AQ1)
Punat (AQ2)
Min
Max
Avg
98%
Min
Max
Avg
98%
PM10
µg/m3
65.00
92.00
80.00
91.54
36.00
64.00
49.13
62.16
PM2.5
µg/m3
17.00
35.00
25.96
34.54
7.00
20.00
13.58
19.08
SO2
µg/m3
15.00
27.00
19.54
25.62
10.00
16.00
13.42
16.00
NOx
µg/m3
18.00
29.00
22.63
28.08
11.00
20.00
15.00
20.00
3-25
Pali (AQ3)
Sarigam (AQ4)
Angam (AQ5)
Manda (AQ6)
NAAQS (2009)
Min
Max
Avg
98%
Min
Max
Avg
98%
Min
Max
Avg
98%
Min
Max
Avg
98%
24 Hr. Avg.
45.00
76.00
60.79
75.54
55.00
87.00
70.96
85.16
40.00
76.00
61.00
74.62
37.00
62.00
51.75
62.00
100.00
8.00
21.00
14.13
20.54
12.00
26.00
19.88
25.54
10.00
24.00
17.79
23.54
10.00
21.00
15.42
20.54
60.00
10.00
17.00
13.46
16.54
12.00
17.00
14.50
17.00
12.00
15.00
13.42
15.00
10.00
15.00
13.67
15.00
80.00
12.00
18.00
15.29
18.00
14.00
19.00
17.00
19.00
13.00
19.00
15.92
18.54
13.00
18.00
15.58
18.00
80.00
98 percentile value of PM10 was found between 91.54 (Project site) and 62.00 (Manda). 98
percentile value of PM2.5 was found between 34.54 (Project site) and 19.08 (Punat). 98
percentile value of SO2 was found between 25.62 (Project site) and 15.00 (Manda and Angam).
98 percentile value of NOx was found between 28.08 (Project site) and 18.00 (Manda and Pali).
Maxium level of PM10 was found in case of Project site (92.00) where as minimum was found
in case of Punat (36.00). Maxium level of PM2.5 was found in case of Project site (35.00) where
as minimum was found in case of Punat (7.00). Maxium level of SO2 was found in case of
Project site (27.00) where as minimum was found in case of Punat, Pali and Manda (10.00).
Maxium level of NOx was found in case of Project site (29.00) where as minimum was found in
case of Punat (11.00). 24 hrly average value of PM10 was found between 80.00 (Project site)
and 49.13 (Punat). 24 hrly average value of PM2.5 was found between 25.96 (Project site) and
13.58 (Punat). 24 hrly average value of SO2 was found between 19.54 (Project site) and 13.42
(Punat, Angam). 24 hrly average value of NOx was found between 22.63 (Project site) and
15.00 (Punat).
3.2.5. AMBIENT NOISE
Ambient Noise level for the present EIA study has been done at six locations presented in
subsequent table 3.15. The noise level was monitored once in study period at each location for
one full day (24 Hrs.). The outcomes of the noise level monitoring are presented in table 3.16.
Table 3.15: Ambient Air Monitoring Locations
Sr.
No.
1.
2.
3.
Stn
code
N1
N2
N3
Location
Project Site
Punat Village
Pali Village
Latitude
20.305286°N
20.314013°N
20.326543° N
Longitude
72.853055°E
72.861383°E
72.838510°E
Elevation
(in m)
38
33
35
Arial Dist. from
Proj. Site (in Km)
0.00
1.22 (NE)
2.77 (N)
3-26
4.
5.
6.
N4
N5
N6
Sarigam Village
Angam Village
Manda Village
20.287368°N
20.299721°N
20.279145°N
72.865055°E
72.875758°E
72.833127°E
38
30
27
2.07 (S)
2.26 (SE)
3.75 (SW)
Table 3.16: Ambient Noise Level in Study Area
Loc.
Code
N1
N2
N3
N4
N5
N6
Location
Project Site
Punat Village
Pali Village
Sarigam Village
Angam Village
Manda Village
Min
dB (A)
50.0
44.5
45.6
47.2
45.3
43.9
Residential
Industrial
-
Day Time
Max
Average
dB (A)
db(A)
60.2
55.3
51.5
48.0
52.7
49.2
55.3
51.3
52.5
48.9
52.3
48.1
CPCB Standards
75
75
Min
dB (A)
44.6
40.2
41.8
42.9
41.3
42.3
Night Time
Max
dB (A)
56.2
47.6
50.6
52.2
51.2
51.8
Average
db(A)
50.5
43.9
46.2
47.6
46.3
47.0
-
-
45
70
The noise levels at all locations were found well within the limits of Ambient Noise Level
stipulated by CPCB. Slight higher night noise level is observed at Project site as the site is
situated in industrial estate. No critical issue of noise level in the study area has been observed
throughout the study period.
3.2.6. ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
Study of vegetation was carried out within 5 km radius around proposed site. Observations
were made at different sampling points and qualitative as well as quantitative analysis of the
vegetation was carried out.
Methodology:
The primary objective of survey was to describe the floral and faunal communities within the
study area. The sampling plots for floral inventory were selected randomly in the suitable
habitats within the 10km radius from the project site. The methodology adopted for faunal
survey involve; Random survey, Opportunistic observations, Diurnal bird observation, active
search for reptiles, faunal habitat assessment, active search for scats and foot prints and
review of previous studies, Desktop literature review was conducted to indentify the
representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities listed
by IUCN, ZSI, BSI and Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972.
Habitat Description:
The project site of this new project is situated in the notified industrial area of GIDC, Sarigam.
Most of the area within the study area comprises of urbanised landscape with very limited
vegetation, faunal diversity and richness as the area is situated within the GIDC notified
industrial area. And the periphery of the core site is flanked by industrial units.
3-27
The vegetation mostly comprises of open scrub vegetation. Prosopis juliflora (Jangali Babul) is
observed to be dominant in the study area. Some portion of the study area is occupied by rural
area, agricultural field, social forestry and limited natural vegetation. Few patches of sparse
forest come under study areas which are illustrated in the subsequent figure presenting Forest
Cover of study area.
Plants and animals are subjected to many environmental stressors, including the diverse array
of industrial activities and industrial chemicals in the environment. The biotic composition in
the study region, in particular to Umbergaon taluka indicates richness in species diversity.
Fig.3.10: Forest Cover of Study Area
3-28
3.2.6.1. Flora of the Study area:
The zone of Umbergoan Taluka shows fairly rich in plant biodiversity having more of annual
and perennial herbaceous vegetation. The small hillocks existing in the perimeter of the
proposed project site are already degraded forest patches and mainly comprised of planted
trees and shrubs. Among the plant biodiversity none of the species belongs to IUCN Red List as
well as Schedule species as per Wildlife list.
From the observations of field survey and also from database of the pattern and type of
vegetation clearly indicate that the zone is fairly good in plant biodiversity. Ecologically the
area has residual impression of forest in the past. The conservation management practice by
forest department over the hilly landscape has helped to regain some good forest patches.
The following Tables have listed occurrence of plant species. Biotic interactions among species
and abiotic factors (including edaphic and climatic characteristics) influence plant assemblages
in many complex ways that lead to the expression of differences at the species, community,
and ecosystem levels. Disturbances within the area differ from place to place, the areas near
and within RF are having rich species distribution compared to the areas under various landuse.
Following table show the list of reported and observed plant species in the study area:
Table 3.17: List of Major Flora
S.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Scientific name
Tectona grandis L.f.
Terminalia tomentosa
Adina cordifolia
Ougeinia dalbergioides
Albizia lebbeck
Erythrina variegata L.
Lagerstroemia lanceolata
Lannea coromandelica
Garuga pinnata
Madhuca indica
Acacia farnesiana var. farnesiana
Acacia catechu
Bridelia retusa
Mitragyna parvifolia
Bombax ceiba
Sterculia urens
Anogeissus latifolia
Heterophragma quadricolor
Holoptelea integrifolia
Terminalia bellerica
Bauhinia variegata
Family
Lamiaceae
Combretaceae
Rubiaceae
Fabaceae
Leguminosae
Leguminosae.
Lythraceae
Anacardiaceae
Burseraceae
Sapotaceae
Fabaceae
Fabaceae
Phyllanthaceae
Rubiaceae
Fabaceae
Malvaceae
Combretaceae
Bignoniaceae
Ulmaceae
Combretaceae
Fabaceae
IUCN
status
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
VU
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
3-29
S.
No.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
Scientific name
Grewia tiliaefolia
Dalbergia latifolia
Mangifera indica
Gmelina arborea
Syzygium cumini
Cassia fistula
Ficus glomerata
Mimusops elengi
Aegle marmelos
Pongamia pinnata
Carissa carandas
Cordia dichotoma
Semecarpus anacardium
Plumeria alba
Borassus flabellifer
Thespesia populnea
Samanea saman
Pandanus odoratissimus
Tamarindus indica
Phoenix sylvestris
Thevetia peruviana
Hyphaene dichotoma
Typha angustifolia
Casuarina equisetifolia
Ficus hispida
Polyalthia longifolia
Mimusops hexandra
Achras sapota
Anthocephalus cadamba
Gliricidia sepium
IUCN
status
LC
VU
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
NT
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Family
Malvaceae
Leguminosae
Anacardiaceae
Lamiaceae
Myrtaceae
Fabaceae
Moraceae
Sapotaceae
Rutaceae
Fabaceae
Apocynaceae
Boraginaceae
Anacardiaceae
Apocynaceae
Arecaceae
Malvaceae
Fabaceae
Pandanaceae
Fabaceae
Arecaceae
Apocynaceae
Arecaceae
Typhaceae
Casuarinaceae
Moraceae
Annonaceae
Sapotaceae
Sapotaceae
Rubiaceae
Fabaceae
Table 3.18: List of Wildly Occurring Flora
S. No. Scientific name
Family
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Acanthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Blepharis repens
Gantelbua urens
Haplanthus tentaculatus
Hygrophila auriculata
Rungia pectinata
Rungia repens
Alternanthera pungens
Aerva sanguinolenta
Aerva lanata
Achyranthes aspera
3-30
Family
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthaceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Aizoaceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Asteraceae
Boraginaceae
Boraginaceae
Boraginaceae
Boraginaceae
Boraginaceae
Brassicaceae
Brassicaceae
Caryophyllaceae
Cleomaceae
Commelinaceae
Commelinaceae
Amaranthus blitum
Amaranthus spinosus
Amaranthus tenuifolius
Amaranthus viridis
Celosia argentea
Chenopodium album
Chenopodium murale
Digera muricata
Nothosaerva brachiata
Ageratum conyzoides
Bidens biternata
Blumea belangeriana
Blumea eriantha
Blumea lacera
Blumea membranacea
Blumea obliqua
Caesulia axillaris
Eclipta protrata
Glossocardia bosvallea
Gnaphalium indicum
Goniocaulon indicum
Trianthema portulacastrum
Grangea maderaspatana
Launaea procumbens
Sclerocarpus africanus
Sphaeranthus indicus
Tridax procumbens
Vernonia cinerea
Vicoa indica
Coldenia procumbens
Heliotropium indicum
Heliotropium supinum
Trichodesma amplexicaule
Trichodesma zeylanicum
Lepidium sativum
Roripa indica
Vaccaria pyramidata
Cleome viscosa
Commelina benghalensis
Commelina diffusa
3-31
Family
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
Commelinaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulaceae
Cyperaceae
Cyperaceae
Cyperaceae
Cyperaceae
Cyperaceae
Cyperaceae
Cyperaceae
Cyperaceae
Cyperaceae
Dioscoreaceae
Elatinaceae
Eriocaulaceae
Eriocaulaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Euphorbiaceae
Fabaceae
Fabaceae
Fabaceae
Fabaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Murdannia nudiflora
Cuscuta chinensis
Cuscuta reflexa
Ipomoea fistulosa
Ipomoea indica
Merremia gangetica
Merremia tridentate
Merremia vitifolia
Cyperus brevifolius
Cyperus compressus
Cyperus difformis
Cyperus haspan
Cyperus iria
Cyperus rotundus
Fimbristylis microcarpa
Fimbristylis miliacea
Scirpus lateriflorus
Tacca leontopetaloides
Bergia ammannioides
Eriocaulon eleanorae
Eriocaulon quinquangularis
Acalypha ciliata
Acalypha indica
Chrozophora prostrate
Chrozophora rottleri
Euphorbia geniculata
Euphorbia hirta
Euphorbia parviflora
Euphorbia rothiana
Euphorbia thymifolia
Aeschynomene indica
Alysicarpus bupleurifolius
Alysicarpus longifolius
Alysicarpus tetragonolobus
Cassia absus
Cassia tora
Crotalaria albia
Crotalaria calycina
Crotalaria filipes
Crotalaria linifolia
3-32
Family
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Fabiaceae
Gentianaceae
Gentianaceae
Gentianaceae
Gentianaceae
Hydroleaceae
Lamiaceae
Lamiaceae
Lamiaceae
Linderniaceae
Linderniaceae
Linderniaceae
Linderniaceae
Linderniaceae
Linderniaceae
Lythraceae
Lythraceae
Lamiaceae
Lamiaceae
Malvaceae
Crotalaria triquetra
Cyathocline purpurea
Desmodium dichotomum
Desmodium gangeticum
Goniogyna hirta
Indigofera astragalina
Indigofera cordifolia
Indigofera oblongifolia
Indigofera tinctoria
Indigofera trita
Medicago sativa
Melilotus alba
Melilotus indica
Neptunia triquetra
Psoralea corylifolia
Smithia conferta
Smithia sensitiva
Tephrosia pumila
Tephrosia purpurea
Tephrosia strigosa
Zornia gibbosa
Canscora diffusa
Enicostema hyssopifolium
Exacum pedunculatum
Hoppea dichotoma
Hydrolea zeylanica
Leucas aspera
Leucas biflora
Leucas martinicensis
Lindernia antipoda
Lindernia ciliata
Lindernia crustacean
Lindernia multiflora
Lindernia oppositifolia
Lindernia parviflora
Ammannia baccifera
Ammannia multiflora
Moschosma polystachyum
Salvia plebeia
Abutilon indicum
3-33
Family
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Malvaceae
Menispermaceae
Martyniaceae
Molluginaceae
Molluginaceae
Molluginaceae
Nyctaginaceae
Onagraceae
Orobanchaceae
Orobanchaceae
Orobanchaceae
Orobanchaceae
Orobanchaceae
Oxalidaceae
Oxalidaceae
Papaveraceae
Phyllanthaceae
Plantaginaceae
Plantaginaceae
Polygalaceae
Polygalaceae
Polygalaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Corchorus aestuans
Corchorus capsularis
Corchorus fascicularis
Corchorus olitorius
Hibiscus panduraeformis
Hibiscus sabdariffa
Malachra capitata
Melochia corchorifolia
Sida acuta
Sida alba
Triumfetta rhomboidea
Triumfetta rotundifolia
Urena lobata
Cocculus hirsutus
Martynia annua
Mollugo pentaphylla
Glinus lotoides
Glinus oppositifolius
Boerhavia diffusa
Ludwigia perennis
Buchnera hispida
Centranthera indica
Ramphicarpa longiflora
Striga angustifolia
Striga asiatica
Biophytum sensitivum
Oxalis corniculata
Argemone mexicana
Phyllanthus maderaspatensis
Bacopa monnieri
Dopatrium junceum
Polygala chinensis
Polygala erioptera
Portulaca oleracea
Brachiaria ramose
Cenchrus biflorus
Chloris barbata
Chloris quinquesetica
Coix lachryma-jobi
Cynodon dactylon
3-34
Family
171.
172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Poaceae
Portulacaceae
Primulaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Rubiaceae
Sapindaceae
Scrophulariaceae
Scrophulariaceae
Scrophulariaceae
Scrophulariaceae
Solanaceae
Solanaceae
Solanaceae
Typhaceae
Urticaceae
Vahliaceae
Verbenaceae
Vitaceae
Vitaceae
Vitaceae
Xanthorrhoeaceae
Zygophyllaceae
Desmostachya bipinnata
Dinebra retroflexa
Echinochloa colonum
Eragrostis diarrhena
Eragrostis tenella
Heteropogon contortus
Ischaemum indicum
Oryza rufipogon
Setaria glauca
Setaria tomentosa
Themeda quadrivalvis
Portulaca quadrifida
Anagallis arvensis
Anotis foetida /Neanotis subtilis
Borreria articularis
Borreria stricta
Cardiospermum halicacabum
Sopubia delphinifolia
Stemodia serrata
Scrophulariaceae
Sutera dissecta
Physalis minima
Solanum nigrum
Solanum surattense
Typha angustata
Pouzolzia zeylanica
Vahlia digyna
Phyla nodiflora
Leea edgeworthii
Leea indica
Leea macrophylla
Asphodelus tenuifolius
Tribulus terrestris
3.2.6.2. Fauna of the Study area:
Mammals
During observations, the sighting of wild animals was negligible in the entire study area. The
assessment of wild life fauna has been carried out on the basis of information collected from
personal interviews with local peoples.
Reptiles
3-35
During field survey common garden lizard, common skink, Garden Lizard was observed in the
study area, but as per the Ranger officer and the local information collected from the villagers
there are snakes belonging to both poisonous and nonpoisonous category. According to
Villegers Dhaman or Oriental Ratsnake (Ptyas
mucosus) found in the study area.
Insects
Insects can also serve as useful indicators of forest biodiversity. They are responsible for a large
part of the complex interconnections that characterize forest ecosystems. The insect
communities that are present in forests help to maintain crucial ecological processes and
preserve biodiversity as a whole. They participate in most of the ecological processes that
sustain ecosystems. Many more characteristics of insects made them the most important part
of ecological balance.
During survey period, varieties of insects were also observed; Insects like Dragonflies,
Butterflies, Honey Bees, and House Fly are observed.
Avifauna
During avifauna survey actual counts of birds were made following the standard survey
technique by traveling a known distance in which designated sampling areas occur.
Observations were made during a walk through in the chosen transect for sighting the birds.
The number of birds observed in one milometer stretch of the site was directly counted and list
was made. The milometer of the car was used to measure the stretch of the study transect.
Dominant birds in the study area are Red vented bulbul, Common peafowl, Common myna,
House sparrow, House crow, Black drongo, Small green bee eater, Spotted dove, Rose ring
parakeet, Blue rock pigeon, House swift, common babbler and the other birds are Indian robin,
Black ibis, Indian roller, white wagtail, Pond heron, cattle egret .The list Avifauna observed
during filed survey is depctited in table below.
Fisheries
Study area is nearer to the sea coast and Damanganga River is flowing through the study area
therefore fishery is an important business in this area. Therefore fishery is economically
important in this area. Umargam is one of the coastal taluka of Valsad district in Gujarat State,
contributing to the marine fish production as well as inland fish production.
The study area has a large potential for inland fisheries including brackish water and fresh
water. Marine fisheries are very important for their commercial value. The important
commercial groups of marine fishes in the study area includes bombay duck, mullet, mud
skipper, hilsa, catfish, clupeids, coilia, miscellaneous fishes, shrimps and crab .
The fishing crafts used for fishing in the study area is non-mechanized boats and small boats
whereas fishing gears are gill nets, bag nets and cast nets.
Table 3.19: List of fauna recorded from Forest Department:
S. Common name
No.
Amphibians:
1. Common Indian Toad
Scientific name
Family
IUCN
status
Duttaphrynus
melanostictus / Bufo
Bufonidae
LC
3-36
S. Common name
No.
Scientific name
Family
IUCN
status
Duttaphrynus stomaticus
/ Bufo stomasticus
Philautus sp. , Philautus
Species
P. sp. nov. 'Amboli Forest'
Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis
Hoplobatrachus tigerinus
Indirana leithii
Bufonidae
LC
Rhacophoridae
LC
Dicroglossidae
Dicroglossidae
Ranixalidae
LC
LC
VU
Viverricula indica
Viverridae
LC
Funambulus pennati
Sciuridae
LC
Lissemys punctata
Hemidactylus brookii
Calotes versicolor
Chameleon zeylanicus
Trionchidae
Gekkonidae
Agamidae
Chamaeleonidae
LC
Mabuya carinata
Sciuridae
LC
Lygosoma punctata
Varnus bengalensis
Elaphe Helena /
Coelognathus helena
Ptyas mucosa
Argyrogena fasciolatus
Oligodon arnensis
Dendrelaphis tristis
Ahaetulla nasuta
Naja naja
Lapemis curtus
Daboia russelii
Scincidae
Varanidae
Colubridae
LC
LC
LC
Colubridae
Colubridae
Colubridae
Colubridae
Colubridae
Elapidae
Elapidae
Viperidae
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Corvus splendens
Acridotheres tristis
Bubulcus ibis
Upupa epops
Vanellus indicus
Eudynamys scolopacea
Pavo cristatus
Merops orientalis
Dendrocitta vagabunda
Streptopelia chinensis
Megalaima haemacephala
Corvidae
Sturnidae
Ardeidae
Upupidae
Charadriidae
Cuculidae
Phasianidae
Meropidae
Corvidae
Corvidae
Ramphastidae
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Coracias benghalensis
Haradriidae
LC
melanosticus
2. Marbled toad
3. Bush frog
4. Skittering frog
5. Indian bull frog
6. Leith’s Frog
Reptiles:
7. Small Indian civet
Five striped palm
8.
Squirrel
9. Flap shell turtle
10. Brook’s Gecko
11. Common garden lizard
12. Chameleon
Common Brahminy
13.
skink
14. Snake skink
15. Common Indian monitor
16. Trinket Snake
17. Rat Snake
18. Banded Racer
19. Common kukri snake
20. Common Bronze back
21. Vine Snake
22. Indian cobra
23. Shaw’s sea snake
24. Russel’s Viper
Aves:
25. Common Crow
26. Indian myna
27. Cattle Egret
28. Hoopoe
29. Red wattled lapwing
30. Asian Koel
31. Common Peafowl
32. Little green bee eater
33. Indian tree pie
34. Spotted dove
35. Crimson breasted
barbet
36. Indian roller
LC
LC
LC
3-37
S.
No.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
Common name
Little Egret
Yellow wattled lapwing
River tern
White breasted water
hen
Purple Moorhen
Coot
Red shank
Curlew
Black winged stilt
Pied Avocet
Blue rock pigeon
Yellow Footed green
Pigeon
Greater Coucal
Blue throated barbet
Barn Owl
House/Little Swift
White Throated
kingfisher
Small blue kingfisher
Yellow wagtail
Common Hawk-cuckoo
Spotted owlet
Ling tailed shrike
Golden Oriole
Blackheaded oriole
Gray tit
Large Cuckoo-Shrike
Chloropsis
Common ora
Redvented bulbul
Yellow eyed babbler
Common babbler
Paradise flycatcher
Fantail flycatcher
Tailor bird
Magpie robin
Indian robin
Gray wagtail
Purple-rumped sunbird
Baya weaver bird
House sparrow
Indian skimmer
Pheasant tailed jacana
Scientific name
Egretta garzetta
Vanellus malabaricus
Sterna aurantia
Amauromis phoenicurus
Ardeidae
Charadriidae
Laridae
Rallidae
IUCN
status
LC
LC
LC
LC
Porphyrio porphyrio
Fulica atra
Tringa totanus
Numenius arquata
Himantopus Himantopus
Recurvirostra avosetta
Columba livia
Treron phoenicoptera
Rallidae
Rallidae
Scolopacidae
Scolopacidae
Recurvirostridae
Recurvirostridae
Columbidae
Columbidae
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Centropus sinensis
*Megalaima asiatica (D)
Tyto alba
Apus affinis
Halcyon smyrnensis
Cuvulidae
Ramphastidae
Tytonidae
Apodidae
Alcedinidae
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Alcedo atthis
Motacilla flowa
Cuculus varius
Athene brama
Lanius schach
Oriolus oriolus
Oriolus xanthornus
Parus major
Coracina melanoptera
Chloropsis aurifrons
Aegithina tiphia
Pycnonotus cafer
Chrysomma sinense
Turdoides caudatus
Terpsiphone paradisi
Rhipidura albicollis
Ortotomus sutorius
Copsychus saularis
Saxicoloides fulicata
Motacilla caspica
Nectarinia asiatica
Ploceus phillipinus
Passer domesticus
Rynchops albicollis
Hydrophasianus chirurgus
Alcedinidae
Motacillidae
Cuculidae
Strigidae
Laniidae
Oriolidae
Oriolidae
Paridae
Campephagidae
Chloropseidae
Aegithinidae
Pycnonotidae
Timalidae
Timalidae
Monarchidae
Riphiduridae
Sylviidae
Muscicapidae
Muscicapidae
Motacillidae
Nectariniidae
Ploceidae
Passeridae
Laridae
Jacanidae
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
VU
LC
Family
3-38
S. Common name
No.
79. Bronze winged jacana
80. Stone curlew
81. Shikra
82. Ringed dove
83. Rosy pastor
84. Spoonbill
85. Little Cormorant
86. Indian reef heron
87. Gray Heron
88. Paddy bird
89. Night Heron
90. Black Ibis
91. Open-billed stork
92. Dabchick
93. Comb duck/Nakta
94. Brahming Duck
95. Common Teal
96. Mallard
97. Common Pariah kite
98. Black winged kite
99. Brahminy kite
Mammals:
100 Indian Flying fox
101 Short-nosed fruit bat
102 Grey musk shrew
103 Indian Pipistrelle /
house bat
104 Common house rat
105 Common house mouse
106 Bandicoot Rat
107 Common palm civet
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
Scientific name
Family
Metopiius indicus
Burhinus oedicnemus
Accipiter badius
Strptopelia decaocto
Psturnus roseus
Platalea leucorodia
Phalacrocorax niger
Egretta gularis
Ardea cinerea
Ardeola graji
Nycticorax nycticorax
Pseudibis papillosa
Anastomus oscitans
Podiceps ruficollis
Sarkidiomis melanotos
Tadorna ferruginae
Anas crecca
Anas platyrhynchos
Milvus migrans
Elanus caeruleus
Haliastur indus
Jacanidae
Burhinidae
Accipitridae
Columbidae
Sturnidae
Threskiornithidae
Phalacrocoracidae
Ardeidae
Ardeidae
Ardeidae
Ardeidae
Threskiornithidae
Ciconiidae
Podicipedidae
Anatidae
Anatidae
Anatidae
Anatidae
Accipitridae
Accipitridae
Accipitridae
Pteropus giganteus
Cynopterus sphinx
Suncus murinus
Pipistrellus coromandra
Rattus rattus
Mus musculus
Bandicota indica
Paradoxurus
hermaphroditus
Common Mongoose
Herpestes edwardsi
Hare
Lepus nigricollis
Small Indian mongoose Herpestes vitticolis
Indian fox
Vulpes bengalensis
Long tailed tree mouse Vandeleuria oleracea
Indian field mouse
Mus booduga
Small Indian civet
Viverricual indica
Five striped palm
Funambulus pennati
Squirrel
IUCN
status
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
PTEROPODIDAE
PTEROPODIDAE
Soricidae
Vespertilionidae
LC
LC
LC
LC
Muridae
Muridae
Muridae
Viverridae
LC
LC
LC
LC
Herpestidae
Leporidae
Herpestidae
Canidae
Muridae
Muridae
Viverridae
Sciuridae
NR
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
LC
Note:
 Vulnerable (VU) - High risk of endangerment in the wild
 Least Concern (LC) - Lowest risk. Does not qualify for more at risk category.
3-39
3.2.7. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
A Baseline data/information on socio-economic front has been collected with the help of 2011
census data, discussion with Tahsildars, Sarpanchs, various Government officials, local heads,
etc. as well as by suitable field surveys. The study brings out the following features in this
respect.
There are 10 villages coming within the study area of 05 km study area. As per census 2011, the
study area has total population of around 58,894 people. The demographic status of the study
area is reported. From the total population 31073 are males and 27821 are females. Among
them there are 7,570 populations under age of 0-6 years. A number of the peoples belongs to
SC & ST community, from the total population 1,642 SC and 33479 are belongs to ST
community.
Research Methodology
Research Methodology is a crucial part in any research study in order to meet the desired level
of outcome pertaining to existing research problem. It starts with identification of research
problem based on objective of the study followed by other methodological processes like
identification of data sources, collection of data in terms of qualitative and quantitative, data
cleaning, data entry, data analysis, and deriving the significant findings.
Beneficiaries: The main beneficiaries of the study Children –Education and health, Parents and
community – Hygiene, awareness and health Women- nutrition for pregnant and lactating
mothers ; information to set-up home enterprises, Farmers also get information regarding new
schemes for agriculture development. Men- Awareness of general information about
sanitation and hygiene, employment, programme and scheme, opportunity for new
employment generation etc.
Universe: The study was conducted from 10 villages as per ToR requirements. The new
proposed project study area within 5 Km.
Determination of Sample size: Judgmental and purposive sample method was used for
choosing respondents of varies section of society. Total populations are 58,894 people. Two
or five Sample ware selected from each villages of study area. Judgmental and purposive
sample method includes the right cases from the total population that helps to fulfill the
purpose of research needs.
Data Collection Method: Data was gathered through primary as well as secondary information.
Source of data:
(I.) Secondary data sources
While conducting study, focus is first on the data available at the secondary level –
governance statement, office noting sheet, Panchayat office, Block office, published
reports and documents available under the official recording system. Census of India
2011 is our main source data, analyzing this data provides basic findings about the
overall aspects of the programme.
(II.) Primary data sources
Primary data was collected by Questionnaire interview, Personal interview. Case study,
observations, Focus group discussions will also be conducted within the villages to
gather qualitative information. Many old, experienced and intellectuals of the sample
3-40
village, doctors of the PHC Primary health Centre, ASHA worker, teachers and Talati and
Sarpanch of the respective villages were interviewed regarding the matter.
Data analysis and interpretation: Collected data was analyzed through qualitative and
quantitative method of analysis. The researcher also design problem tree focusing major
problems.
Limitations: It may be difficult to survey as localities move early morning for work and many of
them were not available during day time. Language may be one of the important barriers to
reach to the reality of the problem as the total crowd was Tribal, so keeping in mind the team
included the linguistic experts to overcome the issue.
3.2.7.1. Demography
As per census 2011, the study area has total population of around 58,894 people. The
demographic status of the study area is reported in following Table 3.18.Majority of Male
population in the study area.
Table – 3.20: Population Details (2011)
Source: Census of India-2011
Total Population
Sr. No.
1
Population (0-6 Years)
Total
Male
Female
Total
Male
Female
58894
31073
27821
7570
3934
3636
Table – 3.21: Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribes
Sr. No.
Schedule Caste
Total
1
12886
Scheduled Tribe
Male
863
1642
Total
Household
Female
779
Total
33479
Male
16731
Female
16748
Fig.3.11: Total population of Study Area
Total Poulation
58894
60000.00
50000.00
31073
40000.00
27821
30000.00
20000.00
7570
10000.00
12886
3934
3636
0.00
Total
Male
Female
Total Population
Total
Male
Female
Population (0-6 Years)
Total
Household
3-41
Fig.3.12: Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribes
SC and ST Population
33479
40000
30000
20000
10000
0
16748
16731
1642
Total
863
779
Male
Female
Schedule Caste
Total
Male
Female
Scheduled Tribe
Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribes Population: Out of Total Population SC and ST
community populations are 2.78% and 56.84% respectively. Most of them are engaged in
Traditional farming activity. And some of them are working in nearest industries as skill and
unskilled labourer.
3.2.7.2. LITERACY
An understanding of education and literacy profile in the region is relevant in order to
understand weather better jobs due to the proposed project could utilize the existing human
resource in the area. Overall literacy rate for the 10 villages as per the census 2011 was 68.11
%. And 31.88% illiterate. The locality is equipped with adequate private schools. Highest
literacy rate was found in case of Sarigam Town. Due to adequate education facility this area
literacy rate is quite moderate. Collage and Training Institute facilities are available in Sarigam
and Bhilad Villages only.
Table – 3.22: Literacy Details (2011)
Literate
Sr. No.
Total
40116
1
Illiterate
Male
23123
Female
16993
Total
18778
Male
7950
Female
10828
Fig.3.13: Literacy details
Literate in study area
50000
40116
40000
23123
30000
16993
20000
18778
7950
10828
10000
0
Total
Male
Literate
Female
Total
Male
Female
Illiterate
3-42
3.2.7.3. Occupational Structure
The occupational structure of the area shows total among the total population of 58,894 the
total number of workers is 23596 Out of the total working population, main workers are 21,680
and marginal workers are 1745. Data shows that majority of the population are engaged in
industrial activities. The people are also engaged in fishing and other secondary jobs apart from
cultivation so they are not dependent on seasonal employment of agriculture. Some of them
are working Private and Government service sector. Due to Sarigam GIDC Industrial area
Employment Generation opportunity is high so More than 40.07% population are working
population.
Table – 3.23: Occupational Layouts
Total Worker
Sr. No.
Total Non-Worker
Total
1
Male
18505
23596
Female
5091
Total
35298
Male
12568
Female
22730
Fig.3.14: Occupational Layouts
Occupational Layouts
35298
40000
23596
30000
22730
18505
12568
20000
5091
10000
0
Total
Male
Female
Total
Total Worker
Male
Female
Total Non-Worker
Fig.3.15: Main Workers
Mani Worker
17548
18000
16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
13599
4132
2047
Male
525
Female
Cultivator
1902
Male
1140
Female
Agricultural Labour
2467
Male
Female
Others
Male
Female
Total Main Worker
3-43
Table – 3.24: Marginal Workers
Sr.
No
1
Cultivator
Male
99
Female
116
Agricultural Labour
Labour
265
Total Marginal
Worker
Female
Male
Female
327
848
897
Others
Female
454
Male
484
Fig.3.16: Marginal Workers
Marginal Worker
99
Male
454
484
Female Labour Female
Male
116
265
848
897
Male
Female
327
Female
Worker
Cultivator
Agricultural
Labour
Others
Total Marginal
3.2.7.4. Public Amenities:
As per the 2011 census, the area is well developed in terms of schooling, drinking water
facilities and banking facilities. All the facilities available in the area are presented in
subsequent Tables.
As per our survey have found that All Kind of Facility like Medial /Primary Health care, Drinking
water Primary/ Secondary Education, Communication & Transportation, Banking & Credit
society, Power supply are available in Study area Details of All Amenities describe in table no
3.24 to 3.27.
Table – 3.25: Amenities of Study Area-Education
Sr. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Vill Name
Sarigam
Bhilad
Daheli
Manda
Jamburi
Nahuli
Punat
Pali
Angam
Eklahare
P_Sch
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
M_Sch
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
S_Sch
Yes
Yes
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
College
Yes
Yes
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
3-44
(Source: Primary Census Abstract – Census of India, 2011)
Table – 3.26: Amenities of Study Area-Drinking & Irrigation Water
Sr. No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Vill Name
Sarigam
Bhilad
Daheli
Manda
Jamburi
Nahuli
Punat
Pali
Angam
Eklahare
Tap
Well
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Tube well
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Hand pump
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
River
Canal
Yes
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
Yes
Yes
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
Table – 3.27: Amenities of Study Area-Communication & Transport
Sr.no
Vill. Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sarigam
Bhilad
Daheli
Manda
Jamburi
Nahuli
Punat
Pali
Angam
Eklahare
Post Off
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Phone
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Rang-PH
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
PV_Fac
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
BS_Fac
Rang_RS
Yes
Yes
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
Yes
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
Table – 3.28: Amenities of Study Area-Bank, Approach Roads & Electricity
Sr. No Vill. Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Sarigam
Bhilad
Daheli
Manda
Jamburi
Nahuli
Punat
Pali
Angam
Eklahare
Bank_Fac.
Yes
Yes
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
(0-5)
App_PR.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
App_MR.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Power_Supl.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3-45
Legend for Amenities
1
= (0-5) - Facility available within 5 KM
2
= (5-10) - Facility available within 5-10 KM
3
= (>10) - Facility available above 10 KM
P
= Primary School
T
= Tap
TW = Tube Well
S
= Secondary School
PH = Primary health centre
D = Dispensary
PR = Pucca Road
W = Well
HP = Hand Pump
BS = Bus Stop
RS = Railway Station
BA = Bank
R = River
POW = Power Supply
M
PO
PV
KR
C
PH
=
=
=
=
=
=
Middle School
Post Office
Private vehicle
Kutch Road
Canal
Phone
3.2.7.5. Socio- economic indicators:
The proposed expansion project study area is 05 K.m. from the Periphery of the core zone,
consists of 09 rural villages and 2 towns in 2 Taluka namely Vapi and Umbergaon falling in
Valsad district. The study details based on the 2011 census are highlighted below:
Health:
Medical facilities in terms of health workers, primary health sub centers and primary health
centers are existing villages. The primary health centers, private hospitals, clinic are existing in
Sarigam, Bhilad. Apart from this a doctor comes to visit 2 or 3 day in week along with nurse.
The primary health center are providing treatment for basic illnesses like cough, cold, fever,
infections, malaria, dengue, typhoid and hepatitis. Complicated case is to be referred to the
nearest hospitals Vapi, Pardi, Surat, Valsad etc. While the service is include curative medicine,
the focus on preventive medicine and maternal child health as well.
Employment:
Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically active group i.e.
the working population involved in productive work.
There are different types of workers that may be classified as - Those persons who had worked
for at least six months or 183 days are treated to be Main Workers, on the other hand if person
categorized as worker has participated in any economic or productive activity for less than six
months or 183 days during the last one year are treated as Marginal Workers and Non –
Workers are those who have not worked any time at all in the year preceding the enumeration.
 Main worker population in the study area is 21,680.
 Majority of the worker i.e. 3,042 are engaged as agriculture worker and cultivator’s
workers are 2,572.
 There are main other population is 16,066.
 Total marginal worker in the study area are 1,745.
 Unemployment level is high in the region as non-worker population accounts for more
than 59.93% of the total population in the region i.e. 35,298 Non-worker population
includes student, household duties, dependent, pensioner, and others.
3-46

A Study found that Majority of women working as house wife as well as working
agriculture labour as temporary basis.
Agriculture:
Agriculture is the main source of occupation and about 64.24 %land is under agriculture. Main
Kharif crops are cotton, Paddy, maize tur (Pigeon peas) and mug. The small area is covered
with vegetables. The majority of the agricultural field is clay in texture. Agriculture is a major
activity in the core area from the proposed site and it is found that most land come under
irrigated agricultural land. Agriculture is the main occupation. The main crops are Paddy,
sugarcane, cotton, banana, vegetables in the surveyed area. Irrigation facility also very good
condition in some of the area Due to canal facility.
Addiction:
Addiction is major problems in study area. It is one of anti-social activity which is directly or
indirectly affected to development of the society. A study found that most ST community
having Alcoholism level is too high.
Migration:
Even construction laborers in the area majorly come from the Dahod district of Gujarat. Mostly
the houses of villagers are of ‘kaccha’ type. I.e. they are made of mud and raw material. As per
observation most of houses were well constructed. Most of migrant industries labor are staying
in Sarigam, Bhilad, Sanjan, Umbergoun, Vapi, An industrial laborer in the area majorly come
from Uttar pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, and varies part of Gujarat state.
Socio-economic Environment
Most of the villages have basic infrastructural facilities like drinking water supply, medical,
power supply, P & T and communication. Electricity for lighting is available on 24 hrs basis in all
the villages under “Jyoti Gram Yojana” Scheme by Government of Gujarat.
The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area are:
 Agriculture is the main occupation. The main crop is paddy the surveyed area while few
respondents are having job in private sector or either government sector.
 Education facilities are available up to primary school. For middle, secondary and higher
studies people avail the facility from the nearest town or block and district.
 Mainly wood is used as fuel in rural area since availability of Kerosene and LPG in the
villages.
 Most of the areas are having electricity facility both for agricultural and domestic
purpose.
 Literacy level among the respondents is good. This is mainly because of better
educational facilities.
 Communication and transportation facilities are good in most of the villages. Maximum
villages having bus service as well as Private vehicle facility.
3-47
Infrastructure Resource Base
The infrastructure resources base of the study area with reference to education, medical
facility, water supply, post and telegraph, transportation and communication facility and power
supply etc. The infrastructure resources details have been abstracted from Housing, Household
Amenities and Assets online information on census of India 2011 of Gujarat state, Valsad
District are described below:
Education:
Education Classes up to class 7th included in Primary schools. Classes from eighth to tenth
included in Higher Secondary School classes 11th and 12th are included in senior secondary
School. As per Census survey 2011 village directory record, all villages having education facility
in the form of primary school. The study found that technical institution and collage are
available in Bhilad.
LAXMI VIDYAPEETH, located at Sarigam in providing quality education to this tribal region that
would make better humans and better citizens. Spread over 120 acres in a serene, natural and
lush green surroundings, the LAXMI VIDYAPEETH endeavors to create a world class
infrastructure for Engineering, Para Medical and Professional courses; Primary and Secondary
Education; Research and Food Processing in a phased manner.
Water facility:
All villages having water facility in the record of census 2011. Main source of water is Tap
water, Tube well, Well, Hand pump, rivers, and others sources are Tank water. The water
facility of the region is good. Some of the village getting purifies water by paying a small
amount. Some of the villages
Sanitation:
Sanitation facility in these villages is poor because according to the survey report, only 50%
people are having toilets facility. People are used to open defecation. Most of the villagers in
the study area are Tribal. Now onwards sanitation facility being built by government authority
Under “Swachh Bharat Abhiyan”
Transportation and Communication:
Respondents are satisfied with the existing transportation facility. The study area is well
connected with NH-08 and SH-05. All the villages are covered under state transportation bus
service. Buses have frequency of two or three times in a day and some villages have Road
approaches are in all form like mud road, footpath etc. From the study area Bhilad and Vapi
towns are well connected with western railway and frequency of the trains are excellent.
Power Supply:
All villages in the region are electrified and electricity is available for domestic as well as
commercial, agriculture purpose in all the villages.
3-48
Livestock
The multiple benefits to rural livelihoods from the use of livestock goods and services are
manifest in several ways, both economic and social. Home use represents direct cash saving,
and trade provides additional cash income. Locally traded goods and services are sold at lower
prices than via commercial outlets, providing a saving to the purchaser. Most of villages have
good numbers of livestock, which are the most essential part of rural live hood. There is a
variety of type of livestock like poultry, goat, Sheep, cow, Buffalo, etc.
Awareness and Opinion
Awareness is the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of events, objects or
sensory patterns. In this level of consciousness, sense data can be confirmed by an observer
without necessarily implying understanding. In general, an opinion is a subjective belief, and is
the result of emotion or interpretation of facts. An opinion may be supported by an argument,
although people may draw opposing opinions from the same set of facts. For assessing the
awareness and opinion about the project activity socio-economic survey was conducted in the
sampling villages. The salient observations drawn through survey are described below.
1. A good number of respondent were aware about the project site.
2. Respondent opinion positively about the project. They said that any developmental activity
would make wider possibilities for the community, and it will help to raise the life style of
the area and Gujarat state also.
3. Some of them are not bothered about project because its falls under Notified GIDC Area.
3-49
CHAPTER: 04
ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1.
GENERAL
The present environmental impact assessment study has been conducted for the proposed
new project of M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals at Plot No.: 1250, GIDC Notified Industrial
Estate, Village. Sarigam, Tal. Umbergaon, Dist.: Valsad (Gujarat) India for manufacturing of
synthetic organic chemicals. The company will manufacture 450.00 MT/M of synthetic organic
chemicals and 414.90 MT/M HCl after obtaining EC & CC&A. As mentioned in chapter 1 & 2, as
per the EIA notification- 2006 (as amended timely) products are covered under any category
5(f)-B1 and hence the company needs to acquire Prior Environmental Clearance before
inception of the production of products with enhanced capacity. Proponent has appointed
M/s. Unistar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd., Vapi for the present EIA study which has
been conducted by the EIA study team accredited & approved by NABET. All necessary details
of proposed project has been studied & referred carefully to determine the anticipated impacts
of the proposed project. The whole study has been conducted in line with the awarded TORs
issued by SEAC, Gandhinagar, Gujarat.
The details of the Impacts Assessment study as well as planning of mitigation measures for
anticipated impacts of the proposed project are described in subsequent sections of the
present chapter under respective headings.
4.1.1. PHASES OF IMPACTS ASSESSMENT STUDY
In 1st initial phase of impact assessment, the study was conducted for screening & scoping by
EIA Team for further scheduling of the EIA Study. For the purpose study of records, documents
& details provided by the proponent has been conducted. At the later stage of the screening &
scoping, FORM-I of EIA notification SO 1533 was filed along with the Prefeasibility report &
Draft TOR and application to SEAC, Gandhinagar, Gujarat for approval of the draft TORs. The
Draft TOR proposed in Form-I was considered for further actions to start the EIA study. The
Questionnaire for the proposed project was dully filled for better outcome & determination of
further line of actions for EIA study. As described in sections of baseline environmental status
of area, study for environment al quality of the area was initially started with reference to the
Draft TOR and up on receipt of the approved TOR from SEAC, Gandhinagar all completed &
ongoing studies were verified & confirmed with reference to the awarded TOR to comply with
the conditions of awarded TOR issued by SEAC. Simultaneously, the reporting of the study was
also started for extensive study & review of work accomplished time to time. The study was
conducted for 5 & 10 KM radial area from site during the summer (Pre-monsoon) season in
months of March 2013 to May 2013.
Primarily, studies for Identification & prediction of impacts were conducted by following
assessment of baseline environmental quality with special reference to the project activities/
Chapter-04: Anticipated impacts & Mitigation measures
4-1
components and their potential stress on the environment. Further ground reality survey by
site inspections, meetings with associated technical & administrative persons, technical data
/document study as well as cross referencing with various subject references was done for the
purpose throughout the study period. All possible impacts / stresses are identified for further
study and citation of primary mitigation measures for each identified impacts/stresses. The
Environmental Impact Assessment was conducted by following Checklist Method using the
Questionnaire, Analysis & Interpretation of document/record & Data by expert of EIA Team
and Technical Experts of Proponent and Scientific & Technical referencing for Identification &
interpretation of probable impacts. Activity-Impact relation approach for identification of
impact has been used for the present study and presented in diagrammatic form in subsequent
section.
After Identification, prediction of the major impact, viz., emissions & Air pollution has been
done using mathematical modelling software for quantitative determination of probable
impacts of emissions. In the later stage EIA was conducted by the thorough study for
preparation of description of potential environmental Impacts & mitigation measures as well as
by following Matrix Analysis for identified impacts. The Matrix Analysis was conducted for
construction as well as operation phase of the proposed. Further Matrix was formulated for
two scenarios: with mitigation measures & without mitigation measures.
With the necessary details of components of EIA study & necessary document review the Draft
EIA report was prepared and reviewed for necessary update for adequate and efficient
presentation of the proposed project activities, environmental impacts, mitigation measures,
safety & management plan etc. in EIA Report. Finally on receipt of Approved TOR from State
level Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Gandhinagar; completed studies for EIA was
reviewed and verified against the Approved Terms of reference for EIA. All recommendations &
requirement sited by SEAC, Gandhinagar were carefully studied to finalize the EIA Report for
submission to SEAC along with EC Application. A detailed report for the compliance of
Approved TOR was prepared and covered in the EIA report as Annexure-1.
4.1.2. ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES & PARAMETER
Selection of environmental attributes and parameters for impact assessment study is the main
& most important task. The quality outcomes of impacts assessment can only be achieved by
carefully selected environmental attributes & parameters. With this fundamental requirement,
in the very inception stage the environmental attributes & parameters relevant to the
proposed project have been selected. The main attributes & parameters selected for the
present impact assessment study are listed below.
I.



II.


Land Environment:
Potential of land use & Land cover change
Potential of Land Contamination & Control Measures
Soil Quality
Water Environment:
Water Consumption & Waste water generation
Water & Wastewater Management System & Technology
4-2


III.




IV.




V.
Environment, Health & Safety Management Strategies
Water & Waste Quality
Air Environment:
Emission Sources & Quantity
Emission Control Measures/Technology
Emission & Ambient Air Quality
Ecology/Biological Environment:
Biotic Components (Flora & Fauna) of the area
Change in Habitat and Vegetation
Control Measures & Ecological Management Strategies
Socio Economic Environment:




VI.



VII.



Demographic Characteristics
Amenities & Infrastructure
Management Strategies & Planning for Social / Community Welfare
Occupational /Community Health & Safety Management
Noise & Vibration:
Ambient Noise Condition
Major Sources of Noise from Project
Control Measures and Environment, Health & Safety Management Strategies
Occupational Health & Safety:
Emission Sources & Quantity
Emission Control Measures/Technology
4.1.3. MAJOR CONSIDERATIONS
As described in earlier chapter & sections, the proposed project is a new unit for manufacturing
of synthetic organic chemicals. As the unit will be operating as an organic chemical industry,
there would be many considerable sources of impacts which may have significant impacts on
environmental status of the project area. However, it has been noted that with the use of
bagasse as fuel as well as provision of in-house ETP for effluent treatment for disposal in to the
underground drainage going to CETP will decrease the strength & quantum of the major
impacts. To evaluate the strength, quantum & significance of residual environmental impacts
due to proposed project requires studying & considering the use of resource utilisation as well
as potential sources & control measures of pollutions due to the proposed project. Considering
these, all necessary details of proposed unit has been collected and studied as described in
chapter 2.
The present EIA study is focused to determine all probable impacts of all activities of proposed
project and study has been started with consideration of likely impacts of construction works.
Further, with understanding of necessity of determination of the source of the impacts, being
negative or positive, likely to arise due to the proposed project, impact identification &
assessment study has been carried out for operation phase. The profile of study area and all
4-3
resource requirements have been taken in to consideration for the present impact assessment
study. Next to resources, the strength of the proposed project along with the consideration of
nature & process had been determined to cite the probable sources of impacts. Such sources
includes wastewater & solid/hazardous waste generation, emissions from process & utilities as
well as other probable source of impacts on environment like noise generation, greenbelt
development, employment, hazards associated with various industrial operation & hazardous
chemicals and other aspects like use of products, CSR etc. Primarily all these aspects of
proposed project have been considered to determine the type & nature of impacts likely to
arise from the proposed project. Site specific & product specific operations have been
considered for the purpose of identification of the proposed project. In the later stage,
necessary mitigations planned and suggested by the experts of EIA team have also been
considered to determine the residual impacts which are likely to be noticed after inception of
the proposed project.
The details considered for assessment of impacts of proposed project are described below.
 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT: The major resources required for the proposed project are
identified to be Water, Fuel and power only. The details considered are presented below.
o
Capital & Recurring Cost: Total capital cost for proposed project will be around
350.00 Lakhs. Capital cost for EMP has been estimated around Rs. 25.00 lakhs and
Recurring cost provision for EPM has been estimated to be around Rs. 18.00 Lakhs
/Year.
o
Land: Industrial plot/premises in the notified industrial estate of GIDC, Sarigam
admeasuring 5040 m2 will be utilised for proposed project which is adequate. In
1512.30 Sq. m. area greenbelt will be developed and 2668.94 sq. mt. area will be
kept open. For the buildings & sheds etc. 858.76 Sq. m. area of the plot will be
utilized.
o Water: Water requirement will be met through drawl of water from the water
supply pipeline of the water supply department of GIDC Sarigam. Total 39.00 KLD
freshwater will be required for process, utilities, domestic activities & greenbelt.
The details are as below.



Industrial: 29.00 KLD
Domestic: 5.00 KLD
Greenbelt: 5.00 KLD
o Power: The power requirement of proposed unit will be 200 KVA which will be
sourced from Dakshin Gujarat Vij. Co. Ltd. Additionally two DG sets of 200 KVA will
be installed to meet the power requirement during the failure of power supply by
electricity department.
o Utilities & Fuel: Boiler, 1 TFH and 2 DG sets will be installed as utilities of the
proposed project. Primary Fuel required for the proposed unit will be Bagasse for
operation of proposed Thermic Fluid Heaters & Boiler. Bagasse will be acquired
4-4
from local market. For DG sets Diesel (HSD) will be required which will be purchased
from local traders. The details are as below.
Utilities



Thermic Fluid Heaters (1 No. of 6 lac Kcal/Hr. capacity)
Boiler (1 Nos. of 1000 Kg/Hr capacity)
DG set (1 No. of 200 KVA Capacity)
Fuels


Bagasse 3 MT/Day for TFH & Boiler.
Diesel (HSD) for DG sets- 50 Lit/Hr.
 RAW MATERIALS & PROCESSES: Total 15 raw materials will be required for the proposed
synthetic resins & adhesive manufacturing unit. Further, the quantity of the raw materials
will be an important factor to consider as hazards associated with transportation, storage &
handling of these materials will have considerable impacts. Out of these raw materials 6
raw materials have been identified as hazardous materials as per provision of MSIHC Rules.
The process flow diagrams of manufacturing of all products have been considered for
determination of source of impacts & pollution from the proposed project as presented in
earlier chapter. Additionally, the details of raw materials, process and hazards associated
with the materials & process of the proposed project as given in Risk Assessment are
referred for the purpose of impacts assessment for proposed project.
 POLLUTION POTENTIALS: The proposed project being expansion unit for production of
particle boards & synthetic resins will have many major source of pollution. The details of
the pollution potentials are presented below.
o Wastewater: There will be total 10.00 KLD wastewater generations, which includes 4
KLD sewage generated from the domestic activities and 6.00 KLD wastewater from
industrial operations including washing, utilities blow down & cooling blow down. The
industrial effluent will be treated in full-fledged in-house ETP equipped with all required
Primary, Secondary & Tertiary Treatment units. The treated wastewater will be
disposed off through the underground disposal pipeline of GIDC Sarigam which is going
to CETP Sarigam. Domestic waste water will be disposed off through Septic Tank & Soak
Pit.
o Emissions: Company will install one boiler (capacity of 1000 Kg/hr) & one thermic fluid
heater (capacity of 6 lakhs kcal/hr each) to meet the thermal energy requirement of the
proposed project. Bagasse will be used as a fuel for Boiler & thermic fluid heater. Thus
after the proposed project these utilities will be the main source of emission. The
emission from these utilities will not be the major issue as bagasse will be used as fuel.
Company has also planned to install one D.G. Sets (200 KVA capacity), as stand by
power supply facility. Diesel/HSD will be used as a fuel for D.G. Set. The emission from
DG set will not have regular pollution potential as those will be utilized only during the
failure of supply by DGVCL.
4-5
In the process of Tri Phenyl Phosphite & Organic Phosphite Phenol are likely to arise as
process emission. For control of phenol emission no special measure is required as it
will be recovered in process itself. Phenol will be distilled and will be reused in process
or will be sold to actual user as by-product.
In some process HCl is likely to arise as process emission which will be recovered by
providing scrubber. The recovered HCl will be sold as by-product.
. The emissions from the proposed project are presented below.

Utility & Process Emission:



Stack-I: Boiler and Thermopack (Ht.-15 Mt., Dia-200 mm)
Stack-III: DG Set 1 (Ht.-15 Mt., Dia-200 mm)
Stack-III: Process (Ht.-11 Mt., Dia-150 mm)
o Hazardous Wastes: The types of hazardous wastes generated from the proposed
project will as presented below.
Total after Proposed Expansion




4.2.
ETP Waste: 10 MT/Yr (Sell to Scrap Dealers)
Discarded Empty HDPE Bags: 3000 Nos/Yr and Discarded Empty Containers:
400 Nos./Yr (Sold to approved scrape dealers/recycler)
Used Oil: 100 Lit./Yr. (Sold to approved recycler/refiners)
Process Residues: 27 MT/Yr (For incineration To Common Incinerator)
IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTING ACTIVITIES & PROBABLE IMPACTS
Identification of impacts has been carried out in two parts. Firstly the identification of impacts
has been carried out by determination of impacting activities of the proposed project; then
based on the outcome of this, further classification of impacts based on types & nature has
been carried out to identify all probable impacts in details. The details of the impact
identification study carried out are presented below in two different sections under respective
headings.
4.2.1. IMPACTING ACTIVITIES
The impacting activities in each of the phase have been tabulated at Table 4.1.
PHASE 1: CONSTRUCTION & COMMISSIONING PHASE
This phase involves the activities related to construction activities for the project, on approval
of the project from concerning authorities, activities related to transportation and installation
of machineries and other infrastructures. This also involves appointment of additional
employees – skilled and unskilled labour, technical and managerial staff. The impact during this
phase will be localized and short-term and primarily related to civil works and erection of
equipment. The duration of impact will be limited to the construction period only.
4-6
PHASE 2: OPERATIONAL PHASE
This phase of the project is very important as it generates long-term activities and impacts
thereof during the operation of the proposed project.
Table 4.1 (a): Impacting Activities Of Proposed Project
Sr.
No.
1.
3.
Project Phase
Activities
Construction &
Commissioning
phase
1)
2)
3)
4)
Operational
phase
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
Site preparation,
Construction works,
Fabrication works,
Use of resources for construction (sand, gravels, cement, water, power,
etc.),
Transportation of construction materials, equipments & machinery,
Installation of the machinery and other infrastructure,
Allotment of work to local contract labour,
Appointment of employees,
Commissioning Plant
Storage and transportation of raw materials, fuels & products,
Consumption of resources (water, fuel, RM, power etc.),
Manufacturing of products
Wastewater generation & disposal,
Handling of hazardous substances
Utility operations,
Haz/ Non-Haz. waste – storage, handling and reuse/ disposal,
Temporary break-down of control equipments
End use of products
4.2.2. TYPES & NATURE OF IMPACTS
The second important step & task of the impact assessment study which determines necessity
of further study is classification of nature & types of impacts identified for the proposed
project. This task serves as the base platform for further study. Considering this, the impacts
identified for the proposed project activities are studied to determine the type & nature of the
impacts. As mentioned above, impacts during construction phase will be negligible and not
considerable so only impacts of operation phases are considered for determination of types &
nature. The summarized description of the types & nature of the identified impacts are
presented below in tabular form.
4-7
Table 4.1 (b): Type & Nature of Identified Impacts
Land
Water
Resources
D,ST,N,M I,ST,N,M
SocioNoise &
economy, Vibration
OH&S
I,ST,P,M
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
-
D,I,ST,N,M D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M I,ST,N,M
I,ST,P,M
I,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
-
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,S
-
I,ST,N,M
I,ST,N,M
I,ST,N,M
-
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M -
-
-
D,ST,N,S
D,ST,N,S
D,ST,N,S
D,ST,N,S
D,ST,N,S
Particulars
Site preparation
Transportation, Storage &
Handling of Materials
Resource /Material use
Construction & Fabrication
Plant Installation
Waste management
Commissioning
Storage & handling of raw
materials
Accident & Hazards
Manufacturing process &
operations
Utility Operations
Waste management
EHS & CSR
Domestic &
Administrative Activities
Air
Quality
Ecology
I,ST,N,M
I,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,S
D,I,ST,N,M D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M -
D,LT,P,M
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
-
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
I,ST,P
D,ST,N,M D,ST,N,M I,LT,P
I,LT,P
D,LT,P,M
D,I,LT,P
D,ST,N,M
-
D,ST,N,M
D,ST,N,M
-
-
-
-
Note: D- Direct, I-Indirect, LT-Long Term, ST-Short-Term, N-Negative, P-Positive, S-Significant, M-Minor/Negligible
4.3.
DESCRIPTION OF ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATIONS
The proposed project being a new project for manufacturing of organic chemicals requires
considerable quantity of water, power, fuel, human resources, machineries & utilities etc. The
land requirement for proposed project is met by acquiring industrial plot situated in notified
industrial estate, which eliminates the issues related with acquisition of
agricultural/waste/barren or other type of land. The details of all major resources required for
proposed project are described in earlier sections under respective headings. Considering the
above mentioned details of resource requirements and potentials of pollution as well as above
tabulated identified impacts on environment; impact statements have been prepared after
necessary detailed study. The impacts statements for the proposed project as predicted &
assessed are described in subsequent section under respective headings.
4.3.1. LAND ENVIRONMENT
Land/soil contamination is likely to be arising due to spill/leak of hazardous chemicals & waste.
Considering the possibilities of accidental spill/leak some impacts are likely to be occurred on
land/soil environment.
4-8
The land acquired for the propose project is within a notified industrial area which does not
have any issues of LULC & change in drainage pattern. However, it has been noted that the
impacts on unused open industrial plot due to development building & infrastructure will be
beneficial to the area of industrial estate.
ANTICIPATED IMPACTS
Construction Phase:
The proposed project is to be setup within notified industrial estate of GIDC-Vapi. The
proposed project will require some minor construction works to establish setup for operational
amenities for proposed project. Most of the building are partially constructed and requires
some minor construction works before taking in usage for proposed project. It has also been
noticed that impacts on geological features is not envisaged. Further, it is also noted that the
issue of soil contamination will not occur as there will not be any toxic source of contaminant
from construction work. Minor pollution during construction would occur due to waste
generation, runoff from construction activities, dumping & stock piling of excavated soil and
construction waste etc.
The construction in the proposed site will not make any change in land use pattern of the area
as the land to be utilized for the establishment of the proposed unit is already designated as
industrial land. However it has been noticed that very minor beneficial impacts on land cover
of the area would occur due to creation of greenbelt within the premises.
The company has planned to utilise the construction waste for construction of road, PCC works
etc. The excavated earth will be utilised in filling for roads as well as filling & landscaping for
garden & greenbelt area. In addition to these company has planned to develop 30% of the land
as greenbelt which will enhance the ecology of the plot area and provide rich environment for
the occupants.
Thus, from above it can be indicated that the detailed expression of construction process
shows no major adverse impacts on land environment during the construction phase but slight
beneficial impact due to the greenbelt would occur.
Operation Phase
Impacts on land during operation phase will occur mainly due to soil contamination by
spill/leak of hazardous waste & chemicals. It has also been noticed that impacts on land may
occur if untreated or partially treated effluent is disposed off on land. This issue of
contamination may have considerable impacts on land due to toxicity of raw material &
product. Especially Phenol, nonyl Phenol, Triphenyl Phosphite, PCl3 and POCl3 will have very
serious issue of soil contamination. Such contamination of soil may result in low fertility of soil
and contamination of subsoil water. It has been suggested to provide proper & adequate
design & provisions of storage, transportation, handling and packing facilities etc. for
prevention, minimization & control of these impacts due to soil contamination. Further, it is
recommended that, the floor area of the storage, transportation, production & packing unit
shall be lined with impervious lining to prevent seepage & percolation of the toxic materials in
4-9
the soil. The lining of the aforesaid area shall be checked & maintained regularly to prevent soil
contamination.
It has been noticed that total 5 types of hazardous wastes namely ETP waste, process residues,
used oil, discarded containers and empty HDPE bags will be generated from the proposed
project. Upon mixing with soil hazardous and non-hazardous solid & liquid wastes generated
from the proposed project can create serious issue of land pollution and toxic effects on local
environmental factors. Especially spill/leak of the process residue and used oil on land can have
serious issue of soil contamination. It has been suggested that waste generation from process
shall be minimized by regular monitoring of production process. All solid wastes generated will
be assessed for quantity & quality, on regular basis. The solid waste generated shall be
handled, stored, treated or transported for final disposal as per guidelines of
MoEF/CPCB/GPCB. A designated solid/hazardous wastes storage site shall be provided to
comply with the requirements cited by MoEF/CPCB. The company has already planned to
provide the facilities for collection, storage, treatment & disposal of solid/hazardous waste as
per MoEF/CPCB guidelines.
Further, it is also envisaged that 6KLD wastewater will be generated from boiler operation,
washing and cooling, which will be treated in in-house ETP and will be disposed off through
underground pipeline to CETP. Hence, the issue of land contamination due to effluent
generation and disposal is not envisaged.
Thus it can be stated that the issues of impacts on land are envisaged to be minor with planned
& suggested mitigation measures.
4.3.1.1. Mitigation Measures
Considering the above mentioned impacts on land environment following mitigation measures
are planned & suggested.
Construction phase
o Proper handling & storage facilities for the construction materials.
o Adequate management for transportation to ensure that materials in transport vehicles
are covered to prevent spill & leak on ground as well as transportation is done in
minimum frequency.
o Designated area for mechanical works like cutting & welding and fabrication and such
area shall be with concrete flooring to prevent contamination of soil during operation.
o The concrete waste, sand, rubble, etc. from the construction work shall be used for the
suitable construction works like pcc, road development and filling, etc.
o The scrap from mechanical activities & installation of heavy machineries/equipment
shall be collected and stored in scrap yard for sell to scrap dealer.
o Greenbelt development in about 30% Area of the plot.
Operation phase
o Adequate ETP for treatment of effluent & arrangement of disposal through
underground drainage of GIDC going to CETP, Sarigam.
4-10
o Statutory guidelines & requirements for Hazardous waste management shall be
followed in any condition/ situation.
o All possible recyclable/reusable wastes shall be reused/ recycled as per statutory
provision by sell to authorized recycler/refiners.
o Impervious lining in storage and production area which are likely to be affected by the
spill / leak of hazardous chemicals/wastes.
o All transportation of raw materials and products shall be done in closed truck/tanker
approved as per statutory requirement to prevent volatile emissions as well as leak/spill
during transportation.
o HAZMAT guidelines shall be followed for transport of all hazardous materials. Safety &
emergency equipment & materials and safety & emergency management guidelines
shall be provided on the transport vehicles.
o Greenbelt development & management to ensure healthy & dens greenbelt/pasture
throughout the life of the project.
o Monitoring of soil samples shall be done as per Environmental monitoring plan.
4.3.2. WATER ENVIRONMENT
The impacts on water environment are anticipated due to the water consumption and
industrial effluent generation from proposed project. Also the impacts on water environment
may occur due to contamination of water resource caused hazardous chemicals and wastes.
Based on the facts & other project details of project following impacts have been identified &
predicted.
4.3.2.1. Anticipated Impacts
Construction Phase
It is envisaged that there would not be any considerable impact on water environment during
construction phase as water requirement for new construction work will catered by supply of
GIDC water supply. Ground water would not be abstracted to fulfil the water requirement.
Proper arrangement for water withdrawal will be made for construction works & domestic
usage. The water requirement during construction work will be temporary and the quantity will
not be significant as construction works will be moderate in size. It is suggested that minimum
withdrawal shall be done and wastage of water shall be avoided by proper management during
the construction phase.
Issue of subsoil water contamination due to hazardous/toxic material is not envisage as
proponent has planned to provide properly lined storage area for construction chemicals and
materials.
Further, there is no water body adjacent to project site and even there is no natural drain
system in close proximity of project site. Hence issue of contamination due to runoff from
project site is not envisaged. However it is suggested to control & prevent any runoff from
construction activity and necessary action plan shall be prepared and implemented as EMP to
prevent any impacts of runoff and water contamination. Thus looking to the over all details
4-11
concerning potential source of impacts of construction works, it is stated that there would not
be considerable impacts on water environment during construction phase.
Operation Phase
The proposed project would require 39 KLD freshwater for production of proposed products,
which will be met through the supply of water from GIDC water supply department and
groundwater will not be abstracted in any case. Hence, issue of impacts on ground water due
to the water consumption is not envisaged. However, it has been suggested that mitigation
measures like minimal abstraction & wastage of water, regular maintenance of pipeline &
taps/vales to prevent leak & drip of water, use of efficient technologies to reduce the losses &
consumption of the water etc. shall be implemented to reduce the impacts on the ultimate
freshwater resource of GIDC water supply which is the river Damanganga.
It is also noticed that total 6KLD effluent will be generated mainly from washing and boiler &
cooling blow down. There will not be any kind of effluent generation from process. Further, it
has also been noticed from the details of manufacturing process that water of reaction is
generated in production of many products. Such water of reaction is not discharged as effluent
but is lost as water vapour from reactor or evaporation loss in drying process. It is also
observed that water is used as scrubbing media in process of some products to scrub HCl gas
which will be utilised for production of by-products.
For the treatment of effluent generated from cooling, washing and boiler blowdown proponent
has planned to provide full-fledged ETP of 10 KLD capacity. The treated effluent will be
disposed off through underground drainage of GIDC leading to CETP, Sarigam. Thus, the
treated effluent will not have any issue of contamination of water resources. However, it is
recommended to control & monitor the treatment process, adequacy & efficiency of ETP and
quality of treated effluent on regular basis and document/records of such control/monitoring
shall be kept efficiently for further proceedings/review to avoid any issue of pollution or
contamination of environmental system.
With consideration of the above details, it is envisaged that the adverse impacts of the
proposed project on water environment would occur only in case of failure of the ETP.
Considering this, it has been suggested that company shall provide guard ponds for temporary
storage of effluent during the maintenance of ETP in case of failure to prevent the impacts
likely to be caused by disposal of untreated effluent. With planning of water conservation, the
impacts on water environment would almost be negligible after adequate implementation of
mitigation measures for wastewater treatment.
Similarly, impacts due to leakage/spill of hazardous substances & hazardous wastes on
groundwater resources are likely to occur as secondary impacts of soil contamination.
Considering this, proponent has planned to provide properly lined designated storage area for
hazardous chemicals & hazardous/non-hazardous wastes. Thus, it is ensured that the impacts
on soil and thereby on water resources due to hazardous substances & wastes will not occur.
However, it has been suggested that proper impervious floor lining within the area of chemical
4-12
storage and production shall be ensured all the time and designing of hazardous waste storage
area shall be as per CPCB guidelines.
Thus, looking to the overall scenario of water & wastewater management including scheme for
efficient treatment of industrial wastewater; it can be stated that the impacts envisaged on the
water environment would be moderate & acceptable with the provision of efficient mitigation
measures.
Considering the above mentioned impacts on water environment following mitigation
measures are planned & suggested.
Construction Phase
o Minimum withdrawal of water from GIDC water supply line
o Prevention of wastage and minimal use of water
o Impervious lining in materials storage area and production area.
o Temporary earthen bunds to prevent runoff
Operation Phase
o Adequate & properly designed storage area to prevent spill & leak of chemicals
o Floor of storage & production area shall be provided with impervious lining.
o Drawl of minimal quantity of water
o Efficient & minimal use of water
o Metering for measurement of water usage and wastewater generation & disposal
o Septic & Soak Pit of adequate capacity/size for treatment and disposal of sewage.
o Full-fledge in-house ETP for treatment of industrial effluent.
o Disposal of treated effluent fulfilling the discharge norms through underground
drainage of GIDC going to CETP Sarigam
o Implementation of safety measures & emergency management system for
management of hazardous chemicals
4.3.3. AIR ENVIRONMENT
Considerable impacts on air environment are envisaged due to the emission from the Boiler,
TFH & DG set as well as HCl emission from manufacturing process some product. Considering
these, proponent has already planned to provide bag filter, scrubber and stacks having
adequate height and internal diameter at top. However, to ascertain residual impacts of the
proposed project, detailed study has been carried out as described below.
Construction Phase
During construction phase considerable civil works will be carried out which will have
temporary impacts on surrounding environment. Such impacts would be mainly due to the
dusting & air borne construction materials and fumes & dust from fabrication works.
Particulate level in ambient air of local area will increase due to release of particulates inform
of dust, air borne soil particles and cement from civil work as well as metallic dust from
4-13
fabrication works. These impacts will be restricted within the local area and will be temporary.
Further, all these impacts on air likely to occur would be reversible and hence no major issue of
permanent air quality change is envisaged. However, it is suggested that the water sprinkling
on land / loose soil, road and stocked piles of excavated earth shall be done to partly reduce
the probable impact of dusting. Further, to prevent air borne cement particle it is also
recommended that utmost care shall be taken for storage of materials like cement and
adequate closed storage facility shall be provided. In addition to this, the site is located in a
notified Industrial estate, which is being geographically good to provide efficient dispersion of
exhaust of machineries/equipment and construction vehicles. Hence, the issue of air
contamination due to emission of machineries and equipment would not be major during
construction phase.
Considering the above details it is noted that the impact of construction phase on air
environment would be temporary, local and acceptable with implantation of general mitigation
measures.
Operation Phase
The proposed project is a new unit for production of synthetic organic products. The heat
requirement will be met through the heat generation using proposed one Boiler (1000 Kg/Hr.)
& one thermic fluid heater (6 Lakh Kcal/Hr). The company will also install one DG sets of 200
KVA capacities.
The boiler & TFH will require bagasse as primary fuel. In addition to these, company will
require diesel for the DG sets installed to meet the power requirement only during the tenure
of failure from power supply source- DGVCL Power Grid. The DG set will be operated by HSD
only during hours of emergency power requirement situations which include tenure of failure
of power supply from DGVCL. Thus, it has been noticed that the emission of gaseous pollutants
from the utilities as well as DG set will not be major as the emission from bagasse & HSD
combustion is comparatively low than other fuels like Coal, FO, LSHS & LDO etc.
In addition to these, HCl emission from process of some product is likely to arise which will
have considerable impact on air quality of the area. Due to such emission HCl level in air will
increase which can have adverse effects on flora, fauna and human as well as metallic
structures of the area. Acids cause coagulation necrosis. Hydrogen ions desiccate epithelial
cells, causing edema, erythema, tissue sloughing and necrosis, with formation of ulcers and
eschars. Mild exposure may cause dyspnea, pleuritic chest pain, cough and bronchospasm.
Severe inhalation may cause upper airway edema and burns, hypoxia, stridor, pneumonitis,
tracheobronchitis, and rarely acute lung injury or persistent pulmonary function abnormalities.
The current NIOSH IDLH air concentration for hydrogen chloride is 50 ppm. No significant
effects have been seen with chronic exposure to low levels of gaseous hydrogen chloride.
Considering all these serious impact of HCl gas proponent has planned to provide wet scrubber
to scrub HCl from process emission.
Besides, impacts on air quality are also likely to occur because of the accidental release of
chemicals spilled, leaked or escaping from the storage & handling operations. Mainly the VOC
4-14
(Phenol, alcohols, turpentine, butanol, cresol etc.), other volatile substances (PCl3, POCl3 etc.)
& particulate (metal oxide/hydroxide, stearic acid etc.) are anticipated in the Work place air
due to such incidents of accidental release. At lower chronic exposure levels of PCl3, asthmalike syndromes may develop followed by a chronic chemical pneumonitis or emphysema. The
inhalation exposure of POCl3, a sense of suffocation, cough, bronchitis, retrosternal chest
discomfort, pulmonary edema dyspnea, and wheezing may be noted. All necessary mitigation
measures like PPEs, workplace monitoring etc. shall be implemented to minimize these
impacts.
Considering the necessity of the further study to determine the quantitative impacts of the
stationary emission from the stacks of proposed project, modelling study has been carried out
using the Aermod View software of Lake’s Environmental Inc., Canada. The details of the
modelling study have been elaborated with necessary information of input parameters as well
as outcome in form of Incremental GLCs and Predicted Ambient Air Quality in the subsequent
description & illustrations.
Details of “Aermod View” Modelling:
Table 4.2 Details of Source Input:
Stack Attached To
Stack 1: Boiler
Stack 2: DG Set (200 KVA)
Stack 3: Process Emission
UTM Coordinates
Height, Exit Gas Exit Gas Diameter
For ISCST3 Input
Mt
Temp.0K Velocity, At Top,
mt/sec
Mt
X, mt
Y mt
275795.00 2246723.00
15.00
423.00
18.00
0.20
275778.00 2246723.00
15.00
523.00
21.00
0.20
275761.00 2246723.00
11.00
303.00
8.30
0.10
Table 4.3 Details of Emission Input:
Stack
ID
1
2
UTILITY
TFH &
Boiler
D.G.Set
POLLUTANT
EMISSION RATE
(gm/sec)
WITH
W/O APCD
APCD
NOx
0.01890*
--
PM
0.24570
0.04644*
SOx
0.0554*
--
NOx
0.8377*
--
PM
0.0594*
--
3
Process
HCl
0.025
Stack
Note: * indicates values used in modelling.
0.00125*
APCD &
EFFICIENCY
Not
Required
Wet
Scrubber
Not
Required
Not
Required
Not
Required
Scrubber
(>95% ef)
EMISSION QUALITY
3
NORMS
ppm
mg/Nm
17.77
--
< 50 ppm
--
39.01
<150
mg/Nm3
32.09
--
<100 ppm
675.23
--
<710 ppm
--
90.16
--
19.23
<150
mg/Nm3
<20
mg/Nm3
4-15
Table 4.4 Details of Receptors Input:
Village/Receptor Grid
Coordinate
(UTM Zone 43N)
X, mt
Y, mt
Remarks
Discrete Cartesian Receptors
Project Site
275814.36
2246722.90
Punat
276696.81
2247677.89
Pali
274325.86
Sarigam
277042.20
Angam
278177.93
Manda
Uniform Cartesian Grid
Origin
273694.73
265814.42
Origin for Discrete Polar
Receptors @ 500 Mt distance
276219.02
The Discrete Cartesian Receptors
selected are the location selected for
2249096.40 the ambient air quality monitoring for
2244722.72 baseline environmental study.
2246076.05
2243855.67
2236722.91 Grid Size: 20,000mt X 20,000mt,
No. of X & Y receptors: 21 Nos. each
Grid Spacing: X=1000 Mt, Y=1000 Mt.
2246987.96 20 Discrete Cartesian Receptor are
selected in downwind direction (201
Degree Clock wise from N) from
representative source stack.
Table 4.5 Summarized Details of Meteorological Input:
Sr.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Wind Classes
(m/s)
Directions
337.5 - 22.5
22.5 - 67.5
67.5 - 112.5
112.5 - 157.5
157.5 - 202.5
202.5 - 247.5
247.5 - 292.5
292.5 - 337.5
Sub-Total
Calms
Missing/
Incomplete
Total
0.1-2.1
2.1-3.6
3.6-5.7
5.7-8.8
8.8-11.1
0.0077
0.01495
0.01359
0.0163
0.02129
0.08469
0.07065
0.03306
0.26223
0.03578
0.03804
0.00815
0.02582
0.05208
0.11458
0.10688
0.06658
0.44792
0.00951
0.01585
0.00317
0.0077
0.0462
0.05797
0.01404
0.02627
0.18071
0
0
0.00091
0.00498
0.04121
0.01721
0
0
0.06431
0
0
0
0
0.01178
0.00226
0
0
0.01404
>=11.1
0
0
0
0
0.0077
0
0
0
0.0077
Total
0.05299
0.06884
0.02582
0.0548
0.18025
0.27672
0.19158
0.12591
0.9769
0.0231
0
1
(Data Period:01/03/2015-00:00 to 31/05/2015-23:00)
Input Mixing Height
The mixing height data were also estimated using RAMMET VIEW developed by Lakes Environmental
Software. The details of estimated mixing height are presented below as graphical illustration along
with average value of particular hours of the days. Average hourly rural mixing height is estimated to be
4-16
1376.10 m. Maximum hourly average rural mixing height is found to be 1642.44 m whereas the
minimum rural hourly mixing height is estimated to be 277.02 m.
Figure 4.1: Estimated Mixing Height Profile of Study Area
1800.00
M
i
x
i
n
g
H
e
i
g
h
t
1600.00
1400.00
1200.00
1000.00
800.00
600.00
400.00
200.00
0.00
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Hours
Avg. Rural MH
In addition to the above input details, terrain was also considered as input data for the modeling. The
input terrain details for the modeling have been presented in earlier chapter 3, Fig. 3.2 & 3.3 (Digital
Terrain Model & Topographic Map respectively). The details of site specific Meteorological data & Air
quality modeling Result are also attached in Annexure-III.
Output Selections:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Detailed report for Modeling for seasonal & 24 Hourly outcomes
1st highest 24 Hourly Average Incremental GLC for Cartesian Grid Receptor
1st highest 24 Hourly Incremental GLC for Discrete Cartesian Receptors
Contour Indicating 1st 24 Hourly highest Incremental GLC for Cartesian grid area showing
Discrete Cartesian receptor.
E. 1st highest Seasonal Average Incremental GLC for 20 Discrete Polar Receptors at 500 mt
interval in downwind direction (Graph)
F. 1st highest 24 Hourly Average Incremental GLC for 20 Discrete Polar Receptors at 500 mt
interval in downwind direction (Graph)
With consideration of above indicated input parameters, the modeling study has been
conducted to determine the Incremental GLC resulted due to the emission of proposed
project. The details of outcome of modeling in term of incremental GLC and predicted air
quality have been described below in subsequent tables & figures under the current section. It
has been noticed that the impacts of emission will be almost negligible and below the
detection limit in most of the cases. Thus, it has been stated that the impacts of proposed
project on air environment will be negligible & insignificant except the instantaneous short
term impacts of major accidents and accidental release from storage, transport & process
4-17
which shall be controlled & prevented by necessary action plan and control, precautionary &
preventive measures suggested in RA. The details of modelling outcomes are presented below
in tabular form as well as contour of incremental GLC values. The print out of detailed report
24 Hourly outcome with all necessary input & output are enclosed in Annexure-II.
Table 4.6 Predicted Ambient Air Quality:
Coordinates, mt.
Village
X Axis
Y Axis
st
1 Highest 275814.42 2246722.91
Project Site 275814.36 2246722.90
Punat
276696.81 2247677.89
Pali
274325.86 2249096.40
Sarigam
277042.20 2244722.72
Angam
278177.93 2246076.05
Manda
273694.73 2243855.67
Predicted Highest 24hr. Avg. Incr. GLC, µg/m3
PM10
SO2
NOx
HCl
0.57585
0.43615
6.68778
0.10035
0.57485
0.43581
6.68207
0.10038
0.19327
0.12596
1.95454
0.0176
0.11419
0.07115
1.10837
0.00509
0.08547
0.05726
0.88646
0.0112
0.13303
0.07889
1.23444
0.00884
0.10731
0.07322
1.13178
0.00562
Table 4.7 Predicted Ambient Air Quality:
Location
CPCB Limit
Project Site
Punat
Pali
Sarigam
Angam
Manda
Particular
Residential Area
Baseline
Incremental GLC
Predicted Air Quality
Baseline
Incremental GLC
Baseline
Incremental GLC
Baseline
Incremental GLC
Baseline
Incremental GLC
Baseline
Incremental GLC
PM10, µg/m3
100.00
80.00
0.57
80.57
49.13
0.19
49.32
60.79
0.11
60.90
70.96
0.09
71.05
61.00
0.13
61.13
51.75
0.11
51.86
SO2, µg/m3
80.00
19.54
0.44
19.98
13.42
0.13
13.55
13.46
0.07
13.53
14.50
0.06
14.56
13.42
0.08
13.50
13.67
0.07
13.74
NOX, µg/m3
80.00
22.63
6.68
29.31
15.00
1.95
16.95
15.29
1.11
16.40
17.00
0.89
17.89
15.92
1.23
17.15
15.58
1.13
16.71
4-18
Figure 4.2: Contour of Predicted Incremental GLC of PM10:
4-19
Figure 4.3: Contour of Predicted Incremental GLC of SOX:
4-20
Figure 4.4: Contour of Predicted Incremental GLC of NOX:
4-21
Figure 4.5: Contour of Predicted Incremental GLC of HCl:
4-22
Figure 4.6: Figure: Graph of 1st highest 24 Hourly Average Incremental GLC for 20 Discrete Polar
Receptors at 500 mt interval in downwind direction
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
10000
12000
10000
12000
10000
12000
24 Hourly Daily Avg. Incr. GLC of PM10
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
24 Hourly Daily Avg. Incr. GLC of SO2
6
4
2
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
24 Hourly Daily Avg. Incr. GLC of NOx
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
24 Hourly Daily Avg. Incr. GLC of HCl
4-23
Construction Phase
o Sprinkling of water on the kaccha road within premises, stock pile of soil, excavated
earthen materials etc. to reduce air born dust.
o Closed storage area for construction materials like cement should be provided.
o Machineries and equipment shall not be kept in idle condition for longer time whenever
not in use.
o Only PUC certificate vehicle shall be used for transportation purpose.
Operation Phase
o Only bagasse as fuel for operation of proposed Utilities – Boiler & TFH
o Only Diesel / HSD as fuel for DG set
o CPCB approved DG sets to be used only during the failure of power supply from DGVCL
Grid.
o Bag Filter shall be provided for utility emission control
o Stacks of adequate height shall be attached to Boiler & TFH and DG set.
o Scrubber shall be provided for process emission control
o Provision of all necessary PPEs to employee & regular workplace monitoring programs
o Properly designed enclosed storage vessels made of suitable materials
o Adequate handling & transfer system preferably closed system operated through the
automation like PLC
o All mitigation, control & prevention measures as suggested in Safety Audit report & RA
report shall be provided.
o Regular monitoring of Stack emission, Ambient Air and workplace air shall be done as
per Monitoring plan
o Transportation must be done in closed approved vehicles only. All safety & control
measures shall be provided to prevent spill, leak and accident during transportation.
o All transport vehicles must comply with HAZMAT guidelines & statutory requirements
4.3.4. ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
It is observed that the site is located in the notified industrial estate of GIDC, Sarigam. The
majority of the regions of the study area are of moderate ecological interest. However, some
significant ecological area in terms of forest area with considerable standing flora area noticed
in the study area. Further, the site is far away from the ecologically sensitive area (DNH Wildlife
sanctuary). The major impact on ecology is envisaged mainly as secondary impact of air
pollution due to project emissions and noise generation. Necessary mitigation measure must
be undertaken to reduce the indirect impact of the project to the nearby forest patches and
overall ecology. All impacts studied are found minor to moderate & acceptable. Thus the
impacts on ecology will not be considerable. However, some minor impacts on local ecological
4-24
features like local flora and fauna are likely to occur due to the industrial operations and
hazards associated with the operations which are described below.
4.3.4.1. Anticipated impacts
Construction phase
As the propose project is far away from the ecological sensitive area and as the project is to be
developed within the notified industrial estate itself without acquiring additional land outside
of the industrial estate, issue of diversion of forest or agricultural land and impacts on ecology
is not anticipated.
Further, during construction phase, photosynthetic activity of the plants of the nearby area
may be affected due to the air borne dust settled on the leaf. Beside this there would not be
any major impact on the ecological factor of the area. Only some minor impacts on local flora
and fauna may occur due to noise generation and transportation activities. These impacts
would be temporal and would be restricted within close vicinity of the project site. Hence,
these impacts are tolerable and do not require any extensive mitigation measures except dust
suppression and minimisation of noise by general measures. Beside these minor acceptable
impact, there would not be any kind other considerable impact.
Operation phase
Considerable impacts on local ecological factors may occur during the major catastrophic
incident in bulk storage area for hazardous chemicals especially in phenol, PCl3, POCl3 and
alcohol storage area.
Ocular or dermal contact may result in severe burns; skin absorption can cause systemic
symptoms and death. Systemic manifestations of toxicity may include nausea, vomiting,
diarrhea, dyspnea, tachypnea, pallor, profuse sweating, hypotension, dysrhythmias, acute lung
injury, methemoglobinemia, hemolytic anemia, elevated anion gap metabolic acidosis,
agitation, lethargy, seizures, and coma. Liver, lung, central nervous system and renal injury may
also occur. It may also affect the pancreas and heart muscle. Prolonged contact with the skin
may cause dermatitis. Further phenol is probable carcinogen which may cause cancer in animal
and human continuously exposed to it.
Phosphorus trichloride vapors are irritating to the eyes, skin, and respiratory tract. Pulmonary
edema may occur with onset delayed from 12 to 24 hours. At lower chronic exposure levels,
asthma-like syndromes may develop followed by a chronic chemical pneumonitis or
emphysema. When heated to decomposition phosphorus chloride emits highly toxic fumes of
chloride and oxides of phosphorus. A chronic asthmatic-like bronchitis may develop after acute
inhalation intoxication of POCl3.
In addition to the above, impact on ecology may also occur due to the increased level of HCl in
ambient air resulted by process emission and atmospheric reaction of PCl 3 and POCl3 with
humidity. This increased level of HCl in air may have many adverse effects as described in the
section of air environment.
4-25
Fire and explosion hazard in the flammable material storage area may have impact on flora and
fauna as well as human in the nearby area mainly in form of serious burn due to heat radiation
from the fire location.
Considering the above details, proponent has planned to provide the best in class storage
facility to prevent chance of major catastrophe and accidental release of hazardous chemicals.
Proponent has also planned to provide all other safety measures & will implement all required
essential plans for safety, disaster & emergency action as mentioned in RA Report for proposed
project. Thus, considering all the safety & emergency measures planned by proponent and
suggested in RA report it can be noted that there will be no considerable impacts on the
ecology of the study area.
Further, it has been noticed that there would not be any major source of pollution of
environment. Bagasse is proposed as fuel for utilities and so the emissions from the proposed
project would not be causing any harm to the local agricultural & terrestrial ecological
component. Moreover, there would not be any impact on local ecological features as the
industrial wastewater will be treated in full fledge ETP and will be disposed off through
underground drainage of GIDC leading to CETP. Also it has been noted that impacts due to
hazardous waste management will not occur on ecology as all waste will be managed as per
MoEF/CPCB/GPCB guideline and will be disposed-off by means of approved method like sell to
authorised recycler/refiner or disposal through TSDF /common Incinerator facility.
The site is adjacent to National Highway No. 8 and all transportation will be done through this
highway. Hence issue of impacts on ecology due to the transportation will not be considerable.
It has also been noticed that the greenbelt development & management by proponent will
have beneficial impacts on the ecological layout of the local area.
Considering the above mentioned impacts on ecological environment, following mitigation
measures are planned & suggested.
Construction Phase
o Greenbelt development around & within premises shall be planned well before the
start of the project.
o Transportation in night from ecological area shall be prevented/avoided
o Noise reduction and dust suppression measures shall effectively be implemented
Operation Phase
o Implementation of all mitigation measures suggested for control of air pollution, water
pollution, land pollution and noise pollution shall be ensured by proponent
o Risk Assessment has to be conducted and all necessary control & prevention measures
for all hazards associated with the project shall be implemented prior to inception of
the project activities.
o Disaster/Emergency Management Plan shall be prepared & implemented
o Development & management of Healthy Dens Greenbelt in and around premises
4-26
o Active participation in ecological welfare & forest development activities conducted by
Govt. Organization, NGOs and other such organizations.
4.3.5. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
The project is located within the notified industrial estate of GIDC Sarigam. Hence, issue of
land acquisition & related impacts on socioeconomic layout of area is not envisaged. Impacts
on socio-economic environment due to proposed project are envisaged only due to probable
pollution, hazards and direct & indirect employment only. The details of environmental
impacts of the proposed project are described below.
Construction Phase
The issues of impacts on socio-economic activities of the area are not anticipated due to
construction works of the proposed project. Also it has been noted that the impacts of the
construction phase will be restricted within the construction site & for short duration.
The beneficial impacts on the economic condition of local area due to temporary direct &
indirect employment opportunities by contractual employment and contracted works for
construction, transportation etc. Also it has been noted that impacts on public infrastructure is
not anticipated as the site is well connected with national & state highway network for
transportation and water will be supplied by water supply department of Sarigam GIDC.
There will not be any other source of considerable impacts on social environment is envisaged.
Considering these it has been revealed that no major specific mitigation measures for
safeguard of socio-economic layout is required except criteria for preferences to local people in
employment & contract works.
Operation Phase
Issues of traffic & load on public amenities –local road network will not arise as the site is well
connected with state highway network and national highway-8. Also it has been noticed that all
required amenities/infrastructure like water supply system, internal road and industrial power
supply etc, are available for industries in the GIDC industrial estate wherein the project is to be
developed. Hence, issues of impacts on public infrastructures are not envisaged.
Further, the site is considerably away from the nearest locality and the propose project will not
have any considerable source of air, water, land and noise pollution. However, it has noted that
HCl emission from process if not control may threaten health of local people and can cause
serious damage to the public and private infrastructure. To prevent the impact of HCl the
proponent has planned to provide the wet scrubber to prevent the HCl emission. To control
probable pollution necessary mitigation measures has been proposed by the proponent, which
ensures that there will be no impacts on socioeconomic layout due to the residual impacts
after mitigations.
4-27
In addition to these, hazards associated with the hazardous chemicals and operations of the
proposed project may result in to the impacts on the socio-economic environment. Improper
transportation and storage of raw-materials, products and fuels and catastrophic accidents
may result in major impact on the socio economic aspects of the area. Many materials has
serious toxic effects as mentioned in the sections of ecology and air environment as well as RA
report. For prevention of such impact the designs of storage area & tanks have been planned
as per the regulatory provisions applicable for particular material. Also the transportation will
be done by approved vehicles provided with all required safety measures as per HAZMAT and
applicable regulatory provisions. Risk assessment study has been carried out for the proposed
project and company will implement all necessary risk/hazard control & prevention measures
as recommended & mentioned in risk assessment report. Adequate fire-fighting measures will
also be provided in the entire plant to prevent impacts of fire hazards.
Over and above these, direct employment of skilled & unskilled person as well as technical &
managerial person for operation of the plant and indirect employment mainly through the
transport, travels, maintenance & other contracts for the proposed project will have beneficial
impacts on socio-economic environment. Thus, with the adoption of policy of local
employment, a marginal long term positive impact is foreseen on the local economic
environment. It is also noteworthy that the CSR activities planned by the proponent will also
have significant beneficial impacts on socioeconomic layout of the project area. Thus after
reviewing all above details it is envisaged that the proposed project would not have any
considerable adverse impacts on the socio-economic environment.
Considering the above mentioned impacts following mitigation measures are planned &
suggested.
Construction phase
o Preferences should be given to the use of By-pass, state & national highway for
transportation
o As far as possible local people & contractors shall be appointed to maximum level for
the construction works of the proposed project
o Construction resources shall be purchased from local area to possible extent.
o Use of water supplied by GIDC water supply department only
o During night time high noise generating operation shall be avoided
Operation phase
o All necessary mitigation measures as suggested for control of air pollution, water
pollution, land pollution and noise pollution shall be implemented.
o Preferences should be given to the use of By-pass, state & national highway for
transportation
o Withdrawal of water only form pipeline of GIDC water supply department only to meet
the Water requirement of project.
o Priority to the local people shall be given in Employment for proposed project to ensure
at least 70-80% employment from local areas.
4-28
o Implementation of safe work procedures, risk/hazard precaution/control /prevention
measures and provision of PPEs for all employees etc. as suggested in RA report for
prevention & control of hazards associated with proposed project.
o Regular social activities as part of its CSR Program to enhance the social condition
mainly for education & health improvement in the project area.
4.3.6. NOISE & VIBRATION
There is no major source of high noise & vibrations identified in case of the proposed project
except some tolerable noise from machineries, equipment & utilities. All noises will be
controllable & acceptable with provision of some mitigation measures. The details of the
impacts on noise level & vibration are described below.
Construction Phase
During the construction work impacts on noise environment would occur due to noise
generation from the mechanical activities. It is also noticed that the change in noise level at
construction place will be very less. Maximum noise generation at source due to the
mechanical activity will be 85-90 dB (A) but in most of the activities the noise level will be
around 80-85 dB(A) at source. Therefore the change in the noise level outside the place of
mechanical work (Plant Building) will be less than 75 dB(A). Further there will not be any
considerable change in noise due to transportation as no major transportation work is to be
carried out for the proposed project. Beside the mechanical work there will not be any source
of noise during the construction phase. Further the impacts of noise will be very local to the
place of mechanical work and will occur for very shorter period of the work. PPEs like ear plug
will be provided to the workers /personnel engaged in mechanical works which will eliminate
the impacts of noise on human health at work place. Out the plant premises the noise level will
remain unchanged and the noise level outside the plant premises is found varying between 6070 dB (A). Hence there will not be any impacts on the noise environment during the
construction phase of the proposed project.
Operation Phase
Impacts on noise environment during the operation phase would mainly because of the noise
generation from the mechanical activities for maintenance, operation of machineries &
equipments (like Compressor, TFH, Boiler) and vehicular noise from transportation activities. It
is also noticed that the change in existing noise level at location outside plant premises will not
occur and remain same below 65 -70 dB(A). Maximum noise generation at source due to the
mechanical activity will be 85-90 dB(A), operation of TFH, boiler & compressor will be 85-90
dB(A) but in most of the activities the noise level will be around 75-80 dB(A) at source.
Therefore the change in the noise level outside various Plant Buildings of source of noise will
be less than 75 dB(A). Further there will not be any considerable change in noise due to
4-29
transportation as no major change in transportation work is to be carried out for the proposed
project. Beside the site is far away from the locality and having very good connectivity to the
nearest State highway & National Highway. The route of transportation does not pass through
any major locality and moreover the night transportation is very rare. Hence there will not be
any impacts on noise level of surrounding area due to the transportation. Further the impacts
of noise from the operation activities will be restricted to the area of source which will be
mitigated by provision of the PPEs like Ear muff and Ear plug as well as by scheduling exposure
time by adequate working time management. PPEs provided to the workers /personnel
engaged in operation works will eliminate the impacts of noise on human health at work place.
Beside the PPEs proper lubrication, regular maintenance for prevention of friction & vibration
will also minimise the impacts on noise environment by reducing level of noise generation.
Hence there will not be any impacts on the noise environment during the operation phase.
During construction phase no specific mitigation measures is required as noise will not be
considerable to cause any impacts outside of the construction area. Further, some specific
mitigation measures to control noise & vibrations are required during operation phase.
Considering these following mitigation measures are planned & suggested for operation phase.
Construction Phase
o No use of loud noise horn in vehicles engaged in construction works
o High noise generating activities shall be restricted in night time
o Provision of PPEs like earmuff & earplug for all concerned employees
o Stopping engine of idle equipment & machineries not in use
Operation Phase
o Housing of all utilities on sturdy non-vibrating foundations with rubber pads
o Selection & installation of low noise generation Boiler, TFHs & other machineries
o Selection of DG set meeting the CPCB guidelines for noise generation with acoustic
enclosures/silencer
o Creation of adequate barrier in form of properly designed building wall and housing of
boiler, TFH and DG set in a close designated room with acoustic enclosure For
prevention of noise propagation
o Barrier in form of Dens Greenbelt in and around premises and concrete wall wherever
required & suitable
o Provision of PPEs like earmuff & earplug for all concerned employees to cope up with
the issue of occupational noise exposure
o Proper shift timing & regular annual checkup of concern employees to
prevent/minimise impacts of noise on occupational health.
4-30
4.3.7. OCCUPATION HEALTH & SAFETY
Impacts of proposed project on occupational health are anticipated mainly due to the toxic &
fire hazards of chemicals as well as physical hazards of heavy works. The details of the
anticipated impacts and mitigation measures are presented below.
Construction phase
During construction phase impacts on occupational health & safety may occur mainly due to
the hazards associated with storage & handling of construction materials and high noise
generating operations. Also, some impacts are likely to arise due to the physical hazards
associated with construction & fabrication works. Cement & dust particles arise from storage
and construction works may have adverse impacts on occupation health & safety. Similarly fall,
trip and slip during construction operation as well as material handling operation may also
have impacts on occupational health & safety. Noise generation during construction phase due
to operation of construction machineries and equipment may also cause considerable impacts
on occupational health & safety. Considering these all probabilities, it is suggested to provide
safety gears like face mask, goggles, ear muff/plug, safety helmet and non-slippery safety shoes
for all concerned employees engaged in construction works.
Operation phase
The proposed project requires 14 raw materials which includes 6 hazardous materials as per
MSIHC Rules 2000. These hazardous materials may have serious toxic effects on occupational
health. Continuous exposure of employee to these hazardous chemical beyond permissible
limit (TWA/TLV) may result in permanent or temporary toxic or lethal effects. Hence,
considering the necessity of assessment of such possibility by necessary modelling study for
determination of hazardous areas & risk, RA for the proposed project has been conducted. The
details of all probable toxic & flammable hazards are described in the RA report in Chapter-6.
It has been noticed that the hazardous condition causing serious effects on occupational health
may occur only during the catastrophic incident. Hence, impacts on occupational health &
safety of personnel of the company during the catastrophic / considerable hazard incident are
noticeable. To prevent the chances of such significant catastrophic/considerable hazard
incident and associated risk, company has committed to implement all necessary hazard
prevention, precautionary and control measures as suggested in the RA report. Further, it has
to be noticed that the minor continuous exposure to the toxic materials may lead to health
issue in long term. Hence, it is necessary to keep an eye on the health status of all employees
on regular basis. For the purpose company has planned to organise regular occupation health
checkup program as mentioned in chapter of environmental management & monitoring plan.
Further, it has also been noticed that impacts on occupational health & safety in form of OSD,
fall, slip, trip etc. may also occur due to heavy works like manual lifting of heavy good,
continuous working in single position, working in improper ergonomic conditions etc.
Considering these, proponent has planned closed automated transfer system for major raw
materials as well as forklift & trolley for other handlings to ensure minimal manual handling.
4-31
Also proponent has planned to provide all necessary safety gears and emergency equipment
for prevention or minimisation of chances of impacts on occupational health.
No major mitigation for occupation health & safety is required except the implementation of
construction safety plan. Further, for operation phase, following hazards/risk reduction
measures for Handling, Storage of Hazardous Materials (Bags, Drums & Tanks) are suggested to
maintain safe work place & hazard free areas in the proposed unit.
Construction Phase
 Provision of PPEs Like face mask, Goggles, safety shoes, helmets, safety gloves, ear
muff/plug etc. for all concerned employee
 Safety belt for employee working on scaffolding
 Implementation of construction safety measures
 Turning off engines of idle high noise generating equipment / machineries
Operation Phase
 To follow all statutory guidelines related with occupational health & safety
 Provision of all necessary facilities & procedures for occupational health & safety in the
proposed unit
 Compliance with the provisions of the Manufacture, storage & Import of Hazardous
Chemicals Rules, 1986 & the factories Act, 1948 & Gujarat Factories Rules, 1963 and The
Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 (As
amended timely)
 Provision of necessary PPEs, safety equipment/ materials like face mask, Goggles, safety
shoes, helmets, safety gloves, ear muff/plug etc.
 Provision of Proper label and identification board /stickers in the storage area.
 Use of Drum /Bag handling trolley / stackers/fork lift for handling & transfer of drum/bag
 Materials storage as per material compatibility and separate area for flammable,
corrosive and toxic chemical drums storage
 Static grounding points for all tanks, process vessels/reactors and other facilities of
storage & transfer of chemicals.
 Provision of local exhaust in warehouse & process to prevent toxic chemical vapour
accumulation, chances of exposure above PEL/TLV limits
 Material safety data sheets to be displayed at storage as well as process and chemical
handling area
 Provision of Fire hydrant system & fire extinguishers in proposed unit as per TAC/NFPA
Norms.
 Automated Fire detection system shall be provided in storage area as well as plant area.
Where automated system is not feasible to install, manual call points for fire location
identification should be installed in plant premises.
 Provision of Safety valve on reactor
 Periodic On Site Emergency, Mock Drills, in order to train the staff and make them
mentally prepared to tackle any emergency
4-32






4.4.
Proper colouring as per IS 2379 in plant to pipeline network, tank and equipment to
protect it from corrosion.
Implementation of work permit system on 100 % basis for hazardous work to be carried
out in the plant
Preparation of Induction safety course and compulsory training of all new employees
before starting duties in plant
Regular inspection for the safety procedures and use of PPEs & Safety
equipment/material by the management/safety cell
Carry out Health check-up programs regularly and maintenance of all records &
documents related with employee health check-up program
Pre-employment medical examination and periodical postemployment medical
examination will be carried out once in a six month and record will be maintained in
Form No-32 & 33 as per GFR.
EVALUATION OF IMPACTS
Matrix methods are basically generalized checklists where one dimension of a matrix is a list of
environmental, social & economic factors likely to be affected by a proposal. The other
dimension is a list of actions associated with development. These relate to both construction
and operation phases. Making cells representing a likely impact resulting from the interaction
of a facet of the development with an environmental feature identifies impacts. With some
matrices qualitative representation of impact importance and magnitude are inserted in
individual cell.
Matrices provide cause-effect relationships between the various project activities and their
impacts on the numerous environmentally important sectors or components. Matrices provide
a graphic tool for display of impacts to their audience in a manner that can be easily
comprehended.
The impact of different project activities on various environmental components like ecology,
environmental pollution, aesthetics and socio-economics have been summarized in a form of a
matrix and are presented in Table 4.8 to 4.11 for Construction & Operation Phase.
To show the potentials of impact, a two-dimensional MATRIX System has been employed with
impact magnitudes of an each cause. All the impacts are confined to the study region of 5-km
radius from the Plant. The summary shows the influence of the Environment Management Plan
(EMP) also i.e. impact predicted for both, with and without EMP. The MATRIX System assumes
the following:
The environmental indices identified can be classified into the following:
Physical Parameters :
Surface water quality
Ground water quality
Air quality & Climate
Soil Quality
4-33
Ecological Parameters :
Social Parameters:
Economic Parameters :
Land use pattern & Topography
Forests/ Parks/ Sanctuary
Flora & Fauna
Aquatic ecosystem
Aesthetics
Local Housing structure
Services
Health & Safety
Agriculture
Fisheries
Industries
Employment
The assessment of the impact of the general impacting activities on the above parameters of
environmental indices can be done by establishing a co-relation by “Cause and effect
relationship” with the help of impact matrices. The environmental impact matrices can be
prepared for two conditions:
1. Without mitigation/control measures.
2. With proposed mitigation measures for adverse / beneficial effects.
The criteria for evaluation of qualitative matrix are presented herewith:
1. No Impact (0) :
This indicates that the project activity is unlikely to have any impact on an
environmental attribute.
2. Negligible Adverse Impact (-1) / Negligible Beneficial Impact (+1) :
It signifies that the actions have minor effect, adverse or beneficial, on the environmental
parameters concerned.
3. Significant Adverse Impact(-2) / Significant Beneficial Impact (+2) :
The activities and their environmental Impacts are judged to be significant if they
create, or have the potential to create concern in the public or professional
community.
4. High Adverse Impact(-3) / High Beneficial Impact (+3):
The action that can create or have a potential to create controversy in the public or
professional community due to its long-term effect. They may be at times
irreversible.
The criteria for Overall evaluation of qualitative matrix are presented below:
A. Highly Negative overall Impacts: Total Score= above -353
B. Moderately Negative overall Impacts: Total Score= -176 to - 352
C. Slightly Negative overall Impacts: Total Score= -1 to -176
D. Neutral overall Impacts: Total Score = 0
E. Slightly Positive overall Impacts: Total Score= 1 to 176
F. Moderately Positive overall Impacts: Total Score= 176 to 352
G. Highly Positive overall Impacts: Total Score = above 353
4-34
The environmental Impact matrix without mitigation / control measures during the
construction phase is given as Table 4.8, while the matrix with proposed mitigation measures
during the construction phase is given in Table 4.9.
The environmental Impact matrix without mitigation / control measures during the operation
phase is given as Table 4.10, while the matrix with proposed mitigation measures during the
operation phase is given in Table 4.11.
As seen in the tables 4.8 & 4.9, overall impacts of the construction phase of the proposed
project without mitigation measures would be -66 which would turn in slightly negative
impacts (-8) by provision of mitigation measures. It is also seen from the table 4.9 that the
adverse impacts on environment would occur mainly due to impacts on Air Quality & Climate
and occupation health & safety. It is also observed that the adverse impacts after necessary
mitigation measures would occur only due to the installation of the machinery and other
infrastructure and commissioning of plants during construction phase.
Further, as seen in the tables 4.10 & 4.11, overall impacts of the operation phase of the
proposed project without mitigation measures would be -152 which would be reduced to -21
by provision of mitigation measures. It is also seen from the table 4.11 that the adverse
impacts on environment would occur mainly due to impacts on occupation health & safety as
well as impacts on ambient air quality. It is also observed that the adverse impacts would be
mainly due to the Temporary break-down of control equipments (-11).
4-35
Construction works
Fabrication works
Use of construction resources
Transportation of construction
materials, equipments & machinery
Installation of the machinery and
other infrastructure
Allotment of work to local contract
labour and employees
Commissioning Plant
Surface Water
0
-1
0
-1
0
0
0
-2
-4
Ground Water
0
-1
0
-1
0
0
0
-1
-3
Air Quality & Climate
-1
-2
-2
-3
-2
-2
0
-3
-15
Soil Quality
-1
-1
-2
-2
-1
-2
0
-2
-11
Landuse pattern
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Forest/ Park/ Sanctuary
0
-1
0
-1
0
0
0
-2
-4
Flora & Fauna
0
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
0
-2
-7
Aquatic Ecosystem
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
-1
Aesthetics
0
-1
-1
-1
-2
-3
0
-3
-11
Local housing structure
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Services
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Health & Safety
-1
-3
-2
-2
-1
-3
0
-3
-15
Agriculture
0
-2
0
0
0
0
0
-2
-4
Fisheries
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Industries, Trade and Business
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
3
Employment
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
6
TOTAL
-3
-12
-6
-10
-5
-10
1
-21
-66
IMPACT
SOURCES
PARAMETERS
TOTAL
Site preparation
Table 4.8 : Matrix Evaluation for proposed project without mitigation measures (Construction
Phase)
PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS:
ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS:
SOCIAL PARAMETERS:
ECONOMIC PARAMETERS:
4-36
Site preparation
Construction works
Fabrication works
Use of construction resources
Transportation of construction
materials, equipments & machinery
Installation of the machinery and
other infrastructure
Allotment of work to local contract
labour and employees
Commissioning Plant
TOTAL
Table 4.9 : Matrix Evaluation for proposed project with mitigation measures (Construction
Phase)
Surface Water
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ground Water
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
0
-1
-7
Soil Quality
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
-1
Landuse pattern
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Flora & Fauna
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Aquatic Ecosystem
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Aesthetics
0
-1
0
0
-1
-1
0
-1
-4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Services
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Health & Safety
-1
-1
-1
0
0
-1
0
-1
-5
Agriculture
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Fisheries
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Industries, Trade and Business
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
3
Employment
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
6
TOTAL
-2
-2
0
1
0
-3
1
-3
-8
IMPACT
SOURCES
PARAMETERS
SOCIAL PARAMETERS:
4-37
Table 4.10 : Matrix Evaluation for proposed project without mitigation measures (Operation
Phase)
Wastewater generation & disposal
Utility operations
Haz/ Non-Haz. waste – storage, handling
and reuse/ disposal
Temporary break-down of control
equipments
End use of products
-2
-2
-2
0
0
-2
-2
-3
-3
0
-3
-2
-1
-3
0
-3
-2
-3
-3
0
-1
-1
-3
-2
0
-1
-1
-2
-3
0
-3
-3
-3
-3
0
0
0
-1
-1
0
-15
-13
-20
-19
0
0
0
0
-2
-2
0
-2
-2
-1
-1
-2
0
-1
-2
0
-2
-2
0
-2
-2
0
0
0
0
-12
-14
-1
0
0
-1
0
-1
0
0
-3
-2
0
-2
-3
-1
0
-1
-3
-2
0
0
-3
-2
0
0
-3
-3
0
0
-3
-1
0
0
-1
-14
0
-5
-22
-2
0
1
0
-8
-1
-1
0
0
-20
-1
-1
0
0
-23
-1
-1
0
0
-21
-3
-1
0
0
-19
-2
-1
0
0
-19
-3
-2
0
0
-27
0
0
1
1
-2
-15
-7
3
2
-152
TOTAL
0
Surface Water
0
Ground Water
-2
-1
Soil Quality
0
Landuse pattern
-2
-2
Flora & Fauna
0
Aquatic Ecosystem
SOCIAL PARAMETERS:
-2
Aesthetics
0
-1
Services
-3
Health & Safety
-2
Agriculture
0
Fisheries
1
Industries
1
Employment
-13
TOTAL
Consumption of resources
PARAMETERS
Storage and transportation
IMPACT
SOURCES
4-38
Table 4.11 : Matrix Evaluation for proposed project with mitigation measures (Operation
Phase)
Consumption of resources
Wastewater generation & disposal
Utility operations
Haz/ Non-Haz. waste – storage, handling
and reuse/ disposal
Temporary break-down of control
equipments
End use of products
Surface Water Quality
0
0
-1
-1
0
0
0
-2
0
-4
Ground Water Quality
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
-1
-1
0
-1
0
-1
-1
0
-1
-1
-6
Soil Quality
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
-1
-1
-3
Landuse pattern
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
-1
Flora & Fauna
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
-1
Aquatic Ecosystem
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Aesthetics
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-2
-1
-3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Services
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
-1
Health & Safety
-1
0
-1
0
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-7
Agriculture
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-1
0
-1
Fisheries
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Industries
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
3
Employment
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
4
TOTAL
0
1
-3
-2
-2
-1
-1
-11
-2
-21
PARAMETERS
TOTAL
Storage and transportation
IMPACT
SOURCES
SOCIAL PARAMETERS:
4-39
EIA Report for proposed manufacturing of Synthetic Organic ChemicalsOrganic Phosphites, Organic Phosphates & Plastic Stabilizers
CHAPTER: 05
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
5.1.
GENERAL
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers and Chemicals has proposed a new unit for production of synthetic
organic chemicals. As the project requires prior environmental clearance before setting up the
unit, present EIA study has been conducted as per provision of SO 1533 (as timely amended).
As described in earlier chapter 4, some minor impacts on environment due to the operation of
proposed project would occur. Considering the studied probabilities of impacts on various
environmental attributes, detailed impacts evaluation study has been conducted as presented
in earlier chapter 4. Based on the predicted & assessed impacts as well as the baseline
environmental status of the project area, present environmental monitoring plan has been
designed& suggested for implementation as post project environmental monitoring program
as described below in subsequent sections under respective headings.
5.1.1. OBJECTIVE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
As described in earlier chapter 4, the proposed project will have only acceptable minor impacts
mainly due to emission, effluent generation &disposal, contamination of workplace air due to
fugitive & process emission and toxic contamination of air due to major accident in storage &
transportation activities releasing toxic/hazardous chemicals. Noise & vibration generation will
not be a major issue as the noise level in plant will always remain well below the stipulated
standard & limits prescribed by CPCB/GPCB and NIOSH/OSHA for workplace/industrial area.
Necessary mitigation has been suggested by EIA team and all major points have been covered
in EMP for prevention, control & mitigation of these probable impacts.
For regular tracking of the effectiveness of mitigation measures & EMP at specific interval,
regular monitoring of the necessary environmental parameters is required to keep the records
updated for review and revision of EMP as & when required. With this vision, the present
environment monitoring program has been prepared with due consideration of the baseline
status of the project area, various components of project & environmental attributes likely to
be affected.
The Environmental Monitoring Program has been scheduled for the following major objectives:




To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with conditions of
EC, NOC and CC&A
To comply with the provision of Factory Act/Rules& MSIHC Rules
Assessment of the changes in environmental conditions, if any, during the project
operation/activities.
Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan &
implementation of mitigation measures planned.
Chapter-05: Environmental monitoring program
5-1

Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to plan
additional mitigation measures; if & as required
The environmental monitoring program designed with the above objective and understandings
have been described in the present chapter in subsequent sections under respective heading.
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers and Chemicals shall implement the environment monitoring
programs in line with the planned schedule. The company shall ensure that the necessary
requisite & facilities are made available and necessary arrangement including budgetary
provision has been made as & when required to ensure regular efficient environmental
monitoring activities.
5.2.
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
The environmental monitoring program has been prepared in five different sections covering
all necessary guidelines & plan for effective & efficient monitoring of the environmental
conditions to ensure that EMP is implemented efficiently to prevent/minimize the anticipated
impacts as described in earlier chapter-4. All required aspects including location, parameters,
interval/frequency as well required documentation & records and budgetary provisions has
been covered in the planned environmental monitoring program. The details are of the
programs are presented below under respective headings.
5.2.1. ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES & LOCATION OF SAMPLING
The monitoring points/location & components of significance shall be as following:
Table 5.1: Monitoring Points/Locations & Components
Sr. No.
1.
Environmental Components
Monitoring Points/Location
Ambient Air
Ambient air quality at minimum 3 location within
the plant premises having 1 location in downwind
direction.
Ambient air quality at minimum 1location in
downwind direction preferably at interval of 500
mtrs. & 1 km distance from plant boundary.
Workplace areas: RM Storage and Production areas
In case of accidental leak & spill of hazardous
chemical: At maximum spots likely to be affected
2.
Water & Wastewater
Groundwater from bore well nearest to project site
In case of accidental spillage/leak , groundwater
samples from the area likely to be affected
3.
Emission
All Stacks including stacks of TFH, Boiler & DG Set
4.
Noise
At all sources(DG set, Boiler, TFH, Production
Utilities/machineries, Pumps, Compressors etc.)
and at deferent areas (Production area, Storage
area, transportation area, Administrative area,
security area, utility house, ETP etc) within premises
5.
Greenbelt/Vegetation Cover
Greenbelt Area at Boundary & Garden
5-2
Sr. No.
6.
Environmental Components
Monitoring Points/Location
Soil
At Two locations: from storage & greenbelt area,
In case of accidental spillage/leak , soil of the
affected area from various spots & depth
5.2.2. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PARAMETERS & SCHEDULE
The monitoring parameters and frequency of monitoring shall be as following:
Table 5.2: Environmental Monitoring Parameters & Schedule
S. No.
Item
Parameters
Frequency& Responsible Party
1.
Ambient Air
quality
PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, HCl,VOCs*
Monthly By External Lab
2.
Stationary
Emission from
Stack
Utility emission: PM, SO2, NOX,
Process emission: HCl
Monthly By External Lab
3.
Work Place
Monitoring
PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, HCl, VOCs*,
PCl3, POCl3, Phosphine, Light
&NoiseTemperature, Humidity,
Quarterly By External Lab.
&Monthly - In house by EHS
Exe.e/Sr. Chemist
4.
Water
pH, EC, Turbidity, TDS, Calcium,
Magnesium, Total Hardness, Total
Alkalinity, , DO, COD, BOD Chlorides,
Sulphates, Phosphate, Ammonia,
Nitrite, Nitrate, Phenolic Compound,
Cadmium, Lead, Zinc, Barium
Daily through in-house lab.by Sr.
Chemist and Quarterly By External
Lab.
5.
Noise
Equivalent Noise Level - dB (A)
Weekly – In House by EHS Exe.
And Quarterly By External Lab.
(At least 1 hr. continuous)
6.
Soil
pH, EC, Moisture, Organic matter,
Phenolic Compound, N, P, K, SO4-2, Cl-,
Ca+2, Mg+2 & Na+, Cd, Pb, Zn, Ba
7.
Greenbelt
Number of plantation (Units), Number Throughout Year at regular
of Survived Plants/Trees, Number of
interval: In Houseby EHS Executive
Poor Plant/Trees
& other EMC members
8.
Annual
Environmental
Audit
As per Direction of Honorary High
Court, Gujarat (if applicable) or as per
provisions of ISO Standards or
Voluntary
Yearly(In-house by MD,
Environment Manager & other
EMC members; External only If
required by statutory &ISO
provision through Approved Lab)
9.
Employee
As per statutory provision
Yearly through Approved Medical
Quarterly by External Lab.&
Monthly – In House by EHS Exe
5-3
S. No.
Item
Parameters
Frequency& Responsible Party
Medical/Health
Checkup
&requirement (the factories Act, 1948
&Gujarat Factories Rules, 1963)
Officer & Doctor as per OHS Plan
Note: *VOCs are to be monitored in terms of Chemicals of Proposed project (i.e. Phenol, Alcohols etc.)
In addition to the above regular monitoring in storage & production area shall be done for
hazardous Chemicals (at least Phenol & Alcohols used in process etc.) of project using
appropriate methods &/or detectors to ensure absence of these chemicals/pollutants in
workplace to prevent poisoning/toxic effects on occupation health. Such monitoring to check
any contamination of workplace shall be done as per statutory requirements; if any. In case of
accidental spill & leak of hazardous chemicals, monitoring of the environment as needed for
detection of the spilled/leaked chemical shall be done in the affected area. In such case, soil
sample & groundwater sample of the affected area as mentioned in earlier section shall be
collected and analyzed for detection of the spilled / leaked chemicals at regular interval for the
period as required to ensure safe level of contamination.
5.2.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING METHODS
Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provide by
MoEF/CPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method
approved/recommended by MoEF/CPCB. The list of preferred method of sampling & analysis
of environmental samples is provided in the Annexure-IV of environmental method. For
monitoring of workplace area methods suggested / published by NIOSH or any other
authorities shall be adopted.
5.2.4. REPORT & DOCUMENTATION
The records of the monitoring program shall be kept on regular basis for all aspects of the
monitoring. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid waste, air, emission, soil & manure
shall be prepared and preserved regularly.
Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the planned schedule, report shall be
done & necessary documents shall be forwarded to the concern person.
Methodology of monitoring (sampling & analysis) shall be prepared as separate documents as
SOP (standard Operating Procedure) wherever required.
The records showing results/outcome of the monitoring programs shall be prepared as per the
requirement of the schedule mentioned above.
Regularly these documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of the
monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for necessary
actions of environmental management cell.
Environmental statements &/or performance report/compliance report/audit report as per
conditions of EC and CC&A shall be prepared and submitted to the concern authority as per the
guidelines provided by the authorities within the stipulated timeframe. CC&A and other
statutory permission/consents must be obtained & renewed timely as per legal provision &
guidelines. Similarly, all necessary report & forms shall be prepared and submitted to the
concern authority as per the statutory requirement of Environmental Acts/rules, Factory Act
5-4
&MSIHC rules. Reporting of accident & other requirements shall be made in prescribed format
well within stipulated time frame as per statutory requirements & guidelines.
5.2.5. BUDGETARY PROVISIONS
On regular basis, environment management cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of the
materials, technologies, services & maintenance works. The cell shall made appropriate budget
for the purpose. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of environment
management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made. With other
budget, Budget for environmental management shall be prepared and revised regularly up on
requirement. The budget shall include provisions for:







Environmental Monitoring Program
Operation & Maintenance of environmental Technologies/Equipment
Laboratory works for Environmental management activities
Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipment, tools, services
Greenbelt development
Social & Environmental Welfare & Awareness programs/training
Annual Environmental Audit.
The company has made budgetary provision for the proposed project as a part of their initial
planning of the project. The same is presented below.
Table 5.3: Budgetary Provisions for EMS
Sr.
Purpose
No.
A.Capital Cost for EMS
1. Environmental protection measures
B) Annual Recurring Cost for EMS
1.
Environment & Safety Management System
2.
Greenbelt Maintenance (For First Year)
3.
Solid waste Disposal
4.
Enterprise social responsibility expenses*
Total
Estimated Cost
(Rs. In Lakhs)
25.00
10.50
2.00
2.00
3.50
13.00
Note: * Budget of ESR is calculated as 5% of capital of proposed project to spend in Five years.
5-5
CHAPTER: 06
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
6.1. GENERAL
As per the provision of EIA Notification - SO 1533 (as amendedtimely), additional studies are the vital
component of EIA especially when specific additional study is awarded as approved TOR condition by
the concern authority: EAC or SEAC during the scoping for EIA. This section / chapter of additional
studies of EIA report comprises mainly the Risk Assessment, Public Participation and Social Studies for
R&R plan as per the generic structure of EIA report as mentioned in the SO 1533. In case of the present
EIA study for proposed project of M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers and Chemicals, Risk Assessment as
additional studies has been given as condition in awarded TOR, which needed to be included in the EIA
study & report. The Risk Assessment Study for the upcoming project has been conducted by Risk
Assessment expert of the EIA team. In addition to the RA, disaster & emergency management plan is
also prepared by expert after necessary modification in the existing plan provided by the proponent.
The public hearing is not required as the proposed project is to be developed in the Notified Industrial
Zone/Estate established before 2006. Similarly, Social Studies for R&R plan is also not conducted for the
proposed project as land acquired for the proposed project is an industrial plot situated in the notified
industrial estate of GIDC-Sarigam and additional land outside of the industrial estate and hence
Rehabilitation & Resettlement is not required.
The details regarding the additional studies have been described below under respective heading with
reference to relevant Annexure of present EIA report.
6.2. PUBLIC CONSULTATION
As per statutory requirements, Public consultation is not applicable to the proposed project as the
project is to be developed in the premises situated in the notified industrial areaof GIDC Sarigamwhich
is established before 2006(Ref. OM dtd. 10/12/2014). Therefore, as prescribed by SEAC in letter of
awarded TOR, Public hearing is not required for the proposed project and hence, public hearing is not
conducted.
6.3. RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT
The Risk Assessment Study for the upcoming project of M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers and Chemicals has
been conducted by functional area expert (Risk Assessment & Hazard Management) of EIA Team. The
risk assessment has been carried out with consideration of some probable worst case scenarios like
Fire, explosion and flammable cloud & toxic dispersion. The major hazards are noticed to be associated
with 3 chemicals of the project Phenol, PCl3, POCl3,which can have worst case scenarios of fire &
explosion as well as dispersion of toxic vapor & flammable cloud. As, the proposed project is of
manufacturing of synthetic organic chemicals using some organic chemicals, impacts are likely to occur
due to some other chemical hazards also. Thus with such probabilities & considerations of hazards &
risk, Risk Assessment Study has been carried out by proponent as pre-project conceptual RA study. The
Disaster & Onsite Emergency Management plan has also been prepared as a part of RA study
assignment. Onsite emergency plan has been enclosed herewith the EIA report asAnnexure-XI.
Chapter-06: Additional Studies
6-1
6.3.1 Hazard Identification
Risk assessment process rests on identification of specific hazards, hazardous areas and areas
vulnerable to effects of hazardous situations in facilities involved in processing and storage of
chemicals.
Hazardous posed by particular installation or a particular activity can be broadly classified as fire and
explosive hazards and toxicity hazards. Whether a particular activity is fire and explosive hazardous or
toxicity hazardous primarily depends on the materials handled and their properties. It will be from the
above discussion that study of various materials handled is a prerequisite from any hazard identification
process to be accurate. Dow’s F&EI and Mond’s Toxicity indices, which make use of past experience to
develop relative ranking of hazards, is used for prioritization & determination of probable hazards
associated with the hazardous chemicals of the proposed project. Based on this study the hazard
indices are calculated for subsequent categorization of units depending upon the degree of hazard they
pose.
6.3.2 Identification of Hazardous Area
A study of process for manufacturing of synthetic chemicals as given in project report indicates the
following:
 Process plant will be Batch process and multipurpose and multi utility base plant due to that at
a time inventory of raw materials at production area will be very less.
 Batch size requirement of raw chemicals will be charged into day tank or reactor. After this, the
valves of supply line will be closed &/or empty drums will be sent back to RM store for
neutralization and disposed off. Thus the inventory of the raw material in process area will be
limited and for limited time.
 Drums will be stored in drum storage area as per statutory requirements. Maximum one
month’s requirement of raw material inventory will be kept in drum storage area.
 List of hazardous chemicals identified as per the MSIHC Applicability is provided in 6.2.
 Some highly hazardous (flammable) chemicals will be stored in isolated tank farm area as per
statutory requirements. The tank farm area will be provided with fire hydrant & other safety
measures like efficient grounding, dyke wall etc.
 All pumps & motor will be flameproof to prevent incidence of fire & explosion
 Gas skid area is isolated near main gate with all required safety measures as per statutory
requirements & fire hydrant system.
Considering the above Tank Farm Area, Gas Skid Area, RM Storage area for Drum storage are identified
as main hazardous area related with hazardous materials storage, handling & transfers.
Following are the list of raw materials along with max. storage quantity, mode of storage &
transportation and source of supply.
Table 6.1: Details of raw materials of proposed project
Sr.
Name of Chemical
Physical Max. Storage
Mode of
Source of
No.
state
Quantity
storage
Supply
(MT)
Liquid
1.
Phenol
70.00
Tank
Indigenous
Liquid
2.
PCl3
16.00
Tank
Indigenous
Liquid
3.
POCl3
16.00
Tank
Indigenous
Liquid
4.
2-Ethyl Hexanol
20.00
Drum/Tank
Indigenous
Mode of
Transpor
t
By road
By road
By road
By road
6-2
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Butanol
Cresol
Stearyl alcohol
Di propylene Glycol
Bisphenol
Nonyl Phenol
Pentaerythritol
2,4 di-tert-butyl phenol
2,4 di-tert-amyl phenol
Isodecyl alcohol
Liquid
Liquid
Liquid
Solid
Liquid
Solid
Liquid
Solid
Solid
Liquid
Liquid
5.00
16.00
30.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
20.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
20.00
Drum/Barrel
Drum/Tank
Tank
HDPE Bag
Drum/Barrel
HDPE Bag
Tank
HDPE Bag
Drum
Drum/Barrel
Drum/ tank
Indigenous
Indigenous
Indigenous
Indigenous
Indigenous
Indigenous
Indigenous
Indigenous
Indigenous
Indigenous
Indigenous
By road
By road
By road
By road
By road
By road
By road
By road
By road
By road
By road
Table 6.2: Identification of Hazardous Raw Materials as per MSIHC Rules (2000)
Name
Phenol
Phosphorous Trichloride ( PCl3)
POCl3
2-Ethyl Hexanol
Butanol
Cresol
High Speed Diesel
Chemical Classification
MSIHC Applicability
Toxic (Class 6.1)
Toxic, Flammable, Corrosive (Class 6.1)
Toxic, Flammable, Corrosive (Class 8)
Flammble,Irritant(Class 3))
flammable
Flammble
Flamable
Sh-I,Part-II,481
Sh-I,Part-II,506
Sh-I,Part-II,504
Sh-I,Part-II,254
Sh-I,Part-I
Sh-I,Part-I
Sh-I, Part-I
As the applicability of MSIHC rules as amended in 2000 are to be verified, raw materials are described
below for necessary regulatory requirement like threshold limit of storage at any time of operation
phase as well as applicability of relevant act & rules. 15 raw materials will be required for manufacturing
of the proposed organic products. The materials may fall under the definition of hazardous
material/chemicals either due to flammability or toxicity and even some chemicals are namely covered
in MSIHC rules as hazardous materials. The details of schedule I are referred for identification of
hazardous materials of the project. Total 6 raw materials out of 15 RawMaterials are identified as
hazardous as per MSIHC Rules, as amended in 2000. The summarized details of applicability of MSIHC
Rules along with the hazardous raw materials as per MSIHC Rules, as amended in 2000 are listed above
in tabular form.
6.3.3 Failure Frequencies
Hazardous material release scenarios can be broadly divided into 2 categories
I) catastrophic failures which are of low frequency and
II) Ruptures and leaks which are of relatively high frequency.
Releases from failure of gaskets, seal, rupture in pipelines and vessels fall in the second category
whereas catastrophic failure of vessels and full bore rupture of pipelines etc. fall into the first category.
6-3
Table 6.3: Typical failure frequencies
Item
Atmospheric
storage
Process Pipelines
< = 50 mm dia
> 50 mm <=150mm dia
< 150 mm dia
Hoses
Mode of failure
Catastrophic failure
Significant leak
Failure frequencies
10-9 /yr
10-5 /yr
Full bore rupture
Significant leak
Full bore rupture
Significant leak
Full bore rupture
Significant leak
Rupture
8.8 x 10-7 /m.yr
8.8 x 10-6 /m.yr
2.6 x 10-7 /m.yr
5.3 x 10-6 /m.yr
8.8 x 10-8 /m.yr
2.6 x 10-6 /m.yr
3.5 x 10-2 /m.yr
Table 6.4: Failure Rates for Pressure Storage/Transfer
6-4
6.3.4CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS & CONTROL MEASURES
6.3.4.1 Consequence Analysis of PCl3
INPUT DATA
Chemical Data:
Chemical Name
Molecular Weight:
Specific Gravity:
Ambient Saturation
Concentration:
Flammability Limits
PCl3
137.33 g/mol
0.945 at 20°C
(liquid)
158,557 ppm or
15.9%
LEL: 13000 ppm
UEL: 94000 ppm
Storage Data:
Tank Diameter: 2.1 meters
Tank Length: 3.18 meters
Tank Volume: 11.00 cubic meters
Tank contains liquid
Internal Temperature: 25° C
Chemical Mass in Tank: 16 tons
Tank is 84% full
Stored Quantity:
Ambient Boiling Point:
Ambient Flash Point:
16 MT
76°C
129°F O.C. 111°F C.C.
Vapour Pressure
0.16atm
Toxicity Data:
IDLH: 25 ppm
Atmospheric Data:
Wind: 3 meters/second from NE at 3 meters
Ground Roughness: urban or forest
Cloud Cover: 5 tenths
Air Temperature: 25° C
Stability Class: D
No Inversion Height
Relative Humidity: 50%
OUTCOME OF SCENARIO MODELS (As Instantaneous Source) (PCl3)
1. Toxic dispersion of chemical escaping from tank (not burning)(Leak from hole in Vertical
cylindrical tank through 1 cm hole)
Toxicity limits
25 ppm = IDLH
Distance (m)
68 meters
Effect of Toxic Dispersion
Life-threatening health effects or death.
SOURCE STRENGTH: Opening is 0 meters from tank bottom
Ground Type: Default soil
Ground Temperature: equal to ambient
Max Puddle Diameter: UnknownRelease Duration: ALOHA limited the duration to 1 hour
Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 4.26 kilograms/min (averaged over a minute or more)
Total Amount Released: 181 kilograms
Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed an evaporating puddle.
The puddle spread to a diameter of 4.5 meters.
6-5
THREAT ZONE:
Model Run: Gaussian
Red : 68 meters --- (25 ppm = IDLH)
OUTCOME OF SCENARIO MODELS (As Continuous Source) (PCl3)
2. Toxic dispersion of chemical escaping from tank (not burning)(Leak from hole in Vertical
Toxicity limits
25 ppm = IDLH
Distance (m)
68 meters
SOURCE STRENGTH:
Direct Source: 0.266 tons/min
Source Height: 0
Release Duration: 60 minutes
Release Rate: 241 kilograms/min
Total Amount Released: 14,479 kilograms
THREAT ZONE:
Model Run: Heavy Gas
Red : 1.1 kilometers --- (25 ppm = IDLH)
6.3.4.2 Consequence Analysis of Hydrogen Chloride
INPUT DATA
Chemical Data:
Chemical Name
Molecular Weight:
Ambient Saturation
Concentration:
Flammability Limits
HCl
36.46 g/mol
1,000,000 ppm or
100.0%
--
Vapour Pressure
-85°C
->1atm
Toxicity Data:
IDLH: 50 ppm
Atmospheric Data:
Cloud Cover: 5 tenths
Air Temperature: 25° C
No Inversion Height
Stability Class: D
6-6
OUTCOME OF SCENARIO MODELS (Hydrogen Chloride)
1. Toxic dispersion of chemical escaping from tank (not burning)(Leak from hole in horizontal
Toxicity limits
50 ppm = IDLH
Distance (m)
812 meters
SOURCE STRENGTH:
Evaporating Puddle
Puddle Area: 10 square meters
Puddle Mass: 16 tons
Ground Temperature: 25° C
Initial Puddle Temperature: -85° CRelease Duration: ALOHA limited the duration to 1 hour
Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 82.2 kilograms/min(averaged over a minute or more)
THREAT ZONE:
Red : 812 meters --- (50 ppm = IDLH)
6.3.4.3 Consequence Analysis of POCl3
INPUT DATA
Chemical Data:
Chemical Name
Molecular Weight:
Ambient Saturation
Concentration:
Flammability Limits
POCl3
153.33 g/mol
42,828 ppm or
4.28%
--
Stored Quantity:
Vapour Pressure
10KL
105.5°C
-0.043atm
Toxicity Data:
AEGL-1 (60 min): N/A
AEGL-2 (60 min): N/A
AEGL-3 (60 min): 0.85 ppm
6-7
Storage Details:
Tank Diameter: 2.00 m Tank Length: 3.18 m
Tank Volume: 10 cubic meters
Tank contains liquid
Internal Temperature: 25° C
Chemical Mass in Tank: 16 tons
Tank is 87% full
Atmospheric Data:
Cloud Cover: 5 tenths Air Temperature: 25° C
Stability Class: D
No Inversion Height
OUTCOME OF SCENARIO MODELS (POCl3) (As Instantaneous Source)
Toxicity limits
0.3 mg/liter
Distance (m)
80 meters
SOURCE STRENGTH:
Circular Opening Diameter: 1 inches
Opening is 0 meters from tank bottom
Ground Temperature: equal to ambient
Max Puddle Diameter: Unknown
Release Duration: ALOHA limited the duration to 1 hour
Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 15.8 kilograms/min (averaged over a minute or more)
Total Amount Released: 568 kilograms
Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed an evaporating puddle.
The puddle spread to a diameter of 15.0 meters.
THREAT ZONE:
Model Run: Gaussian
Red : 80 meters --- (0.3 mg/liter)
OUTCOME OF SCENARIO MODELS (POCl3) (As Continuous Source)
Toxicity limits
0.3 mg/liter
Distance (m)
680 meters
6-8
SOURCE STRENGTH:
Direct Source: 0.267 tons/min
Source Height: 0
Release Duration: 60 minutes
Release Rate: 242 kilograms/min
THREAT ZONE:
Red : 680 meters --- (0.3 mg/liter)
6.3.5 Emergency Response Guideline
6.3.5.1 Emergency Response Guidelines for Phenol

Identification:
Substance: Phenol

Protective Equipment/Clothing
When working with phenol, workers should be provided with and required to use protective
clothing, gloves, face shields, splash -proof safety goggles and other appropriate protective
clothing necessary to prevent any possibility of skin or eye contact with solid or liquid phenol or
liquids containing phenol.
Cloropel, PVC (excellent resistance) or butyl rubber (good resistance) are recommended chemical
suit materials for protection against phenol.
Wear appropriate personal protective clothing to prevent skin contact.
Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact.
Eyewash fountains should be provided in areas where there is any possibility that workers could
be exposed to the substance; this is irrespective of the recommendation involving the wearing of
eye protection.
Respirator Recommendations: Up to 50 ppm: (Assigned protection factor = 10) Any chemical
cartridge respirator with organic vapor cartridge(s) in combination with a dust and mist
filter/(Assigned protection factor = 10) Any supplied-air respirator.
6-9
Respirator Recommendations: Up to 125 ppm: (Assigned protection factor = 25) Any supplied-air
respirator operated in a continuous-flow mode/(Assigned protection factor = 25) Any powered,
air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridge(s) in combination with a dust and mist filter.
Respirator Recommendations: Up to 250 ppm: (Assigned protection factor = 50) Any chemical
cartridge respirator with a full facepiece and organic vapor cartridge(s) in combination with a highefficiency particulate filter/(Assigned protection factor = 50) Any air-purifying, full-facepiece
respirator (gas mask) with a chin-style, front- or back-mounted organic vapor canister having a
high-efficiency particulate filter/(Assigned protection factor = 50) Any powered, air-purifying
respirator with a tight-fitting facepiece and organic vapor cartridge(s) in combination with a highefficiency particulate filter/(Assigned protection factor = 50) Any self-contained breathing
apparatus with a full facepiece/(Assigned protection factor = 50) Any supplied-air respirator with a
full facepiece.
Respirator Recommendations: Emergency or planned entry into unknown concentrations or IDLH
conditions: (Assigned protection factor = 10,000) Any self-contained breathing apparatus that has
a full facepiece and is operated in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode/(Assigned
protection factor = 10,000) Any supplied-air respirator that has a full facepiece and is operated in
a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode in combination with an auxiliary selfcontained positive-pressure breathing apparatus.
Respirator Recommendations: Escape: (Assigned protection factor = 50) Any air-purifying, fullfacepiece respirator (gas mask) with a chin-style, front- or back-mounted organic vapor canister
having a high-efficiency particulate filter/Any appropriate escape-type, self-contained breathing
apparatus.


NFPA Hazard Classification
Health: 4 (Extreme)
Materials that, on very short exposure, could cause death or major residual injury, including those
that are too dangerous to be approached without specialized protective equipment. A few whiffs
of the vapor or gas can cause death, or contact with the vapor or liquid may be fatal, if it
penetrates the fire fighter's normal protective gear. The normal full protective clothing and
breathing apparatus available to the typical fire fighter will not provide adequate protection
against
inhalation
or
skin
contact
with
these
materials.
Flammability: 2 (Moderate)
This degree includes materials that must be moderately heated before ignition will occur and
includes Class II and IIIA combustible liquids and solids and semi-solids that readily give off
ignitable vapors. Water spray may be used to extinguish fires in these materials because the
materials
can
be
cooled
below
their
flash
points.
Instability: 0 (Minimal)
This degree includes materials that are normally stable, even under fire exposure conditions, and
that do not react with water. Normal fire fighting procedures may be used.
DOT Emergency Guidelines
GUIDE 153
SUBSTANCES - TOXIC and/or CORROSIVE (Combustible)
POTENTIAL HAZARDS
HEALTH
· TOXIC; inhalation, ingestion or skin contact with material may cause severe injury or death.
· Contact with molten substance may cause severe burns to skin and eyes.
· Avoid any skin contact.
· Effects of contact or inhalation may be delayed.
· Fire may produce irritating, corrosive and/or toxic gases.
· Runoff from fire control or dilution water may be corrosive and/or toxic and cause pollution.
6-10
FIRE OR EXPLOSION
· Combustible material: may burn but does not ignite readily.
· When heated, vapors may form explosive mixtures with air: indoors, outdoors and sewers
explosion hazards.
· Those substances designated with a (P) may polymerize explosively when heated or involved in
a fire.
· Contact with metals may evolve flammable hydrogen gas.
· Containers may explode when heated.
· Runoff may pollute waterways.
· Substance may be transported in a molten form.
PUBLIC SAFETY
· CALL Emergency Response Telephone Number on Shipping Paper first. If Shipping Paper not
available or no answer, refer to appropriate telephone number listed on the inside back cover.
· As an immediate precautionary measure, isolate spill or leak area in all directions for at least 50
meters (150 feet) for liquids and at least 25 meters (75 feet) for solids.
· Keep unauthorized personnel away.
· Stay upwind.
· Keep out of low areas.
· Ventilate enclosed areas.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
· Wear positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA).
· Wear chemical protective clothing that is specifically recommended by the manufacturer. It may
provide little or no thermal protection.
· Structural firefighters' protective clothing provides limited protection in fire situations ONLY; it is
not effective in spill situations where direct contact with the substance is possible.
EVACUATION
Spill
· See Table 1 - Initial Isolation and Protective Action Distances for highlighted materials. For nonhighlighted materials, increase, in the downwind direction, as necessary, the isolation distance
shown under "PUBLIC SAFETY".
Fire
· If tank, rail car or tank truck is involved in a fire, ISOLATE for 800 meters (1/2 mile) in all
directions; also, consider initial evacuation for 800 meters (1/2 mile) in all directions.
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
Fire
Small Fire
· Dry chemical, CO2 or water spray.
Large Fire
· Dry chemical, CO2, alcohol-resistant foam or water spray.
· Move containers from fire area if you can do it without risk.
· Dike fire-control water for later disposal; do not scatter the material.
Fire involving Tanks or Car/Trailer Loads
· Fight fire from maximum distance or use unmanned hose holders or monitor nozzles.
· Do not get water inside containers.
· Cool containers with flooding quantities of water until well after fire is out.
· Withdraw immediately in case of rising sound from venting safety devices or discoloration of
tank.
· ALWAYS stay away from tanks engulfed in fire.
SPILL OR LEAK
· ELIMINATE all ignition sources (no smoking, flares, sparks or flames in immediate area).
· Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate protective
6-11
clothing.
· Stop leak if you can do it without risk.
· Prevent entry into waterways, sewers, basements or confined areas.
· Absorb or cover with dry earth, sand or other non-combustible material and transfer to
containers.
FIRST AID
· Move victim to fresh air.
· Call 108 or emergency medical service.
· Give artificial respiration if victim is not breathing.
· Do not use mouth-to-mouth method if victim ingested or inhaled the substance; give artificial
respiration with the aid of a pocket mask equipped with a one-way valve or other proper
respiratory medical device.
· Administer oxygen if breathing is difficult.
· Remove and isolate contaminated clothing and shoes.
· In case of contact with substance, immediately flush skin or eyes with running water for at least
20 minutes.
· For minor skin contact, avoid spreading material on unaffected skin.
· Keep victim warm and quiet.
· Effects of exposure (inhalation, ingestion or skin contact) to substance may be delayed.
· Ensure that medical personnel are aware of the material(s) involved and take precautions to
protect themselves.



Fire Potential
May be ignited by electrostatic discharge.
Phenol and its solutions are flammable.
Fire Fighting Procedure
If material on fire or involved in fire: Use water in flooding quantities as fog. Solid streams of
water may be ineffective. Cool all affected containers with flooding quantities of water. Apply
water from as far a distance as possible. Use foam, dry chemical, or carbon dioxide. Keep run
off-water out of sewers and water sources. /Phenol, solid/
If material on fire or involved in fire: Do not extinguish fire unless flow can be stopped.
Extinguish fire using agent suitable for type of surrounding fire. (Material itself does not burn or
burns with difficulty.) Use water as flooding quantities as fog. Cool all affected containers with
flooding quantities of water. Apply water from as far a distance as possible. Use foam, dry
chemical, or carbon dioxide. Keep run-off water out of sewers and water sources. /Phenol,
molten/
To fight fire, use alcohol foam, carbon dioxide or dry chemical.
Cleanup Methods
Control runoff and isolate discharged material for proper disposal. Approach release from
upwind.
Phenolic cmpd in wastewater are oxidized with hydrogen peroxide catalyzed by Fe+3-Fe+2.
When the wt ratio of PhOH:H2O2 is 1:3 and iron 5-100 ppm, more than 95% of the phenols are
removed in 30 min from a 500 ppm phenol soln at pH 5-6 and 25-50 deg C.
Spills must be disposed of immediately by properly protected personnel; no other person
should remain in the area. Flush with flooding quantities of water, then use caustic soda soln for
neutralization.
Remove all ignition sources and evacuate the area. Ventliate the area. Cover spilled solid phenol
with dry lime or soda ash. Contain molten phenol with sand or earth and allow solidification.
Absorb a phenol solution in earth or sand. Remove to a safe place to hold it for disposal.
6-12
Prevent molten phenol or a solution of phenol from entering sewers, water courses, or soil.
Ensure personal protection.
 Disposal Methods:
Incineration is the recommended method of disposal. Dissolve or mix the material with a
combustible solvent and burn in a chemical incinerator equipped with an afterburner or
scrubber.
Generators of waste (equal to or greater than 100 kg/mo) containing this contaminant, EPA
hazardous waste number U188, must conform with USEPA regulations in storage,
transportation, treatment and disposal of waste.
Waste liquor containing 50,000 ppm was adjusted to give effluent containing 1 ppm then
treated with activated sludge to give final effluent containing 0.07 ppm, 10% of which was
recycled to conditioning tank.
Chemical Treatability of Phenol; Concentration Process: Reverse Osmosis; Chemical
Classification: Phenol; Scale of Study: Batch Flow; Type of Wastewater Used: Pure; Results of
Study: -5.7% reduction w/CA membrane; 76.5% reduction w/C-PE1 membrane.
Chemical Treatability of Phenol; Concentration Process: Reverse Osmosis; Chemical
Classification: Phenol; Scale of Study: Pilot scale; Type of Wastewater Used: Synthetic; Results
of Study: In excess of 90% separation at pH 8-10 with optimum at pH 9 at flux rate of about 70
gpd/sq ft. Results indicate that hyperfiltration (reverse osmosis) produced higher reduction and
flux rates than ultrafiltration. Increasing pressure improves rejection with little effect on flux
rate. Concentration had little effect on either rejection or flux rate.
Chemical Treatability of Phenol; Concentration Process: Biological Treatment; Chemical
Classification: Phenol; Scale of Study: Pilot scale; Type of Wastewater Used: Ultrafiltration;
Results of Study: Its maximum rejection was 75% at pH 10; rejection increased as pH increased.
Ionic state of solute rather than membrane material controlled rejection rate. Increased temp
resulted in increased flux rate but rejection rate was only slightly affected. Solute rejection was
not affected by length of operation.
Chemical Treatability of Phenol; Concentration Process: Activated carbon; Chemical
Classification: Phenol; Scale of Study: Batch Flow, Laboratory Scale; Type of Wastewater Used:
Pure; Results of Study: 100% reduction; 6% desorbed from carbon by elutriation with solvent.
Chemical Treatability of Phenol; Concentration Process: Activated Carbon; Chemical
Classification: Phenol; Scale of Study: Isotherm test; Type of Wastewater Used: Pure; Results of
Study: For pH= 3.0 Carbon capacity= 85 mg/g K= 12, 1/n= 0.38, r= 0.92; pt for pH= 7.0 Carbon
capacity= 80 mg/g, K= 13, 1/n= 0.77, r= 0.91, For pH= 9.0 carbon capacity= 70 mg/g, K= 22, 1/n=
0.49, r= 0.94.
Chemical Treatability of Phenol; Concentration Process: Activated Carbon; Chemical
Classification: Phenol; Scale of Study: Continuous flow, Pilot Scale; Type of Wastewater Used:
Hazardous material; Results of Study: 100% reduction with 8.5 min contact time.
A good candidate for rotary kiln incineration at a temperature range of 820 to 1,600 deg C and
residence times of seconds for liquids and gases, and hours for solids.A good candidate for
fluidized bed incineration at a temperature range of 450 to 980 deg C and residence times of
seconds for liquids and gases, and longer for solids.
The use of a microdispersion of air in water for in situ treatment of hazardous organic wastes
was described. An air microdispersion consisting of 60 to 65% air bubbles, 25 to 50 microns in
diameter, in water, referred to as colloidal gas aphrons, was tested for stability and its ability to
biodegrade phenol.
The most important method, equally applied by refineries and petrochemical plants, is the
biodegradation of phenol (activated sludge basins, aeration ponds, trickling filters). With this a
65-99% degradation of phenol is attained. A further decrease (80-90%) of the phenol content is
obtained by treatment with ozone or activated charcoal.
 Medical Treatment Overview:
 ORAL EXPOSURE
A. DILUTION - May enhance absorption of phenol, and should be avoided.
6-13


B. EMESIS: Ipecac-induced emesis is not recommended because of the potential for CNS
depression and seizures.
C. ACTIVATED CHARCOAL - May limit systemic toxicity if administered soon after ingestion, but
may interfere with endoscopic evaluation of gastrointestinal burns.
D. ACTIVATED CHARCOAL: Administer charcoal as a slurry (240 mL water/30 g charcoal). Usual
dose: 25 to 100 g in adults/adolescents, 25 to 50 g in children (1 to 12 years), and 1 g/kg in
infants less than 1 year old.
E. SEIZURES: Administer a benzodiazepine IV; DIAZEPAM (ADULT: 5 to 10 mg, repeat every 10
to 15 min as needed. CHILD: 0.2 to 0.5 mg/kg, repeat every 5 min as needed) or
LORAZEPAM (ADULT: 2 to 4 mg; CHILD: 0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg).
1. Consider phenobarbital or propofol if seizures recur after diazepam 30 mg (adults) or 10 mg
(children > 5 years).
2. Monitor for hypotension, dysrhythmias, respiratory depression, and need for endotracheal
intubation. Evaluate for hypoglycemia, electrolyte disturbances, hypoxia.
F. MONITOR ECG, and kidney and liver function tests.
G. VENTRICULAR DYSRHYTHMIAS/SUMMARY: Institute continuous cardiac monitoring, obtain
an ECG, and administer oxygen. Evaluate for hypoxia, acidosis, and electrolyte disorders.
Lidocaine and amiodarone are generally first line agents for stable monomorphic
ventricular tachycardia, particularly in patients with underlying impaired cardiac function.
Amiodarone should be used with caution if a substance that prolongs the QT interval
and/or causes torsades de pointes is involved in the overdose. Unstable rhythms require
immediate cardioversion.
H. METHEMOGLOBINEMIA: Administer 1 to 2 mg/kg of 1% methylene blue slowly IV in
symptomatic patients. Additional doses may be required.
I) HYPOTENSION: Infuse 10 to 20 mL/kg isotonic fluid. If hypotension persists, administer
dopamine (5 to 20 mcg/kg/min) or norepinephrine (ADULT: begin infusion at 0.5 to 1
mcg/min; CHILD: begin infusion at 0.1 mcg/kg/min); titrate to desired response.
INHALATION EXPOSURE
A. INHALATION: Move patient to fresh air. Monitor for respiratory distress. If cough or
difficulty breathing develops, evaluate for respiratory tract irritation, bronchitis, or
pneumonitis. Administer oxygen and assist ventilation as required. Treat bronchospasm
with inhaled beta2 agonist and oral or parenteral corticosteroids.
B. ACUTE LUNG INJURY: Maintain ventilation and oxygenation and evaluate with frequent
arterial blood gas or pulse oximetry monitoring. Early use of PEEP and mechanical
ventilation may be needed.
EYE EXPOSURE
A) DECONTAMINATION: Irrigate exposed eyes with copious amounts of room temperature
water for at least 15 minutes. If irritation, pain, swelling, lacrimation, or photophobia persist,
the patient should be seen in a health care facility.

DERMAL EXPOSURE
OVERVIEW

1. Remove phenol with undiluted polyethylene glycol 300 to 400 or isopropyl alcohol prior to
washing, if readily available. Wash exposed areas twice or for at least 10 minutes with large
quantities of SOAPY water. Water alone may be harmful. A physician may need to examine
the exposed area if irritation or pain persist after the area is washed
Evacuation:
Spill
See Table 1 - Initial Isolation and Protective Action Distances for highlighted materials. For nonhighlighted materials, increase, in the downwind direction, as necessary, the isolation distance
6-14
Fire
if tank, rail car or tank truck is involved in a fire, ISOLATE for 800 meters (1/2 mile) in all
6.3.5.2 Emergency Response Guidelines for PCl3

Identification:
Substance: Phosphorus Trichloride
CAS RN: 7719-12-2

Protective Equipment/Clothing
Wear special protective clothing and positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus.
Respiratory protection (supplied-air respirator with full facepiece or self-contained breathing
apparatus) should be available where these compounds are manufactured or used and should be
worn in case of emergency and overexposure. /Phosphorus compounds/
Eyewash fountains should be provided in areas where there is any possbility that workers could be
exposed to the substance; this is irrespective of the recommendation involving the wearing of eye
protection.
Facilities for quickly drenching the body should be provided within the immediate work area for
emergency use where there is a possibility of exposure. [Note: It is intended that these facilities
provide a sufficient quantity or flow of water to quickly remove the substance from any body
areas likely to be exposed. The actual determination of what constitutes an adequate quick
drench facility depends on the specific circumstances. In certain instances, a deluge shower should
be readily available, whereas in others, the availability of water from a sink or hose could be
considered adequate.
Respirator Recommendations: Up to 10 ppm: (Assigned Protection Factor = 50) Any self-contained
breathing apparatus with a full facepiece./(Assigned Protection Factor = 50) Any supplied-air
respirator with a full facepiece.
Respirator Recommendations: Up to 25 ppm: (Assigned Protection Factor = 2000) Any supplied-air
respirator that has a full facepiece and is operated in a pressure-demand or other positivepressure mode.
6-15
conditions: (Assigned Protection Factor = 10,000) Any self-contained breathing apparatus that has
a full facepiece and is operated in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode./(Assigned
Protection Factor = 10,000) Any supplied-air respirator that has a full facepiece and is operated in
Respirator Recommendatons: Escape: (Assigned Protection Factor = 50) Any air-purifying, fullfacepiece respirator (gas mask) with a chin-style, front- or back-mounted canister providing
protection against the compound of concern. Only nonoxidizablesorbenets allowed (not charcoal).
/Any appropriate escape-type, self-contained breathing apparatus.
Protective gloves, Face shield or eye protection in combination with breathing protection.

NFPA Hazard Classification
Health: 4 (Extreme)
against inhalation or skin contact with these materials.
Flammability: 0 (Minimal)
This degree includes any material that will not burn under typical fire conditions.
Instability: 2 (Moderate)
Materials that can undergo violent chemical changes at elevated temperatures and pressures. This
also includes materials that may react violently with water or that may form potentially explosive
mixtures with water. In advanced or massive fires involving these materials, fire fighting should be
done from a safe distance or from a protected location.
Special: Water Reactive
Unusual reactivity with water; do not use water in either fire fighting or spill control response.

DOT Emergency Guidelines
ERG2012
GUIDE 137
SUBSTANCES - WATER-REACTIVE - CORROSIVE
POTENTIAL HAZARDS
HEALTH
· CORROSIVE and/or TOXIC; inhalation, ingestion or contact (skin, eyes) with vapors, dusts or
substance may cause severe injury, burns or death.
· Fire will produce irritating, corrosive and/or toxic gases.
· Reaction with water may generate much heat that will increase the concentration of fumes in
the air.
· Runoff from fire control or dilution water may cause pollution.
FIRE OR EXPLOSION
· EXCEPT FOR ACETIC ANHYDRIDE (UN1715), THAT IS FLAMMABLE, some of these materials may
burn, but none ignite readily.
· May ignite combustibles (wood, paper, oil, clothing, etc.).
· Substance will react with water (some violently), releasing corrosive and/or toxic gases and
6-16
runoff.
· Flammable/toxic gases may accumulate in confined areas (basement, tanks, hopper/tank cars,
etc.).
· Containers may explode when heated or if contaminated with water.
PUBLIC SAFETY
· Stay upwind.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
EVACUATION
Spill
Fire
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
Fire
· When material is not involved in fire, do not use water on material itself.
Small Fire
· Dry chemical or CO2.
Large Fire
· Flood fire area with large quantities of water, while knocking down vapors with water fog. If
insufficient water supply: knock down vapors only.
tank.
SPILL OR LEAK
· Fully encapsulating, vapor protective clothing should be worn for spills and leaks with no fire.
clothing.
· Use water spray to reduce vapors; do not put water directly on leak, spill area or inside
container.
6-17
· Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled material.
Small Spill
· Cover with DRY earth, DRY sand or other non-combustible material followed with plastic sheet
to minimize spreading or contact with rain.
· Use clean non-sparking tools to collect material and place it into loosely covered plastic
containers for later disposal.
FIRST AID
20 minutes.
· Removal of solidified molten material from skin requires medical assistance.
protect themselves.

Fire Potential
Reacts with water to form hydrochloric acid, which reacts with most metals to form flammable
hydrogen gas.
Phosphorus trichloride is strongly corrosive and may set fire to combustible material /eg fibrous
organic matter (wood, etc).
Not combustible, but if involved in a fire decomposes to produce hydrogen chloride, phosphoric
acid, phosphine.
Not combustible. Many reactions may cause fire or explosion

Fire Fighting Procedure
Evacuation: If fire becomes uncontrollable or container is exposed to direct flame - consider
evacuation of one-third (1/3) mile radius.
If material on fire or involved in fire: Use dry chemical, dry sand, or carbon dioxide. Do not use
water on material itself. If large quantities of combustibles are involved, use water in flooding
quantites of water. Apply water from as far a distance as possible.
Use water spray to knock down acid vapors.
NO hydrous agents. NO water

Cleanup Methods
Environmental considerations: water spill: Neutralize with agricultural lime (CaO), crushed
limestone (CaCO3), or sodium bicarbonate (NaCO3). Use mechanical dredges or lifts to remove
immobilized masses of pollutant and precipitates. Adjust pH to neutral (pH=7).
Environmental considerations: air spill: Apply water spray or mist to knock down vapors. Vapor
knockdown water is corrosive or toxic and should be diked for containment.
Environmental considerations: land spill: Dike surface flow using soil, sand bags, foamed
polyurethane, or foamed concrete. Absorb bulk liquid with fly ash or cement powder.
6-18
Neutralize with agricultural lime (CaO), crushed limestone (CaCO3), or sodium bicarbonate
(NaHCO3).
Releases may require isolation or evacuation. Use water spray to cool and disperse vapors and
protect personnel.
Evacuate danger area! Consult an expert! Ventilation. Collect leaking and spilled liquid in
sealable containers as far as possible. Absorb remaining liquid in dry sand or inert absorbent
and remove to safe place. Personal protection: chemical protection suit including self-contained
breathing apparatus.
The spillage should be absorbed in dry sand or in an inert absorbent material and shovelled into
sealable polyethylene-lined containers for disposal.
 Disposal Methods:
 SRP: The most favorable course of action is to use an alternative chemical product with less
inherent propensity for occupational exposure or environmental contamination. Recycle any
unused portion of the material for its approved use or return it to the manufacturer or supplier.
Ultimate disposal of the chemical must consider: the material's impact on air quality; potential
migration in soil or water; effects on animal, aquatic, and plant life; and conformance with
environmental and public health regulations.
 Spillage should be handled only by an operator wearing full protective clothing and full-face
mask/positive-pressure breathing apparatus. Absorbed spillage and residues should be buried
in an approved landfill, away from water sources.
 Medical Treatment Overview:
 ORAL EXPOSURE
A. Do NOT induce emesis.
B. DILUTION: Immediately dilute with 4 to 8 ounces (120 to 240 mL) of water or milk (not to
exceed 4 ounces/120 mL in a child).
C. Observe patients with ingestion carefully for the possible development of esophageal or
gastrointestinal tract irritation or burns. If signs or symptoms of esophageal irritation or
burns are present, consider endoscopy to determine the extent of injury.
 INHALATION EXPOSURE
B. If bronchospasm and wheezing occur, consider treatment with inhaled sympathomimetic
agents.
C. ACUTE LUNG INJURY: Maintain ventilation and oxygenation and evaluate with frequent
 EYE EXPOSURE
A. DECONTAMINATION: Irrigate exposed eyes with copious amounts of room
temperature water for at least 15 minutes. If irritation, pain, swelling, lacrimation,
or photophobia persist, the patient should be seen in a health care facility.

DERMAL EXPOSURE
OVERVIEW
1. DECONTAMINATION: Remove contaminated clothing and wash exposed area
thoroughly with soap and water. A physician may need to examine the area if
irritation or pain persists.
2. Treat dermal irritation or burns with standard topical therapy. Patients developing
dermal hypersensitivity reactions may require treatment with systemic or topical
corticosteroids or antihistamines.

Evacuation: (Protective Distance on MAP)
6-19
6.3.5.3 Emergency Response Guidelines for POCl3

Identification:
WATER-REACTIVE – CORROSIVE
TOXIC; inhalation, ingestion or contact with vapors, dusts or substance may cause severe injury,
burns, or death When not involved in fire, do not use water on material itself.
Molecular Formula:Cl3-O-P
Molecular Weight:153.33

Protective equipment/clothing
Personal resp protection.Necessary, incl canister-type gas masks for lower levels of contamination
& otherwise, self-contained breathing apparatus.Safety goggles & protective clothing.
Compressed gases may create low temperatures when they expand rapidly. Leaks and uses that
allow rapid expansion may cause a frostbite hazard. Wear appropriate personal protective
clothing to prevent the skin from becoming frozen.
Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact with the liquid that could result in burns
or tissue damage from frostbite.
Quick drench facilities and/or eyewash fountains should be provided within the immediate work
area for emergency use where there is any possibility of exposure to liquids that are extremely
cold or rapidly evaporating.
respirator.
Respirator Recommendations: Up to 7.5 ppm: (Assigned Protection Factor = 25) Any supplied-air
respirator operated in a continuous-flow mode.
Respirator Recommendations: Up to 15 ppm: (Assigned Protection Factor = 50) Any air-purifying,
full-facepiece respirator (gas mask) with a chin-style, front- or back-mounted canister providing
protection against the compound of concern.(Assigned Protection Factor = 50) Any self-contained
breathing apparatus with a full facepiece./(Assigned Protection Factor = 50) Any supplied-air
respirator with a full facepiece.
respirator operated in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode.
conditions: (Assigned Protection Factor = 10,000) Any self-contained breathing apparatus that has
a full facepiece and is operated in a pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode./(Assigned
6-20
Protection Factor = 10,000) Any supplied-air respirator that has a full facepiece and is operated in
Escape: (Assigned Protection Factor = 50) Any air-purifying, full-facepiece respirator (gas mask)
with a chin-style, front- or back-mounted canister providing protection against the compound of
concern/Any appropriate escape-type, self-contained breathing apparatus
 NFPA hazard classification
Health: 4 (Extreme)
against
inhalation
or
skin
contact
with
these
materials.
Flammability: 0 (Minimal)
This degree includes any material that will not burn under typical fire conditions.
Instability: 2 (Moderate)
Materials that can undergo violent chemical changes at elevated temperatures and pressures. This
also includes materials that may react violently with water or that may form potentially explosive
mixtures with water. In advanced or massive fires involving these materials, fire fighting should be
done
from
a
safe
distance
or
from
a
protected
location.
Special: Water Reactive
Unusual reactivity with water; do not use water in either fire fighting or spill control response.
 DOT emergency guidelines
GUIDE 137
SUBSTANCES - WATER-REACTIVE - CORROSIVE
POTENTIAL HAZARDS
HEALTH
· CORROSIVE and/or TOXIC; inhalation, ingestion or contact (skin, eyes) with vapors, dusts or
substance may cause severe injury, burns or death.
· Reaction with water may generate much heat that will increase the concentration of fumes in
the air.
FIRE OR EXPLOSION
· EXCEPT FOR ACETIC ANHYDRIDE (UN1715), THAT IS FLAMMABLE, some of these materials may
burn, but none ignite readily.
· May ignite combustibles (wood, paper, oil, clothing, etc.).
· Substance will react with water (some violently), releasing corrosive and/or toxic gases and
runoff.
· Flammable/toxic gases may accumulate in confined areas (basement, tanks, hopper/tank cars,
etc.).
· Containers may explode when heated or if contaminated with water.
6-21
PUBLIC SAFETY
· Stay upwind.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
EVACUATION
Spill
Fire
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
Fire
· When material is not involved in fire, do not use water on material itself.
Small Fire
· Dry chemical or CO2.
Large Fire
· Flood fire area with large quantities of water, while knocking down vapors with water fog. If
insufficient water supply: knock down vapors only.
tank.
6-22
SPILL OR LEAK
· Fully encapsulating, vapor protective clothing should be worn for spills and leaks with no fire.
clothing.
· Use water spray to reduce vapors; do not put water directly on leak, spill area or inside
container.
· Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away from spilled material.
Small Spill
· Cover with DRY earth, DRY sand or other non-combustible material followed with plastic sheet
to minimize spreading or contact with rain.
· Use clean non-sparking tools to collect material and place it into loosely covered plastic
containers for later disposal.
FIRST AID
20 minutes.
· Removal of solidified molten material from skin requires medical assistance.
protect themselves.


Fire potential
Products of its reaction with water rapidly corrode steel & most metals with formation of
flammable hydrogen gas
Fire fighting procedure
Use appropriate extinguishing agents on nearby combustible fires. Use water spray to knock
down acid vapors.
This chemical reacts violently with moisture producing hydrochloric and phosphoric acids.
Poisonous gases including chlorides and phosphorus oxides are produced in fire. Do not use
water unless used in flooding quantities to control a large fire by wetting down combustibles
burning in vicinity of this material. Use dry chemical, carbon dioxide, or dry sand; do not use
water on material itself. Use water spray to absorb vapors and cool all affected containers with
flooding quantities of water. Apply water from a s far a distance as possible. Avoid breathing
6-23
vapors; keep upwind. Wear self-contained breathing apparatus. Avoid bodily contact with the
material. Wear boots, protective gloves, and goggles. Do not handle broken packages without
protective equipment. Wash away any material which may have contacted the body with
copious amounts of water or soap and water. If contact with the material is anticipated, wear
full protective clothing. Keep unnecessary people away; isolate hazard area and deny entry.
Vapors are heavier than air and will collect in low areas. Containers may explode in fire. Storage
containers and parts of containers may rocket great distances, in many directions. ...From a
secure, explosion-proof location, use water spray to cool exposed containers. If cooling streams
are ineffective (venting sound increases in volume and pitch, tank discolors, or shows any signs
of deforming), withdraw immediately to a secure position
 Clean up method
Releases may require isolation or evacuation. Use water spray to cool & disperse vapors &
protect personnel.
Keep material out of water sources and sewers; build dikes to contain flow as necessary; use
water spray to knock down vapors; do not use water on material itself; and neutralize spilled
material with crushed limestone, soda ash, or lime. For a land spell, dig a pit, pond, lagoon, or
holding area to contain liquid or solid material; dike surface flow using soil, sand bags, foamed
polyurethane, or foamed concrete; absorb bulk liquid with fly ash or cement powder; neutralize
with agricultural lime (slaked lime), crushed limestone, or sodium bicarbonate. For a water spill,
neutralize with agricultural lime (slaked lime), crushed limestone, or sodium bicarbonate; use
mechanical dredges or lifts to remove immobilized masses of pollutants and precipitates; adjust
pH to neutral (pH 7). For air spills apply water spray or mist to knock down vapors; vapor knock
down water is corrosive or toxic and should be diked for containment. Stop leak if you can do so
without risk. Do not touch spilled material. Keep combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) away
from spilled material. Clean up only under supervision of an expert. Keep this chemical out of a
confined space, such as a sewer, because of the possibility of an explosion, unless the sewer is
designed to prevent the build-up of explosive concentrations. It may be necessary to contain
and dispose of this chemical as a hazardous waste. If material or contaminated runoff enters
water ways, notify downstream users of potentially contaminated waters
 Medical treatment overview
 ORAL EXPOSURE
A. EMESIS should be avoided.
B. DILUTION: Immediately dilute with 4 to 8 ounces (120 to 240 mL) of water or milk (not to
exceed 4 ounces/120 mL in a child).
C. Observe carefully for signs of esophageal or gastrointestinal irritation.
D. See ACIDS MANAGEMENT for further information.
 INHALATION EXPOSURE
B. Administer 100% supplemental oxygen with assisted ventilation as required.
C. Inhaled sympathomimetic bronchodilators are useful for wheezing.
D. ACUTE LUNG INJURY: Maintain ventilation and oxygenation and evaluate with frequent
 EYE EXPOSURE
A. DECONTAMINATION: Irrigate exposed eyes with copious amounts of room temperature
water for at least 15 minutes. If irritation, pain, swelling, lacrimation, or photophobia
persist, the patient should be seen in a health care facility.
 DERMAL EXPOSURE
A. OVERVIEW
6-24

thoroughly with soap and water. A physician may need to examine the area if irritation
or pain persists.
Protective distance MAP
6.3.5.4 Emergency Response Guidelines for Butanol
Chemical identification
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (Polar/Water-Miscible/Noxious)
• HIGHLY FLAMMABLE: Easily ignited by heat, sparks, flames
Property summary
Molecular Formula:
C4-H10-O
Molecular Weight:
74.12
Density Specific Gravity:0.8098 @ 20 deg C/4 deg C
Vapor Density:
2.6 (Air= 1)
Vapor Pressure:
7.0 mm Hg @ 25 deg C
Flash Point:
98 deg F, 37 deg C (closed cup)
Closed cup flash point: 28.89 degrees C
Melting Point:
-89.8 deg C
Boiling Point:
117.7 deg C
Autoignition Temperature:
650 deg F (343 deg C)
Viscosity:
36.1 cP at -50.9 deg C; 5.186 cP at 0 deg C; 2.544 cP at 25 deg C; 0.533 cP at
100 deg C
Protective Equipments:
Employees should be provided with and required to use impervious clothing, gloves, face shields (eightinch minimum), and other appropriate protective clothing necessary to prevent repeated or prolonged
skin contact with liquid butyl alcohol.
Breakthough times are less (usually significantly less) than one hour as reported by two or more testers,
for natural rubber.
For neoprene, nitrile rubber, and polyvinyl chloride (PVC), the breakthrough times are greater than one
hr as reported by two or more testers.
Wear appropriate chemical protective gloves, boots and goggles.
6-25
If the use of respirators is necessary, the only respirators permitted are those that have been approved
by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (formerly Mining Enforcement and Safety
Administration), or by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.
Some data (usually from immersion tests) suggesting breakthrough times greater than one hour are not
likely for polyvinyl alcohol (PVA). No data for butyl rubber (butyl), neoprene/styrene butadiene
rubber(neo./SBR), polyethylene (PE), chlorinated polyethylene (CPE), polyethane (PU), styrenebutadiene (SBR) and viton.
NFPA Identification
Health: 2 (Moderate)
Materials that, on intense or continued (but not chronic) exposure, could cause temporary
incapacitation or possible residual injury, including those requiring the use of respiratory protective
equipment that has an independent air supply. These materials are hazardous to health, but areas may
be entered freely if personnel are provided with full-face mask self-contained breathing apparatus that
provides complete eye protection.
Flammability: 3 (Serious)
This degree includes Class IB and IC flammable liquids and materials that can be easily ignited under
almost all normal temperature conditions. Water may be ineffective in controlling or extinguishing fires
in such materials.
This degree includes materials that are normally stable, even under fire exposure conditions, and that
do not react with water. Normal fire fighting procedures may be used.
GUIDE 129
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (Polar / Water-Miscible / Noxious)
POTENTIAL HAZARDS
FIRE OR EXPLOSION
· HIGHLY FLAMMABLE: Will be easily ignited by heat, sparks or flames.
· Vapors may form explosive mixtures with air.
· Vapors may travel to source of ignition and flash back.
· Most vapors are heavier than air. They will spread along ground and collect in low or confined
areas (sewers, basements, tanks).
· Vapor explosion hazard indoors, outdoors or in sewers.
a fire.
· Runoff to sewer may create fire or explosion hazard.
· Many liquids are lighter than water.
HEALTH
· May cause toxic effects if inhaled or absorbed through skin.
· Inhalation or contact with material may irritate or burn skin and eyes.
· Vapors may cause dizziness or suffocation.
6-26
PUBLIC SAFETY
· As an immediate precautionary measure, isolate spill or leak area for at least 50 meters (150
feet) in all directions.
· Stay upwind.
· Ventilate closed spaces before entering.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
· Structural firefighters' protective clothing will only provide limited protection.
EVACUATION
Large Spill
· Consider initial downwind evacuation for at least 300 meters (1000 feet).
Fire
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
Fire
CAUTION: All these products have a very low flash point: Use of water spray when fighting fire
may be inefficient.
Small Fire
· Dry chemical, CO2, water spray or alcohol-resistant foam.
· Do not use dry chemical extinguishers to control fires involving nitromethane or nitroethane.
Large Fire
· Water spray, fog or alcohol-resistant foam.
· Do not use straight streams.
tank.
· For massive fire, use unmanned hose holders or monitor nozzles; if this is impossible, withdraw
from area and let fire burn.
SPILL OR LEAK
· All equipment used when handling the product must be grounded.
· Do not touch or walk through spilled material.
· A vapor suppressing foam may be used to reduce vapors.
containers.
· Use clean non-sparking tools to collect absorbed material.
Large Spill
· Dike far ahead of liquid spill for later disposal.
· Water spray may reduce vapor; but may not prevent ignition in closed spaces.
6-27
FIRST AID
20 minutes.
· Wash skin with soap and water.
· In case of burns, immediately cool affected skin for as long as possible with cold water. Do not
remove clothing if adhering to skin.
protect themselves.
Protective distance:
As an immediate precautionary measure, isolate spill or leak area for at least 50 meters (150 feet) in all
directions.
EVACUATION
Large Spill
· Consider initial downwind evacuation for at least 300 meters (1000 feet).
Fire
· If tank, rail car or tank truck is involved in a fire, ISOLATE for 800 meters (1/2 mile) in all directions;
also, consider initial evacuation for 800 meters (1/2 mile) in all directions.
6.3.5.5 Emergency Response Guidelines for Cresol
TOXIC; inhalation, ingestion, or skin contact with material may cause severe injury or death
Protective Equipments and Clothing
The nose and mouth should be protected with a respirator or folded gauze, and the eyes with tightfitting goggles. Protective clothing, including rubber (not cotton) gloves, should be worn. Clothing
should be removed immediately if contaminated by spillage. All clothing worn during one spraying
operation should be laundered before re-use.
The use of respirators to achieve compliance with the recommended exposure limits is permitted only:
(a) during the time necessary to install or test the required engineering controls, and (b) during
6-28
emergencies or during nonroutine operations, such as maintenance or repair activities, when the
concentration of airborne cresol may exceed the permissible environmental limit.
In the factory it is necessary to take precautions in handling cresol. Rubber clothes & articles can give
effective protection.
Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact
NFPA identification
Health: 3 (Serious)
Materials that, on short exposure, could cause serious temporary or residual injury, including those
requiring protection from all bodily contact. Fire fighters may enter the area only if they are protected
from all contact with the material. Full protective clothing, including self-contained breathing
apparatus, coat, pants, gloves, boots, and bands around legs, arms, and waist, should be provided. No
skin surface should be exposed.
This degree includes materials that must be moderately heated before ignition will occur and includes
Class II and IIIA combustible liquids and solids and semi-solids that readily give off ignitable vapors.
Water spray may be used to extinguish fires in these materials because the materials can be cooled
below their flash points.
This degree includes materials that are normally stable, even under fire exposure conditions, and that
do not react with water. Normal fire fighting procedures may be used.
DOT Emergency Guideline
GUIDE 153
POTENTIAL HAZARDS
HEALTH
· TOXIC; inhalation, ingestion or skin contact with material may cause severe injury or death.
· Avoid any skin contact.
· Effects of contact or inhalation may be delayed.
· Fire may produce irritating, corrosive and/or toxic gases.
· Runoff from fire control or dilution water may be corrosive and/or toxic and cause pollution.
FIRE OR EXPLOSION
· Combustible material: may burn but does not ignite readily.
· When heated, vapors may form explosive mixtures with air: indoors, outdoors and sewers
explosion hazards.
6-29
a fire.
· Runoff may pollute waterways.
PUBLIC SAFETY
· Stay upwind.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
EVACUATION
Spill
Fire
EMERGENCY RESPONSE
Fire
Small Fire
· Dry chemical, CO2 or water spray.
Large Fire
· Dry chemical, CO2, alcohol-resistant foam or water spray.
· Dike fire-control water for later disposal; do not scatter the material.
6-30
tank.
SPILL OR LEAK
clothing.
containers.
FIRST AID
20 minutes.
protect themselves.
Evacuation distance and MAP
As an immediate precautionary measure, isolate spill or leak area in all directions for at least 50 meters
(150 feet) for liquids and at least 25 meters (75 feet) for solids.
EVACUATION
Spill
Initial Isolation and Protective Action Distances for highlighted materials. For non-highlighted materials,
increase, in the downwind direction, as necessary, the isolation distance shown under "PUBLIC SAFETY".
Fire
If tank, rail car or tank truck is involved in a fire, ISOLATE for 800 meters (1/2 mile) in all directions; also,
6-31
consider initial evacuation for 800 meters (1/2 mile) in all directions.
6.3.5.6 Emergency Response Guidelines for Ethyl hexanol-2
Health hazard data
Routes of entry: Inhalation, Ingestion, Skin and Eye
Effects of Exposure / Symptoms:
Inhalation: May cause respiratory tract irritation. Skin: Causes mild skin irritation. May be harmful, if
absorbed through the skin. Eyes: Causes severe eye irritation. Ingestion: May cause irritation of the
digestive tract
Emergency Treatment
Inhalation: Get medical aid immediately. Flush skin with plenty of soap and water for at least 15minutes
while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse.
Skin: Flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, occasionally lifting the upper and lower
eyelids. Get medical aid immediately.
Eyes: If victim is conscious and alert, give 2-4 cupfuls of milk or water. Never give anything by mouth to
an unconscious person. Get medical aid immediately. May cause irritation of the digestive tract and
possible burns.
PREVENTIVE MEASURE
Personal Protective
Equipments: Avoid contact with liquid. Provide air-pack or organic canister, safety goggles. Rubber
hand gloves, face mask
Handling:
Wash thoroughly after handling. Use only in a well ventilated area. Avoid contact with eyes, skin, and
clothing. Empty containers retain product residue, (liquid and/or vapor), and can be dangerous. Keep
container tightly closed. Avoid contact with heat, sparks and flame. Avoid ingestion and inhalation. Do
not pressurize, cut, weld, braze, solder, drill, grind, or expose empty containers to heat, sparks or open
flames
Storage: Store in cool, dry, well ventilated area away from heat or flame
Antidotes / Dosages: Information not available
6-32
SPILLS
Steps to Be Taken: Use absorbent paper to pick up spilled material. Wash the surface with soap and
water
Waste Disposal Method:Seal all waste in vapor tight plastic bags for eventual disposal
6.3.5.7 Emergency Response Guidelines Diesel
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (Non-Polar/Water-Immiscible)
• HIGHLY FLAMMABLE: Easily ignited by heat, sparks or flames
• CAUTION: Very low flash point; use of water spray when fighting fire may be inefficient
NFPA identification
Health: 1 (Slight)
Materials that, on exposure, would cause significant irritation, but only minor residual injury,
including those requiring the use of an approved air-purifying respirator. These materials are
only slightly hazardous to health and only breathing protection is needed.
This degree includes materials that must be moderately heated before ignition will occur and
includes Class II and IIIA combustible liquids and solids and semi-solids that readily give off
ignitable vapors. Water spray may be used to extinguish fires in these materials because the
materials can be cooled below their flash points.
This degree includes materials that are normally stable, even under fire exposure conditions,
and that do not react with water. Normal fire fighting procedures may be used.
Treatment overview:
ORAL EXPOSURE



A) MANAGEMENT OF MILD TO MODERATE TOXICITY
o Remove the patient from the source of exposure. When a patient is removed from an
inhalational exposure, the symptoms should quickly resolve. Adolescents may present
without symptoms after responsible adults find them abusing hydrocarbons via
inhalation. Provide oxygen and symptomatic and supportive care. After assuring that
the patient is medically stable, remove contaminated clothing and wash exposed skin
with soap and water.
B) MANAGEMENT OF SEVERE TOXICITY
o Orotracheal intubation for airway protection should be performed early if a patient
exhibits respiratory distress. Prophylactic antibiotics and steroids are of no proven
benefit in hydrocarbon pneumonitis. Animal studies suggest that artificial surfactant
via orotracheal tube may be of benefit. Monitor and treat for dysrhythmias.
C) DECONTAMINATION
o PREHOSPITAL: GI decontamination is not recommended because of the risk of
aspiration. Remove contaminated clothing and wash exposed skin with soap and
water.
6-33
o HOSPITAL: Studies fail to show if gastric emptying improves outcomes in patients with










oral hydrocarbon ingestions. However, if a patient has ingested a large amount of a
hydrocarbon that causes significant systemic toxicity shortly prior to presentation, it is
reasonable to insert a small NG tube and aspirate gastric contents. Activated charcoal
should NOT be used; it does not adsorb hydrocarbons well and increases the likelihood
of vomiting and aspiration.
D) AIRWAY MANAGEMENT
o 1) Perform early in patients with severe intoxication (coma, dysrhythmias, respiratory
distress).
E) ANTIDOTE
o 1) None.
F) HYPERTHERMIA
o 1) Consider antipyretics. Evaluate for secondary pneumonia and other infectious
causes.
G) COMA
o 1) Treatment is symptomatic and supportive. Perform orotracheal intubation to protect
airway. Assess oxygenation, evaluate for hypoglycemia, and consider naloxone if
coingestants are possible.
H) TACHYCARDIA
o 1) Tachycardia may occur from a combination of agitation and catecholamine release.
Treat with IV fluids and benzodiazepine sedation if agitation is prominent.
I) DYSRHYTHMIAS
o 1) Initiate ACLS protocols. Some solvents appear to sensitize the myocardium to
catecholamines. Epinephrine and other sympathomimetics should be used with
caution as ventricular dysrhythmias may be precipitated.
J) RESPIRATORY DISTRESS
o 1) Administer oxygen. Intubate early if patient has respiratory symptoms. Consider the
use of a surfactant. Endotracheal instillation of 2 doses of 80 mL/m(
o 2) calfactant (35 mg/mL of phospholipid suspension in saline) in infants, children, and
adolescents with acute lung injury resulted in acute improvement in oxygenation and
lower mortality in one study.
K) RESPIRATORY FAILURE
o 1) Partial liquid ventilation, high frequency jet ventilation, extracorporeal membrane
oxygenation (ECMO) and high frequency chest wall oscillation have all been used with
apparent success in cases of severe hydrocarbon pneumonitis.
L) ENHANCED ELIMINATION
o 1) Hemodialysis and hemoperfusion are not of value.
M) PATIENT DISPOSITION
o 1) HOME CRITERIA: Asymptomatic patients with inadvertent exposures may be
monitored at home, with particular attention to the development of any respiratory
symptoms. Patients who develop symptoms during home monitoring should be
referred to a medical facility.
o 2) OBSERVATION CRITERIA: Patients with deliberate ingestions and symptomatic
patients should be sent to a health care facility for observation for 6 to 8 hours.
Although patients can develop a delayed pneumonitis, they are unlikely to do so if they
have been completely asymptomatic during that time period.
o 3) ADMISSION CRITERIA: Patients with significant persistent central nervous system
toxicity (somnolence, delirium), or respiratory symptoms of cough or tachypnea should
be admitted. Patients with coma, dysrhythmias, or respiratory distress should be
admitted to an intensive care setting.
o 4) CONSULT CRITERIA: Consult a poison center or medical toxicologist for assistance in
managing patients with severe toxicity (dysrhythmias, coma or respiratory distress), or
in whom the diagnosis is not clear.
6-34


N) PITFALLS
o Failure to aggressively manage the airway can result in death. Patients with minimal
respiratory symptoms may progress to severe toxicity over several hours. Patients with
altered mentation should be ruled out for intracranial hemorrhage, infection,
metabolic disturbance and other toxicologic causes.
O) DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS
o Hypoglycemia, central nervous system infection, pulmonary infection, rheumatologic or
endocrine etiology, other sedative poisoning (ethanol/benzodiazepine/barbiturate for
example), mental illness.
INHALATION EXPOSURE

A) INHALATION: Move patient to fresh air. Monitor for respiratory distress. If cough or difficulty
breathing develops, evaluate for respiratory tract irritation, bronchitis, or pneumonitis.
Administer oxygen and assist ventilation as required. Treat bronchospasm with inhaled beta2
agonist and oral or parenteral corticosteroids.
EYE EXPOSURE

A) DECONTAMINATION: Irrigate exposed eyes with copious amounts of room temperature
water for at least 15 minutes. If irritation, pain, swelling, lacrimation, or photophobia persist,
the patient should be seen in a health care facility.
DERMAL EXPOSURE

A) OVERVIEW
thoroughly with soap and water. A physician may need to examine the area if irritation
or pain persists.
2. Some chemicals can produce systemic poisoning by absorption through intact skin.
Carefully observe patients with dermal exposure for the development of any systemic
signs or symptoms and administer symptomatic treatment as necessary.
Evacuation distance and MAP
As an immediate precautionary measure, isolate spill or leak area for at least 50 meters (150 feet) in all
directions.
EVACUATION
Large Spill
Consider initial downwind evacuation for at least 300 meters (1000 feet).
Fire
If tank, rail car or tank truck is involved in a fire, ISOLATE for 800 meters (1/2 mile) in all directions; also,
consider initial evacuation for 800 meters (1/2 mile) in all directions.
6-35
6.3.6 Do’s & Don’ts For Safety Management
Do’s










Always remember the three 'A's of acid handling - Always Add Acid to water or base slowly.
Do remember the following :
o Acid handling requires the use of latex gloves
o Solvent and chemicals in miscellaneous category require the use of polythene gloves
o Check the gloves for any pin-holes prior to use
o Wash your hands before eating, even if gloves were used while handling the chemical
Always treat any liquid in chemical area as acid because few acids like HF may look and feel like
water.
All spills and leakage should be cleaned up immediately.
Safety equipment such as fire extinguishers, Eye wash basin and safety showers shall be kept clean
and readily accessible.
Required safety equipment like plastic sleeves, aprons, rubbers, boots, safety glasses, fume hoods,
fume shields etc. shall be used even while handling small quantities or hazardous chemicals.
Demarcate separate areas for storing acids, base, solvents, wet chemicals, dry chemicals etc.
Working alone shall be avoided when handling dangerous chemicals.
Before draining any chemical in the central drain, ensure the compatibility of the chemical with the
material of which the drain is made of and other chemicals normally flowing through that drain.
Always rinse empty bottles of chemicals before disposing them of in the well-designated areas.
Don’ts





Do not mix acids with solvents or flammables. A violent reaction may occur pour solvents down the
sink.
Do not drain.
Do not dip your hand into a chemical even when wearing gloves.
Do not inter-change the caps/lid. Put the same cap/lid back on the making sure that it is tight.
Do not store chemicals near heat source.
6-36





Do not store chemical containers (empty or full) at a height more than three feet above floor level.
Do not store acids and solvents together.
Do not wait to see whether the chemical you spill over you gives burn or not. Rinse the affected
areas for 15-20 minutes and then report to a doctor. Also alert others so that they can help you in
rinsing the chemical off you and in cleaning up the spill.
Do not take hazardous chemicals if you are under the influence of Alcohol/drug etc. or are feeling
sleepy.
Don't come in direct contact with hazardous chemicals while in use/working.
6.4. SOCIAL STUDY AND R & R ACTION PLAN
As mentioned in earlier section & chapters, the proposed project is to setup in the industrial plot
situated in a notified industrial estate. Hence, issue of displacement of any population or diversion of
any agricultural or forest land is not arising for the proposed project. Therefore, no further social
study for R&R plan has been conducted as no R&R actions are required.
6-37
CHAPTER: 07
PROJECT BENIFITS
7.1.
IMPROVEMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURES
The company – Sandhya Plasticizers and Chemicals has planned to establish its unit at Sarigam
for manufacturing of Plastic and Paint Additives, Organic Phosphates, Plastic stabilizers and
stearates & two by-products (HCl & Phenol). The project requires to obtain EC and the present
study has been carried out for the same. The project benefits will be significant in terms of
benefit to the local socio-economic status as well as economic conditions of state & country.
The proposed site is well linked with national highway and is situated in close proximity of the
Industrial estate of GIDC Sarigam having all required infrastructures. Therefore infrastructural
development because of proposed project will not be major but improvement in public
infrastructure due to CSR is anticipated.
7.2.
EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL
There will be a good opportunity of direct & indirect employment generation due to proposed
project; about 50 persons will be employed with priority given to local people. Thus, the
activities of proposed will require considerable manpower which will be beneficial to
employment structure of local area as maximum recruitments will be done from local area.
Also, the proposed project will generate many other indirect employment opportunities
through the service sectors like contractual works, transportation, suppliers, maintenance &
operations etc. Thus the potential of employment will be considerably beneficial to the local
people & area.
7.3.
OTHER TANGIBLE & INTANGIBLE BENEFITS
As mentioned earlier sections, the proposed project is to setup for production of synthetic
organic chemicals which are the materials of good market potentials. Hence, company will
have good share in state’s & country’s economic status. The products have also good demand
in foreign market and company is looking forward to explore the possibilities of export to many
foreign countries. Upon successful achievement of export by company, the proposed project
will result in benefit to the country in form of foreign revenue, duties etc. Also the
development of industrial in vacant plot of a notified industrial estate will significantly
beneficial to the local industrial development.
Chapter-07: Project benefits
7-1
CHAPTER: 08
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.1.
GENERAL
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers and Chemicals has proposed to establish a new unit of manufacturing
of synthetic organic chemicals in the industrial plot situated in a notified industrial estate of
GIDC Sarigam of Gujarat. The company has realized necessity to setup the production facilities
to full fill the market requirement of high and specific quality of the Plastic and Paint Additives,
Organic Phosphates, Plastic stabilizers and stearates and have noted that with excellent quality
of the products they can compete with other manufacturers in the market. The proposed
project being a synthetic organic chemical manufacturing unit located inside of notified
industrial area situated out of 5 km from interstate boundary falls under category, 5(f) –
“Synthetics Organic Chemicals”-“B1” as per the applicability of general conditions given in SO
1533. In line with the provisions of SO 1533, company has conducted the EIA study through the
NABET accredited consultant –Unistar Environment & Research Labs Pvt. Ltd., Vapi with
respect to the awarded TOR as described in earlier chapter.
With due considerations of requirements cited by EIA team to prevent &/or control/minimize
the probable impacts in line with the present EIA study, Environmental Management Plan for
the proposed project has been prepared as a part of the EIA report as per the requirement
cited SO 1533. All the team members, after the impacts assessment study, have cited the
necessary mitigation for the probable impacts after further study of details of the proposed
project and necessary references for citing adequate & efficient EMP to eliminate / minimize or
prevent the likely impacts of the proposed project. The detailed descriptions of the formulated
EMP, as finalized by the FAEs under guidance of coordinator have been presented in the
present chapter under subsequent section with respective heading.
8.1.1. SOURCE & SIGNIFICANCE OF CONSIDERED IMPACTS
As studied during the present EIA study many impacts would likely to occur during operation
phase of the project. The impacts of the construction phase would not be major to consider for
formulation of EMP as the site is situated in a notified industrial area and the construction
work required is not major. Considering this, the present EMP has been prepared in
consideration of the impacts of operation phase of the proposed project. The impacts as
described in earlier chapter and summarized below are considered for formulation of the
present EMP.
(i) Air Quality
Sources of Impact
 Sources of impact on air quality are emission from equipment/utility (Boiler, TFH and
DG Set) requires combustion of fuels-Bagasse.
 Transportation, storage & handling of hazardous raw materials having potential to be
Chapter-08: Environmental management plan
8-1
airborne resulting in fugitive emission
 Emission from process vessels
 Major hazards associated with hazardous raw materials & products
Significant Impacts
 Emission from utilities – Boiler & Thermopack using bagasse may not have any major
issue of pollution as bagasse is considered as green fuel however emission of PM due to
combustion of bagasse is anticipated as major source of impacts on air quality
 Emission from DG set using Diesel/HSD may not have any significant considerable
impacts on ambient air of project area as DG sets will be used for short tenure only
during failure of power supply from grid
 Fugitive emission from storage & production area may result in increase in PM 10 / PM2.5,
VOCs as well asPOCl3& PCl3 level in ambient air of project area & Workplace air
 HCl vapour/gas released from reactor may have serious impacts on ambient air quality
of workplace area as well as nearby area.
 The hazardous material entered in to the environment during any major
disaster/accident may have serious threat on ambient air quality of the area of the
incident
(ii) Water Environment
Sources of Impact
 Use of water for industrial operations of the project and domestic use
 Sewage & effluent generation & disposal
 Spill/leakofhazardous wastes
 Spill/leak/unmanaged disposal of hazardous materials
 Failure in bulk storage tanks
Significant Impact
 Drawl of groundwater is not proposed hence any impact on groundwater is not
anticipated.
 Total water requirement of the proposed project will be met through pipeline of GIDC
water supply department –Sarigam, which is an adequate source; hence issue of
impacts of water usage on water environment will be minor
 Industrial effluent treated in in-house ETP will be disposed off through underground
drainage of GIDC going to CETP hence issue of major impacts due to disposal of effluent
is not envisaged
 Sewage if disposed off without adequate treatment can result in contamination of
water resources especially, pathogens, organics and nutrients like phosphate & nitrate
etc. However such probability is low as the sewage will be treated & disposed off
through Septic Tanks and Soak pit.
 Groundwater resource contamination may also occur due to unmanaged /haphazard
disposal of solid/hazardous waste as well as spill/leak of hazardous materials/chemicals
as an eventual impact due to soil contamination.
8-2
 In case of failure in storage tanks of hazardous chemicals, serious impacts on
groundwater resources is anticipated in terms of toxic contamination of groundwater
(iii) Contamination of land
Sources of impact
 Spill & leak ofhazardous materials including raw materials, products&wastesduring
transport, handling, storage activities
 Disposal of untreated/poorly effluent on land
 Spill of oil & fuel during maintenance of equipment, machineries & vehicles
 Improper Disposal /Haphazard dumping of wastes
 Seepage & percolation of leachate from raw materials, fuel & waste storage areas
 Contaminated runoff from site and contaminated drain from storage areas mixing with
soil
Significant Impacts
 Toxic contamination of soil as a result of leaks or spills of hazardous materials during
transport, handling, storage activities as well as during major catastrophic incident
 Land contamination due to temporary fuel /oil spill / leak not managed properly during
maintenance activities.
 Land contamination due to the disposal of untreated / poorly effluent on land
 Improper storage and dumping of solid and hazardous wastes may cause serious
contamination of top soil of the area.
(iv) Noise and Vibration
Sources of Impact
 Operation of equipment & utilities like DG set, TFH & Boiler as well as Operation of
pumps & compressors & blowers etc. are identified as sources of impact due to noise
and vibration.
 Transportation activities scheduled for material transport may also have impact on
environment due to noise generation.
Significant Impacts on Environment
 Annoyance & disturbance to noise sensitive receptors (i.e. individuals in work area) is
anticipated as impact due to noise & vibration generation from the operation of the
proposed project.
 Major impacts of noise on surrounding area are not anticipated as the probable impacts
will be restricted within source area (up to 50-100mt).
 The probable impacts of noise will occur only in the production and storage area of the
proposed project.
(v) Flora and Fauna
Sources of Impact
 No major source of impacts on ecology is anticipated; however the identified probable
sources are as below:
o Emission from utilities& process
o Noise from utilities, machineries & equipment
8-3
o Creation of greenbelt (beneficial impacts)
o Spill/leak of hazardous materials from during handling, storage and
transportation
o Hazard occurred in hazardous materials storage and transportation vehicle
Significant Impacts
 The uncontrolled noise generation might result in disturbance & annoyance to
surrounding avi-fauna and fauna.
 There may be minor impacts on flora and fauna due to emission but will not be
hazardous or threatening to life as the pollutant level will be negligible and the AAQ of
the area will remain always below the prescribed norms of ambient air quality.
 Significant impacts on flora & fauna may occur due to Spill/leak of hazardous materials
and due to hazardous incident and accidental spillage occurred during
transportation,handling and storage activities.
 Greenbelt will be developed in about 1512.30 m2area which will create good habitat for
fauna.
(VI)Occupational & Public Health & safety
Sources of Impact
 Storage & Handling operations of hazardous materials & fuel
 Effects of pollutant in workplace environment mainly (Toxic VOCs, Phenol, POCl3, PCl3,
PM10 & PM2.5)
 High Noise generation in Production, Boiler, TFH & DG set areas
 Ergonomic issues & heavy works
 Maximum credible hazards like toxic dispersion, fire & explosion occurred during
handling, storage and transportation of hazardous materials.
 Catastrophic destructions &damages due to major disaster & accident like fire &
explosion, earthquake, Flood etc.
Significant Impacts
 Operational hazards associated with the transport-storage-handling of hazardous
materials as well as worst case scenariooftoxic dispersion, fire & explosion in hazardous
material storage area can have serious impact on occupational and public health and
safety.
 Incidence like fall, slip, trip, fire, non-ergonomic condition of works, contamination of
air due to materials and road accidents may result in issues related with health &
safety.
 Continuous high noise leading to hearing impairment.
 Lifting/handling of heavy goods as well as other ergonomic issues may lead to MSD
problems.
 Contamination of workplace environment by particulates, POCl3, PCl3& VOCs from
materials & process can result in serious toxic effects on Occupational health & safety.
 Casualty and other risks associated with catastrophic & major disasters
8-4
(vii) Socioeconomic & demographic conditions
Sources of Impact
 Major accidental incident occurred in handling, storage and transportation of
Hazardous material.
 Release of hazardous materials during transportation of raw materials, products& fuels
 High Noise generation from industrial activities.
 Improvement in business prospects of the area
 Direct & indirect recruitment of workforce for proposed project
 CSR activities of proposed project
Significant Impacts on Environment
 Major hazards & catastrophic accident occur in hazardous material storage area can
have serious damage & effects on social factors like fatality, health effect, damage to
public infrastructures, etc.
 The hazardous materials entered in to the environment may have serious effects on
public health as well as social factors of the region
 Significant employment opportunity in terms of direct & indirect employment and
business growth for local communities.
 Improvement in socio-economic conditions of area can result due to direct & indirect
employment through the proposed project.
 Disturbance due to transportation as well as noise of vehicles & construction activity
may result in some social impacts like disturbance in sleep, headache, hearing issues.
 CSR activities carried out by the proponent for social welfare & upliftmentof the project
area will be considerably beneficial to the local area.
8.1.2. OBJECTIVE & SCOPE OF EMP
The present Environmental Management Plan is prepared with the main objective of enlisting all the
requirements to ensure effective mitigation of adverse impacts for all the components of the proposed
project. The objectives taken into account in preparation of EMP are summarized here as follows:
a) The prevention, control and abatement of pollution, i.e. air pollution, water pollution, hazardous/
non-hazardous wastes and noise pollution,
b) To comply with the stipulated techno-legal requirements and standards related with environmental
management & protection,
c) To direct the steps to be followed, for effective maintenance and regulation of environmental
management system,
d) To ensure the better and safe work environment through pre-meditated planning of prevention and
control of hazards,
e) To direct the investments towards sustainable development by considering the cost of effluent
treatment, emission control, waste disposal, social development, green belt development and
health & safety in the planning stage only,
f)
To account for recycling and reusing measures, proposed or required to be adopted for
minimization of consumption of resources and generation of pollutants.
8-5
As the proposed project is a new unit, the present EMP has been prepared to meet the requirements of
pollution control from proposed project as an integrated environment management plan. The present
EMP may not suitable & feasible for any other upcoming activities other than those mentioned in
earlier chapter for the proposed project. Hence, the scope of the present EMP does not contain any
environment management plan for activities not considered in the present EIA report. Also the scope
the present EMP is limited to the sources of impacts as well as type of impacts considered and mention
above. The EMP does not cover scope of management of hazardous substance as it forms the key part
of RA Report prepared separately.
8.2.
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
The company shall formulate the environment management cell after inception of activities of
proposed project and after completion of necessary employments. With vision to improve the efficiency
of EMC and to operate the planned EMP requirements as suggested in the present chapter,
Environmental Management Cell has to be formed for efficient & easy operation of environment
management system & operations that of. The illustrative presentation of the suggestive EMC is
presented below in Fig- 8.1.
As indicated in organogram, MP (Managing Partner) of the company will lead the EMS as head of the
Environmental Management Cell. MP (Managing Partner) will be assisted by GM-works for day to day
activities of EMC. GM-workswill authorize one employee from HR dept as PRO/welfare officer. GMworkswill appoint one practicing Doctor (preferably MD) fromoutside as medical officer. GM-works will
guide the subordinate staff members- Environment Manager, Medical Officer & PRO/ Welfare officer
for necessary action plan & activities of environmental management plan. PRO will look after the
operation related with government offices, public and other stakeholders for necessary operation
including statutory proceedings. The technical operations including environmental monitoring and
efficient operations & maintenance of pollution control equipment/machineries etc. The Lab incharge
will look after the operations of in-house monitoring & analysis of environmental samples. Approved
environmental laboratory/consultant will also be appointed for the operations related with third party
environmental monitoring, environmental audit (as & when required) and other techno-legal
environmental services. The plant & shift incharge will look after the plant / department level
operations including ETP operation, APCD Operation, Process and Utility operations to ensure that all
instructions & action plans issued by superior authorities are efficiently followed & implemented to
prevent environmental pollution & operational hazards. Primarily the Environment manager will be
responsible for all technical non-conformities of EMS and he/she is responsible to prepare necessary
documents & report for day to day compliance to stipulated EMS, CC&A Conditions as well as other
statutory & voluntary requirements.
All necessary standard operating procedures for technical matters of EMS will be prepared by
Environment Manager whereas the standard operating procedures administrative operation will be
prepared by PRO. The standard operating procedures will be prepared well before the inception of
operation phase of the project and the GM-works will check these SOPs. After necessary corrections,
GM will forward these SOP to MP (Managing Partner) for approval and approved SOP will be controlled
by responsible personnel. The approved copy of these SOP will be issued to concern personnel for day
to day operations.
Up on citation of any non-conformities/non-compliance in EMS and related operations, he/she will
immediately report to the GM-works with necessary report/document. The GM-works then will call up
8-6
a meeting on urgent basis and will issue an action plan to close the non-compliance/non-conformity. If
the issue of non-conformities/non-compliance is cited to be serious or major GM-works will consult MD
of the company and according to the instruction of MP (Managing Partner) further action plan will be
issued by GM-works to all members of EMC. The environment manager by help of other personnel of
EMC and company will start operation to resolve the issue of non-conformities/non-compliance and
he/she will regularly update the GM-works for the current status. Similarly GM-works will give
instruction to PRO for necessary actions required to be initiated at administrative level including
necessary proceeding with other organisation, govt. offices & public etc. All official declaration about
the non-conformities will be made by MP (Managing Partner). Such declaration can also be made by
GM-works after authorisation by MP (Managing Partner). Whenever required information or report of
non-conformities will be submitted or issued to govt. offices or public by PRO in line with the necessary
instructions given by GM-works.
Figure8.1: Environment Management Cell
MP (Managing Partner)
GENERAL MANAGER
MEDICAL
OFFICER
Shift Incharge
Approved
Consultant
, Lab &
Auditor
ENVIRONMENT
MANAGER
HR MANAGER/ PRO
Foreman/ Plant
Incharge
Operators
Safety Officer
Lab Incharge
Chemist
Helpers
Helpers
8.3.
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
As described in above section, the operation stage will give rise to some minor negative
impacts on environment, which would not be significant to cause any serious threat.
8-7
Considering the above description of major identified impacts & significance of the impacts,
almost all structural measures are already planned by the proponent to prevent / minimize the
impacts on environment. With all necessary details, the following are the management plan
designed for operation phase to ensure elimination / minimization of probable impacts of
proposed project.
8.3.1. Air Pollution Sources & Control
Construction Phase
Structural Measure:
 Enclosed storage area adequately designed for reduction of particulate emission from
construction site and materials storage & handling.
 Dust suppression by Water Sprinkling system in construction area.
 Prevent particulate emission from construction works by applying wet-Curtain /tarpaulin
barrier around the construction site.
Non-structural Measure:
 Prevention of dusting by sprinkling of water on earthen road, stock piles of excavated
earthen materials /soil shall be done on regular basis.
 Practice of properly designed method of transportation, storage & handling of materials
shall be established and maintained along with necessary facilities to reduce airborne
particle of materials.
 Ensuring PUC certificate of all vehicles engaged in construction work.
 Proper maintenance of all construction equipment, machineries & utilities on regular basis
to reduces emission.
 Engines of idle machineries, equipment, vehicles to be turned off when not in use.
 Provision of structural measures shall be ensured prior tocommissioning of plant.
 Stack Monitoring shall be done during the commissioning phase on regular basis to
prevent high emission from utility.
 Proper functioning of ID fans & allied utilities shall be ensured before the commissioning
of plant.
 Provision of necessary PPEs for employees engaged in activities of storage, transportation
& handling of materials as well as construction & commissioning operations
Operation Phase
Structural Measure:
 Bag Filter and Stack of adequate height & internal diameter(Ht.-15 Mt., Dia-200 mm) are
to be provided for efficient dispersion of emission from proposed Boiler & TFH
 Stack of adequate height & internal diameter(Ht.-15 Mt., Dia-200 mm) are to be provided
for efficient dispersion of emission from proposed DG set
 Sampling port & monitoring point shall be provided for all stacks
 Provision of FD/ ID fan with utilities/ stack if/as required to maintain desired velocity of
exit gas
 Provision of scrubber as an integrated part of process equipment for scrubbing of process
emission - HCl and stack of adequate height and internal diameter (Ht.-11 Mt., Dia-150
mm).
8-8








Adequately designed hazardous materials storage tanks made up of suitable MOC for
reduction of chances of major hazards in materials storage area
Adequately designed storage area with efficient air change ratio, handling & transport
facilities shall be provided for fuel, raw materials & products
Adequately designed enclosed materials handling & transfer system for reduction of
hazardous materials emission
Provision of preventive maintenance facilities for Stacks, Utilities, Storage area/vessels,
pipelines etc.
Safety valve on reactors and Safety arrangements, facilities & equipment to prevent
accidental emissions
Internal roads shall be constructed from concrete/ asphalt for prevention of dust during
vehicular movement
Adequate greenbelt coverage, in & around the plant shall be developed in minimum 30%
of total land area of project site
Low emission vehicles shall be used for transportation
Non-structural Measure:
 Adequate air-fuel ratio (AFR) for combustion of bagasse in the Boiler,TFHs shall be ensured
throughout operation period .
 Adequate air-fuel ratio (AFR) for combustion of HSD/Diesel in the DG set shall be ensured
throughout operation period.
 Regular checking & maintenance shall be done to ensure efficient operation of bag filters
and scrubber to achieve highest performance of removal of pollutants from emissions.
 Properly designed method & practices of transportation, storage & handling of materials
shall be established and maintained along with necessary facilities to reduce emissions
 Proper ventilation with adequate air change ratio shall be ensured in storage area
 Closed feeding and sampling practices shall be established & ensured.
 SOPs for start-up, shutdown, operation and maintenance procedures for all process
equipment/machineries, utilities & associated equipment as well as APCD should be
established and maintained.
 Adequate set of compatible spares, a copy of drawing and operating procedure as per
design specifications should be maintained and made easily available.
 Provision of adequate process safety control measures
 All valves, pipes, pumps & other equipment shall be checked & maintained on regular
basis to prevent leakages
 Regular monitoring shall be done as per the Environmental Monitoring Plan & CC&A to
check efficiency of air pollution control equipment.
 Work place monitoring for Particulates, SOX, NOX, PCl3, POCl3, VOC and other parameters
shall be done as per ‘Post project monitoring plan’
 Proper implementation of safety procedures and efficient use of safety arrangements,
facilities & equipment shall be ensured at all time of operation to prevent accidental
release of hazardous materials & fuel as well as to prevent fire hazard.
 Provision for necessary PPEs for employee engaged with hazard prone area
8-9

Requirement of PUC shall be compulsory for all vehicle engaged in proposed project
activities
 Checking of PUC certificate for validity & emission level in exhaust of all entering vehicles
 All vehicles shall be maintained in well condition by regular preventive maintenance to
reduce the exhaust level
 Adequate greenbelt coverage in & around the plant premises shall be maintained.
Management Period
Properly designed storage area / tanks & production area, Water Sprinkling system, wet
curtain,Dyke wall for storage tanks shall be provided during construction/installation &
commissioning phase. Similarly before inception of project operation, bag filter and stacks of
adequate height & internal diameter at top shall be provided for Boiler, TFHs & DG sets. Prior
to commissioning of plant, wet scrubber for removal of HCl gas from process emission shall be
provided. The necessary structural maintenance shall be done throughout the extent of
operation phase.
The non-structural actions shall be initiated with inception of commissioning stage to practice
as routine throughout the project life.
Responsible Authority
Structural Measures: Proponent/directors/MD, Project manager, accounting head/manager,
Site Officer & engineers, Contractors
Non-Structural Measures: Proponent/directors/MD, Production manager, accounting
head/manager, Plant in-charge, safety & environment Officer & engineers, Contractors &
operators
8.3.2. Wastewater Generation & Management
Construction Phase
Structural Measure:
 Intake facilities for drawl of water from GIDC water supply line and raw water storage
facilities
 Proper sanitation facilities with septic tank & soak pit for disposal of sewage
 Adequate structural facilities like earthen bund for prevention of any kind of contaminated
runoff from construction area causing impacts outside premises
 Proper drinking water supply facilities for construction personal
Non-Structural Measure:
 Total Water requirement for construction phase shall be met only from GIDC Water supply
line.
 Optimal consumption of water shall be ensured by reducing unusual drawal for
construction activity.
 Prevention of leak from pipes & Taps/Valves shall be ensured by proper arrangement &
maintenance and regular inspection of water supply line.
 Use of ready mix concrete to reduce on-site water requirement and wastage of water
from preparation of concrete
 Ensuring proper utilization of sanitation facilities
8-10


Disposal of sewage through septic tank & soak pit only and regular checking &
maintenance for prevention of leak & overflow
Regular inspection & management for prevention of any kind of contaminated runoff from
construction area
Operation Phase
Structural Measure:
 Intake facilities for drawl of water from GIDC water supply line and raw water storage
facilities
 Adequately designed cooling tower/system to reduce cooling water requirement
 Provision of effluent collection line in storage and production area for contaminated waste
steam generated due to spill/ leak of hazardous chemicals as well as container/ vessel
washing.
 Proper arrangement for effluent disposal line connected to GGIDC Underground drainage
to CETP
 Efficient of ETP having treatment capacity of10 KLD for treatment of industrial
effluent.Treatability report of proposed ETP is enclosed as Annexure-VIII.
 Proper sanitation facilities with septic tank/ soak pit system for domestic wastewater
discharge
 Provision of adequate storm water drainage lines
 Prevention of leak/spill from pipes, taps/valves etc. to reduce wastage in domestic
activities by employees
 Regular measurement of water consumption using flow meter shall be done and record of
same shall be kept on regular basis.
 Regular inspection, control & necessary maintenance for reduction of evaporation loss and
blow down from cooling system.
 Optimization of COC in cooling system to reduce water consumption.
 Provision of properly lined storage area for hazardous materials & wastes to prevent
contamination of soil and thereby of groundwater.
 Waste stream generated due to spill/ leak of hazardous chemicals as well as container/
vessel washing shall be temporarily stored in guard pond and efficient treatment in ETP
prior to discharge shall be ensured.
 In case of non treatable waste, effluent/waste generated from spill/ leak shall be sent to
CETP or common incineration facility or TSDF for final treatment and disposal.
 Continuous attempts to reduce wastewater generation rate and pollutant load in effluent
 Adequate operation &maintenance of ETP for efficient treatment of effluent
 Regular quality assessment of treated effluent from ETP before disposal
 Maintaining records of water consumption, effluent generation, effluent discharge, water
characteristics, treated and untreated effluent characteristics.
 Maintenance of good housekeeping to avoid contamination of storm water
Management Period
 The structural measures like earthen bund, water storage tank, Dyke wall for storage
tanks, Septic tank & soak pits and Full-fledged ETP (10 KLD) shall be provided in
8-11
construction phase prior to commissioning of plant operation. The necessary structural
maintenance shall be done throughout the extent of operation phase.
 Proper installation of pumps, motors and piping for drawl of ground water shall be
provided well before commissioning to prevent wastage & efficient use of groundwater
 The non-structural actions shall be initiated with inception of commissioning stage and
shall be implemented & practiced as routine throughout the project life.
 Structural: Proponent/directors/MD, Project manager, accounting head/manager, Site
Officer & engineers, Contractors
 Non-Structural:
Proponent/directors/MD,
Production
manager,
accounting
head/manager, Plant incharge, safety & environment Officer & engineers, Contractors
& operators
8.3.3. Hazardous & Non-Hazardous Waste Management
Construction Phase
Structural Measure:
 A designated storage area for each category of waste and excavated earthen material/soil
as listed below with sign boards
o Concrete waste storage area near construction area.
o Excavated earthen material/soil piling area near greenbelt area or garden area
o Material stores
o Scrap storage area near material store
 Proper handling & transportation system for construction wastes & stock piles of earthen
materials
 Proper storage of construction & other waste and excavated earthen material/soil in their
designated storage area viz.
o Concrete waste near construction area
o Excavated earthen material/soil near greenbelt area or garden area
o Discarded containers/bags in Material stores
o Scrap in scrap storage area near material store
 Reuse of construction waste for PCC works, development of roads and misc. filling for
construction works.
 Sell of empty containers/bags and scrap to scrap dealer
 Excavated earthen materials/soil to use in landscaping as well as misc. Filling for
construction works
Operation Phase
Structural Measure:
 A separate designated storage area having adequate storage capacity shall be provided
with sign boards/labels for each category of hazardous & non-hazardous waste
 Handling & Transportation system /facilities for hazardous/non-hazardous wastes
 Proper storage of hazardous waste in their designated storage area viz.
o ETP sludge in ‘sludge storage area’ within Hazardous waste storage facility
o Used oil in well labelled drums in/near CPP area,
8-12






o Process residue in properly labelled container/bags in “Process waste storage area”
within Hazardous waste storage facility
o Empty bags/Liners in designated waste storage area for sell to authorised scrap
vendors or for return to supplier
o Discarded containers in Raw Material stores,
o Scrap in specified scrap storage area
Records in log book as per the format of Form-3 as per amended Hazardous Waste rules
2008 for waste generation reuse & recycle (including recycling or reuse through sell) and
disposal shall be maintained.
Transportation of hazardous waste to the TSDF should be governed as per the guidelines
provided in hazardous waste rules as amended timely and transport vehicle should be
accompanied with Form-9.
Annual returns of the disposal of wastes in Form- 4 and Form-13 should be submitted
regularly to the office of local pollution control authority.
To avoid spillage/leak causing contamination of soil / environment,proper handling,
loading & unloading of waste shall be monitored during waste handling, storage &
transportation.
Proper handling, loading & unloading of waste shall be monitored during waste handling,
storage & transportation to avoid spillage/leak causing contamination of soil /
environment
Adequate utilization of non-toxic/non-hazardous wastes and reusable/ recyclable waste;if
possible (especially process waste, empty containers & bags and used oil) shall be ensured
by promoting recycler or end-users of products derived from such wastes.
Management Period
 The structural measures namely properly lined hazardous & Non-hazardous waste
storage area shall be provided in construction phase prior to commissioning of plant
operation. The necessary structural maintenance shall be done throughout the extent
of operation phase.
 The non-structural actions shall be initiated with inception of commissioning stage
and shall be implemented & practiced as routine throughout the project life.
 Structural: Proponent/directors/MD, Project manager, accounting head/manager,
 Non-Structural: Proponent/directors/MD, Production manager, accounting
head/manager, Plant in-charge, safety & environment Officer & engineers,
Contractors & operators
8.3.4. Noise & Vibration Generation & Control
Construction Phase
Structural Measure:
 Continuous noise generating & vibrating equipments (like motors, pumps etc.) shall be
mounted on sturdy concrete foundations with rubber padding to reduce vibrations.
 All rotating equipment or part thereof shall be statically &dynamically balanced and shall
be provided with proper non/low vibrating enclosures
8-13

Suitable barrier around the construction site wherever/whenever required to reduce noise
level outside the project premises
 Adequate greenbelt shall be developed to help in attenuation of noise propagation.
 To reduce noise generation,regular lubrication & preventive maintenance shall be done.
 Ear plugs/muff shall be provided to all construction workers/employees deployed at places
of high noise levels
 All vehicles shall maintain speed limit inside the premises
 Loud horns & unusual acceleration of engine shall be prohibited
 Idle vehicles /machineries/equipment not in use shall be turn off.
 High noise generating activities shall be restricted during night time.
Operation Phase
Structural Measure:
 All Noise generating equipment like boiler, TFH, power gensets/engines pump, motors,
compressors, blower etc. shall be mounted on sturdy concrete foundations with proper &
suitable rubber padding to reduce vibrations & thereby noise generation
 Acoustic enclosure shall be provided wherever required & possible.
 Acoustic enclosure shall be provided to DG set tocomply noise level standard prescribed
by CPCB.
 In some specific cases, high noise sources shall be housed in properly designed structure
to reduce noise propagation outside the source area
 Adequate & suitable silencers shall be provided to safety blow off valves, discharge pipes,
relief valves, etc.
 Pipe lines shall be liberally sized for low velocities, wherever suitable & possible.
 Adequate greenbelt shall be developed and maintained around high noise area as well as
plant premises to help in attenuation of noise
 Regular lubrication & preventive maintenance shall be done to reduce vibration & noise
generation
 To reduce vibration and hence noise generation, static & dynamic balancing of all the
equipment shall be verified during installation & operation.
 Ear plugs/muff shall be provided to workers exposed in area of high noise levels (i.e. CCP
area, blower & compressor area etc.)
 Exposure of employee to high noise area shall be regulated as per regulatory norms &
proper shift time planning. Following standard by OSHA can be utilized for shift time
planning.
Duration per day
(hours)
Sound level
(dBA, slow response)
8
6
4
2
1
½
0.25
90
92
95
100
105
110
115
8-14

All vehicles shall maintain speed limit inside the premises and unusual acceleration of
engine & loud horns shall be prohibited.
 Periodic monitoring of noise levels as per post-project monitoring plan shall be done on
regular basis.
Management Period
 The structural measures like foundation & housing, provision of low noise
technology, acoustic enclosures and rubber padding shall be provided before
purchase/installation prior to commissioning of plant operation. The necessary
structural maintenance shall be done throughout the extent of operation phase.
8.3.5. Protection of Ecological Feature
Construction Phase
Structural Measure:
 Enclosed storage area for Construction materials to reduce particulate emission
 Proper arrangement of material handling & transfer to prevent emissions from
construction site
 Water Sprinkling system/ facility.
 All other necessary structural mitigation measures suggested/planned for control of air &
water pollution, reduction of noiseand waste management
 Proper & efficient implementation of mitigation measures & EMP suggested for control of
Air pollution, Water &wastewater management, reduction of Noise and construction
waste management.
 Greenbelt development & maintenance within & around periphery as per proposed
greenbelt development plan.
Operation Phase
Structural Measure:
 Enclosed storage area for raw materials & products for reduction of emission from storage
operations
 Proper arrangement materials handling & transfer to prevent emissions from storage
&production area
 All necessary structural mitigation measures suggested/planned for control of air
pollution, water & wastewater management, reduction of noise as well as waste
management
 Provision of all structural measures as suggested for reduction & prevention of major
hazards in storage of hazardous materials and production area
8-15
 Regular monitoring of stack for Emission & Ambient air quality, Noise and water &
wastewater as per monitoring plan.
 Proper & efficient implementation of mitigation measures & EMP suggested for Air, Water
& Noise environment and waste management.
 Proper & efficient implementation of non-structural preventive/precautionary/control
measures as well as procedures suggested for prevention/control of major hazards in the
proposed unit.
 Maintenance of adequate dense Greenbelt (min. 30% of total land area of project) as per
CPCB guideline within premises & around periphery throughout project life.
Management Period
 The structural measures like properly designed greenbelt areas, structural measures
for water & wastewater management, hazardous & non-hazardous
waste
management and emission control and hazard prevention/control etc. shall be
provided in construction phase prior to commissioning of plant operation. The
necessary structural maintenance shall be done throughout the extent of operation
phase.
head/manager, Plant incharge, safety & environment Officer & engineers,
8.3.6. Hazardous/Non-Hazardous Material Management
Construction Phase
Structural Measure:
construction site
 Adequate & efficient implementation of Procedures for storage, handling & transfer of
hazardous materials
 Implementation of safe work procedures to prevent major hazards from happening.
Operation Phase
Structural Measure:
 Adequately & efficiently designed hazardous materials storage facilities/area as
recommended in Risk Assessment Report
 Adequate & efficient handling & transfer facilities/arrangements for prevention of major
hazards during transfer & handling operationsas recommended in Risk Assessment Report
 Provision of all necessary safety equipment, facilities & safety gears & PPEs for control &
prevention risk associated with major hazards
8-16


Provision of Fire fighting equipment & fire hydrant system as per TAC/NFPA Norms
Automated Fire detection system in storage area as well as plant area. Where automated
system is not feasible to install, manual call points for fire location identification
 Emergency management equipment & facilitiesas recommended as given in Risk
Assessment Report
 Provision of Local exhaust in storage area/warehouse & process area to prevent toxic
chemical vapour exposure and maintained area below PEL/TLV limits.
 Static grounding points at storage, handling and process area as well as for all tanks
proposed for storage of chemicals
 Fix piping with supports and clamping needs to be provided for raw material charging and
minimum flexible hose should be connected for charging chemicals in day tank or reactor
 Safety valve provision to be made on reactors.
 In general, to prevent amputation of any person’s body part, all machines Nip (like rollers,
saw blade, cutter blade, chain, v-belt, etc.) shall be protected with appropriate fix safe
guard.
 Storage tanks & facilities must be made up of suitable MOC
 Proper ventilation with adequate air change ration in godown.
 Proper label and identification board /stickers in the storage area
 Materials storageshould be done as per the chemical compatibility.
 Smoking and other spark, flame generating item shall be banned within the premises.
 Identification label and NFPA diamond code sticker on all chemicals drums & bags and
tank area.
 MSDS to be displayed at storage as well as process and chemical handling area.
 Storage of empty drums & bags in separate dedicated empty drum & bag storage area.
 Neutralization & decontamination of all empty drums & bags before selling to recyclers
 Tank farm area should be well maintained and must be situated away from process area
and safe distances to be maintain as per statutory requirements.
 Company should meet provisions of the Manufacture, storage & Import of Hazardous
Chemicals Rules- 1986, the factories Act- 1948, Gujarat Factory Rules and The Chemical
Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules- 1996 (As amended
timely).
 All environmental regulations shall be complied all the time without failure
 Static grounding provision needs to be provided to all process vessels and equipment.
 Caution note board for all hazardous chemicals shall be displayed.
 Periodic On Site Emergency, Mock Drills should be conducted, in order to train the staff
and make them mentally prepared to tackle any emergency.
 Emergency management equipment &facilities including fire extinguishers/hydrant system
should be maintained in a tip top condition round the clock.
 Safety devices and control instruments should be calibrated once in a year.
 Proper colouring as per IS 2379 should be done in plant to pipeline network, tank and
equipment to protect it from corrosion.
 Preventive maintenance schedule should be prepared for all the equipment and colour
code or tagging should be provided.
8-17

Permit to work system should be implemented on 100 % basis for hazardous work to be
carried out in the plant.
 Training should be made compulsoryto all new employees about safety measuresbefore
starting duties in plant.
Management Period
 The structural measures like properly designed greenbelt areas, structural measures
for water & wastewater management, hazardous & non-hazardous
waste
management and emission control and hazard prevention/control etc. shall be
provided in construction phase prior to commissioning of plant operation. The
phase.
8.3.7. Occupational Health and Safety
Construction Phase
Structural Measure:
construction site
 All necessary PPEs, Safety Gear & facilities for construction works
 Provision of Safe scaffolding
 Medical Facilities to cope up with hazards associated with construction works
 Adequate & efficient implementation of Procedures for storage, handling & transfer of
construction materials
 Adequate & efficient implementation of Procedures for construction works
 Adequate & efficient implementation of Procedures for working on height
 Prevention of water spillage on ground to prevent chances of slip & trip
 Implementation of safe work procedures to prevent major hazards
Operation Phase
Structural Measure:
 Provision of all necessary structural measures for control & prevention risk associated with
major hazards as suggested in section of hazardous materials management and Risk
assessment reports
 Provision of in-house medical facilities including medical centre, first aid box and other
medical facilities
8-18

Mechanical handling system & arrangement wherever possible to avoid manual handling
& so to avoid issues of MSD. Wherever, automatic system is not possible, adequate
manual handling facilities like trolley & Crain to reduce the stress of pulling -pushing and
lifting to prevent or minimize the chances of issues related with MSDs.
 Provision of In-house Occupational Health Centre (OHC) should be made.
 Artificial Respiration system/devices
 Provision of ergonomic design of all facilities wherever possible (e.g. chairs, tables,
working platforms, self and position & height of display screens & panel etc.) to prevent or
minimize the chances of issues related with MSDs
 Safety of employee during operation of production units / equipment shall be ensured in
line with the provisions of the Factory Act & MSIHC Rules.
 The company should meet provisions of the Manufacture, storage & Import of Hazardous
Chemicals Rules- 1986, the factories Act- 1948, Gujarat Factory Rules and The Chemical
Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules- 1996 (As amended
timely) throughout the life of proposed project.
 To avoid any adverse effect on the health of workers due to chemicals, dust, heat, noise
and other operational hazards; sufficient measures shall be provided in the unit.
 Isolation of drinking water & refreshment area including canteen etc. from the area of
hazardous materials storage & handling
 Edibles & potablesshould be strict prohibition in the area of hazardous materials storage &
handling.
 Match box, lighters, clothes having potential of static charges as well as smoking in plant &
storage area should be strict prohibition.
 Provision of aprons & other suitable work-apparels, gloves, goggles, safety shoes and
other required PPEs for the employees engaged in hazardous areas & operations as well as
working with hazardous materials.
 Provision of decontamination facilities including bath area with adequate resources like
soap, shampoo & showers.
 Proper shift planning of workers exposed to hazard prone areas to manage the total
exposure level as per stipulated standards & / or statutory norms
 The process emission shall not be emitted in the workplace & such process emission shall
be controlled through scrubber attached to process reactor to prevent toxic condition due
to HCl in work place.
 Company shall train a group of employee for comprehensive first-aid and basic first-aid
training to all employees shall be imparted at regular intervals.
 Occupational Health Centre (OHC) shall be headed by full time qualified EHS officer and an
appointed doctor. The Occupational Health Centre (OHC) shall be well equipped with
necessary facilities and conducting major OHS activities as per mandatory
recommendation. Immediate medical treatment by OHC shall be ensured in case of any
emergency.
 Life-saving medicines shall be available within OHC which includes antidote kits (as
required) containing necessary antidote drugs/medicine for severe poisoning of any
hazardous chemicals.
8-19












The medical histories of all employees shall be maintained in the prescribed format.
Thereafter, the employees shall be subjected to medical examination on annual basis.
The health status of workers in the unit shall be regularly monitored under an
occupational surveillance program as practice of OHS program.
Medical checkup shall be done considering the requirement for all chemicals of the
proposed project and suggestion in RA for such checkup programs shall be followed.
A well-equipped ambulance with all emergency medical facilities shall be available with
driver, round-the-clock.
Management shall ensure to provide all necessary PPEs, safety equipment/materials to
ensure healthy & safe work conditions.
Regular inspection for the safety procedures and use of PPEs & Safety equipment/material
shall be done by the management/safety officer.
Workplace monitoring shall be carried out on regular basis. Necessary records &
documents for such monitoring shall be maintained by the proponent on regular basis.
Necessary safety documents, protocol/SOPs, guidelines along with MSDS (if & where
required) shall be provided to the associated/concerned personnel engaged in respective
operational activities.
Necessary training programs & audit shall be done on regular basis to prevent impacts of
the operational activities on human health as well as to improve workplace condition &
safe work system.
The proponent shall ensure implementation of emergency management system with
provision of firefighting equipment/facilities, first aid & medical facilities, evacuation
procedures etc. Proponent shall ensure proper implementation & functioning as well as
assess effectiveness of this system on regular basis even after the proposed project.
Risk assessment study shall be carried out and recommended safety measures/safety &
disaster management plan shall be implemented to ensure safe work condition as well as
healthy workplace condition in all project operation areas/units.
Regular audit for EHS System shall be done.
Management Period
 The structural measures like properly lined storage areas with necessary firefighting
system wherever required, pollution control & prevention technologies etc. shall be
provided in construction phase prior to commissioning of plant operationand their
phase.
head/manager, Plant incharge, safety & environment Officer & engineers,
8-20
8.4.
Other Important EMP
8.4.1. Cleaner Production Action
8.4.1.1. Resource Recovery, Reuse/ Recycle & Conservation
The company will sincerely make efforts to recover the resources for recycling & reuse.
It will regularly try to keep resource utilization at level of minimum required for
operations. In line with these, the following are the action plan suggested for the
resource recovery, reuse/recycling and conservation.
 The company will adopt phenol recovery for reuse/recycling. The phenol recovery
by distillation process at stage of product recovery will be an integral part of
manufacturing process. Such details are illustrated in earlier chapter under
description of manufacturing process.
 The company will recover gaseous HCl in waste gas from process as 30% HCl
byproduct. For the recovery of the HCl company has proposed wet scrubber
attached to the Glass lined reactors of manufacturing process such asTri cresyl
Phosphate, tri-phenyl phosphate,TrisNonyl phenol phosphite, Organic phosphites,
etc.
 The company will adopt practice of reuse of wastewater/blowdown from boiler &
cooling for HCl recovery using wet scrubber. The blowdown water from boiler &
cooling will be directly sent to the scrubber as scrubbing media. As this wastewater
will not have any toxic materials/pollutant, it will be acceptable for recovery of HCl
as 30% HCl solution, which is the by-product.
 Company will practice in-direct recycling &/or reuse the used oil discarded
containers/drums through authorized re-conditioner & recyclers as per statutory
requirement &CPCB guidelines.
8.4.1.2. Energy conservation
The company will sincerely make efforts to implement energy conservation programs. It
will implement many actions to realize efficient energy conservation, such as:
 Company shall manage efficiently the utilization of energy resources, upgrade
operational practice and employ more energy efficient technologies.

Company shall train and educate employees in areas of energy conservation.

Company shall carry regular internal and external audits to identify areas for
improvement and benchmark continuously performance against the best.

Company shall share and enrich experience on energy conservation with other units
and own group companies.

Company shall promote awareness among all employees.

The company shall be fully committed towards energy conservation. It is highly
recommended that company shall have Energy Conservation cell headed by senior
personnel and the duties of the Energy Conservation Cell shall be as following:
8-21
o Periodic monitoring of unit/plant/department wise energy consumption.
o Planning of corrective actions for deviations.
o Carry out internal energy audits & field study on need basis.
o Preparing annual energy activity plan
o Benchmarking for energy performance.
o Arrange training program for energy efficiency.
8.4.2. Greenbelt Development
The greenbelt will be created in open land to develop greenbelt in around 1512.30 m2 (30.01 %
area of total land) area of total land of project. The plantation for proposed greenbelt will be
started in the Monsoon 2014.
Guidelines for Greenbelt Development
 Company shall ensure healthy & dens greenbelt throughout the project life
 Company shall ensure greenbelt development & maintenance in minimum 300 Sq. Mt. at
any time.
 Company shall follow CPCB guidelines for development & maintenance of greenbelt area
 Company shall ensure regular irrigation & fertilization of greenbelt area as required timely
 Company shall ensure replantation in greenbelt area depending upon the survival rate of
planted vegetation to maintain greenbelt in minimum 30% (1512 sq. mt. area) of the total
area of proposed premises
 Company shall plant trees with density of about 1500 trees per hectare in the greenbelt
area
 Indigenous species with fast growth are only selected or form the base of selection as
Green Belt can come in view as fast as possible.
 Company shall plant local species of trees & shrub for greenbelt development
 The tress shall be planted in three tiers pattern so as to ensure that the entire area gets
covered and ensure effective pollution abatement. For this, management shall ensure that
plantation of trees shall include mixture of lower, higher and middle canopy structure,
which shall be mixed appropriately / proportionately / uniformly.
 The plantation shall also include fruit bearing trees/ species which shall be uniformly
distributed which shall act as dwelling place for Varity of birds and other fauna and form a
breeding ground for them.
 Company can select species as following list
Sr. No. Scientific Name
Common Name
Family
No. of Plants
Tree
1
Azadirachtaindica
Neem
Meliaceae
50
2
Mangiferaindica
Mango
Anacardiaceae 10
3
SaracaIndica
Ashoka
Fabaceae
5
4
Delonixregia
Gulmohar
Fabaceae
30
5
Dalbergialatifolia
Shisham
Fabaceae
10
8-22
Sr. No.
6
7
8
9
Scientific Name
Syzygiumcumini
Ficusbengalensis
PongamiaPinnata
Polyalthialongifolia
10
Shrub
1
2
3
Achrassapota
4
5
6
7
Acalyphagodseffiana
Durantaerecta
Galphimiagracilis
Sheena's Gold
Ixorabrachiata
Thujakoraiensis
JasminumOfficinale
Hibiscus rosasinensis
Common Name
Jambu
Banayan tree
Karanja
Mast
Tree/Asopalav
Chiku
Family
Myrtaceae
Moraceae
Fabaceae
Annonaceae
No. of Plants
5
5
10
100
Sapotaceae
10
Acalypha
Daranta Gold
Galphinia
Euphorbiaceae
Verbenaceae
Malpighiaceae
15
10
10
Ixora
Thuja
Jasmine
Jasud
Rubiaceae
Cupressaceae
Oleaceae
Malvaceae
30
30
10
30
 Apart from the plantation of trees in the earmarked areas, the space left over within the
premises after construction of the plant shall be efficiently utilized by converting them into
small gardens, vegetative belt etc., which shall again add to the aesthetic beauty of the
place and also act as a source of recreation.
 Care shall be taken to plant ample trees along the road side, boundary wall as well as
within the plant premises. It shall enable proper balance of atmosphere both outside the
campus by absorbing noise and gaseous pollutants of the road side movement of vehicles
and also absorption of noise and emissions within the premises of the plant.
 Company shall follow the following five year comprehensive greenbelt development
program
1st YEAR PLAN
o Capital provision for irrigation facilities (water pipelines & taps/valves, flexible pipes)
and shall be made in project capital cost
o Recurring Budget for First Year Activities: 2 Lakhs
o Company shall start activities of greenbelt development along with inception of
construction phase of the project
o Company shall provide all necessary facilities for irrigation of greenbelt
o Plantation in minimum 30% area (1512 Sq. mt.) within premises and around boundary
o Company shall acquire saplings from local private/government (Forest & Other)
nursery
o Plantation & maintenance of trees & shrubs as described in Guidelines for greenbelt
development
o Company shall do fertilization as required for healthy & dense greenbelt development
2ndto 5thYEAR PLAN
o Recurring Budget for Second to Fifth Year Activities: 1.5 Lakhs
8-23
o Company shall maintain all necessary facilities for irrigation of greenbelt in good
condition and necessary maintenance of irrigation facilities shall be done regularly
o Company shall regularly assess survival rate of planted trees & shrub and if required
necessary replantation shall be done to ensure healthy & dense greenbelt area in
minimum 30% (1512 sq. mt. area) of the total area of proposed premises
o For replantation, if required, company shall acquire saplings from local
private/government (Forest & Other) nursery
o Company shall do fertilization as required for healthy & dense greenbelt development
Management Period
 The structural measures like properly designed greenbelt area, irrigation facilities,
Sapling storage & maintenance area and storage for greenbelt development
resources/tools etc. shall be provided in construction phase prior to commissioning of
plant operation. The necessary structural maintenance shall be done throughout the
extent of operation phase.
 The non-structural actions as described in above sections of greenbelt development
guidelines and five year program shall be initiated with inception of construction phase
of project and shall be implemented & practiced as routine throughout the project life.
 Structural: Proponent/directors, Project manager, accounting head/manager, Site
Officer & engineers, Contractors
 Non-Structural: Proponent/directors, accounting head/manager, Plant incharge, safety
& environment Officer & engineers, Contractors & operators
8.4.3. Socio-Economic Welfare and CSR
As studied, issue of adverse impacts on socioeconomic layout & public health may occur only
due to the major accidents/hazards associated with the storage, handling & transportation of
hazardous/toxic materials. Further, direct & indirect employment for the proposed project will
have significant beneficial impacts on the economic layout of the area. Besides, proposed CSR
activities will be proven very beneficial to the socioeconomic layout of the local area. Thus
looking to all the facts, following mitigation measures have been suggested as EMP for
prevention & control/minimization of probable adverse impacts & intensification of beneficial
impacts.
 Maximum employment preferably 80% employment shall be done from local area by
giving priority to local people/contractors under direct or indirect employment
programs/plan.
 Proper & efficient implementation EMP including structural & non-structural measures
suggested for Control of Air Pollution, Water & wastewater management, reduction of
Noise, waste management, hazardous materials management as well as RA Report
 Timely environmental monitoring shall be done as per the monitoring plan as described
in earlier chapter 5 to ensure that emission control, waste & wastewater management
8-24











as well as hazardous substance management is done efficiently in line with the
environment management plan as described above separately.
All action plans & mitigation measures suggested in risk assessment and emergency
management shall be implemented to prevent any major chance of adverse impacts on
socioeconomic layout & occupational health.
Emergency Action Plan & Disaster management plan shall be prepared and
implemented with provision of all necessary facilities & requisites for emergency
management of chemical accident associated with the proposed project.
Spill & leak Control as well as Cleanup procedures for all chemical shall be in-place to
handle the incident of spill & leak of any chemical. The emergency disposal of the waste
chemical shall be done only through nearest CETP &/or TSDF.
Awareness programs shall be organized by company for local people of hazard prone
area as well as employees of the company through well planned program schedule.
Such awareness program shall be focused on the probable chances of hazards & effects
of chemicals, necessary action to prevent the effects, action to be taken during
chemical accident etc.
Throughout the operation phase, management shall ensure that there is no
harm/damage to local socioeconomic condition due to the operational activity of the
plant. (e.g. damage to agricultural fields & fisheries of local area due to emission, water
pollution & accidents)
All necessary facilities like first aid, health facilities etc. available in company shall be
made available to needy in the surrounding local area.
Company shall organize CSR activities in the surrounding area as well as other areas of
state & country with necessary budgetary provision around 5% of capital cost in line
with the time bound schedule for at least 5 years. Necessary timely revision of
budgetary provision shall be done as required.
Company shall allocate 3.5 Lakhs Rupees per Annum for the CSR activities and priority
of utilization of fund shall be given on the basis of vital needs of local area.
Company shall regularly conduct CSR activities in the local area by organizing different
kind of social activities and necessary budget for each programs from the allocated
Annual CSR fund shall be prepare and approved fund shall be released timely.
Considering the situation of local area, maximum fund shall be disbursed for
improvement of status of Health & Education of the local area.
The CSR activities shall include the following programs:
 Education Development: (Approx. Rs. 1.5 Lakh/Annum) The activities under such
program shall cover distribution of educational material, awareness & carrier
counseling camps for students, contribution for improvement educational institutes,
health camp in schools, assistance to drop out students
 Health Care: (Approx. Rs. 1Lakh/Annum) The activities under such program shall
cover awareness programs for child immunization, general and specialized health
checkup & medical camps, ICTC (Integrated Counseling and Testing Centre) for free
8-25
of cost HIV testing, awareness programs & camps for female & child health as well
as nutrition and awareness programs on various diseases etc.
 Other: (Approx. Rs. 1 Lakh/Annum) Apart from the above, company can also
conduct activities for social & public infrastructure development & maintenance,
cultural programs, support to village level cultural groups, ecological development &
conservation, village level sport programs, disaster support, training for prevention
& mitigation of disaster, management of relief operation etc.
Note: Details CSR Activity with time bound Enclosed as Annexure VII
8.4.4. Reporting
The proponent shall prepare & submit quarterly/half yearly reports on implementation of the
environmental management program as described in conditions in various licenses/certificate
of clearance like EC, NOC, CC&A etc. as well as in line with the described in EMP will be
submitted to:
 Board of director through MD & General/Production manager
 Gujarat pollution control boards & other authority as required by regulatory provisions
 Other organizations/firms as directed timely by board of directors or
General/production Manager or Govt. authority like MoEF, GPCB, CPCB etc.
8-26
CHAPTER: 09
SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
9.1.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals is located at Plot No. 1250, GIDC, Sarigam – 396155. Tal.
Umbergaon, Dist. Valsad. The company has acquired adequate plot in the notified industrial
estate of Sarigam hence no other land outside of the industrial estate is required. The company
proposes to manufacture products under the category “Synthetic Organic chemicals” (Organic
Phosphites & Organic Phosphates). The company has been promoted by four promoters and
the company will start its operation of the unit after obtaining the EC and other statutory
clearances/ consents/ permissions.
The main products of the company will be Plastic and Paint Additives (Organic Phosphite) and
Organic Phosphates. And Hydrochloric Acid solution (30%) and Phenol will be generated as byproducts.
The proposed products have very high demand for manufacturing of plastic and paint products
manufactured in the region of proposed project and other areas of our country. The products
are now well established and acceptable in the international markets. Business for the product
has bright future and lucrative in various region of India and abroad. Manufacturing of
proposed products in the country is very much economical compare to imports of the same
and also the export of the same can earn extra revenue generation for our county. There is a
huge demand of the proposed products in the export market as well as local market. Proposed
products are widely used and are in demand in the domestic Chemical industry.
As per the EIA notification-2006 as amended the proposed products are covered under activity5(f) category B1 and hence require Prior Environmental Clearance. Public Hearing is exempted
for this project, as the unit is situated within the notified industrial estate (GIDC Sarigam)
developed before 2006 and falling in B category.
The proposed products & by-products along with production capacity are presented below in
tabulated form.
Table 9.1: List of Products & Byproducts with Capacity
Sr.
No.
1
Product Name
Quantity
(TPM)
Plastic and Paint Additives (Organic Phosphite)
(Tri
Phenyl
Phosphite,
DiphenylIsodecylphoshite,
2-Hexyl
Diphenylphosphite, Phenyl Di-IsodecylPhosphite, Tri –DecylPhosphite, Tri
TrisdecylPhosphite,
TrisNonyl
Phenyl
Phosphite, 300.00
DiphenyylTridecylPhosphite (DPTDP), Tetra Phenyl Dipropylene Glycol
Phosphite (THOP), Poly (Dipropylene Glycol) Phenyl Phosphite (DHOP),
4,4-Isopropylidene
bis
(diisodecyl
Phenyl
Phosphite),
Chapter-09: Summary & Conclusion
9-1
DistearylpentaerythritolDiphosphite (DPEDP), TRIS ( 2,4 ditertbutylphenyl)
Phosphite, TRIS ( 2,4 ditertamylphenylphosphite, etc.)
2
Organic Phosphates
(Tri aryl and Alkyl Phosphate, Triphenyl Phosphate, Tricrisyl Phosphate, 150.00
Tributyl Phosphate, CresylDiphenyl Phosphate, etc.)
3.
By products :
Hydrochloric Acid( 30 % Solution)
414.90
Phenol
46.00
TOTAL
910.90
The capital of proposed project has been estimated & budgeted with costs of Rs. 350.00 Lakhs.
The proposed capital includes Rs. 25.00 Lakhs for environmental protection measures.
The plot is already acquired for the proposed project with Plot No. 1250 admeasuring 5040.00
Sq. m. situated at GIDC, Sarigam. The other resources required for the proposed project is as
follows:

Land - 5040.00 Sq. m.

Water- 39.00 KLD will be fulfilled by GIDC water supply.

Power- 200 KVA which will be met by supply from DGVCL or Standby DG sets (200 KVA).

Utility- In proposed unit the heat requirement will be met from Thermopack- 1 No. of
capacity 6 lakh Kcal/Hr, and Boiler- of 1000 Kg/Hr.

Fuel- Baggase Brickets: 3 MT/Day (Boiler MT/Day and Thermopack- 1 MT/Day), & HSD
50 Ltrs/Hr (for DG set).

Human Resource- Proposed 45.
The probable pollution load/sources of impacts are identified during the present EIA study. The
details of the major pollution potential/identified sources of impacts are presented below.

Wastewater: Industrial Effluent – 6.00 KLD, Domestic- 4.00 KLD. The industrial effluent
will be treated in full-fledged proposed in-house ETP (of capacity 10 KLD Max.)
equipped with all required Primary, Secondary & Tertiary Treatment units and then will
be disposed off through GIDC underground drainage to CETP-Sarigam. The domestic
waste water (Sewage) will be disposed off through septic tanks & soak pit

Utility Emissions: PM <150 mg/Nm3 , SOX <100 ppm & NOX <50 ppm after Bag filter for
Boiler and Thermopack.
Proposed Sack as utility emission control measures:
o Stack-I: Biolers and TFH (Ht.-15 m., Dia-200 mm)
9-2
o Stack-II: DG Set (Ht.-15 m., Dia-200 mm)

Process Emissions:
HCl 20 mg/NM3 after ring jet scrubber + Mist eliminator + demister
o Stack-III: Process Vent (Ht.-11 Mt., Dia-150 mm)

Solid/Hazardous wastes:
o ETP Waste: 10.00 MT/Annum (sent to TSDF Side)
o Process Residue: 27.00 MT/Annum (Common incineration facility)
o Discarded Containers: 400 nos./Annum (Sold to approved scrape
dealers/recycler)
o HDPE bags: 3000 Nos./Annum (sold to approved scrape dealers/recycler)
o Used Oil: 100 Lit./Yr. (Sold to approved recycler)

Hazardous Material:
The major hazards are noticed to be associated with 6 chemicals of the project (Phenol,
Phosphorous Trichloride ( PCl3), POCl3, 2-Ethyl Hexanol, Butanol and Cresol). It has been
noticed that only 6 chemicals out of about 15 raw materials are hazardous in nature as
per MSIHC rules (as amended), 2000. These hazardous materials will be received in
tanker load or drums by road truck/tanker and stored in tanks provided in farm area
and designated areas of drum storage. All safety measures will be provided at design
level with all required safety system for the specific chemicals to prevent the associated
hazards & risks.
9.2.
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT & BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS
PROJECT AREA
The proposed new unit - M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals will be setup at Plot No. 1250,
Notified Industrial Estate of GIDC Sarigam, Valsad (Gujarat). The GIDC Industrial estate has all
required infrastructure like electricity, roads, transportation etc.
The project area is situated in the southern part of Gujarat State and shares some area of UT of
Daman and UT of Dadra & Nagar Haveli. The area has global identity for its industrial
development since many decades especially in Vapi GIDC, adjoining UTs and Sarigam GIDC. The
area has contributed significantly in the development of our Nation’s economy through the
excellent industrial growth. The area has considerably developed in last few decades by sharing
vital input through industrial development and implementation of government actions/plan of
development. The area has been selected as the production hub by many large banner
industries of chemicals, pharmaceutical, pesticides, textile & plastic sectors.
The Damanganga river flows from east to west into the Arabian Sea. The river flows
through Maharashtra and Gujarat states, as well as the Union territories of Daman and
9-3
Diu and Dadra and Nagar Haveli. The industrial towns of Vapi, Dadra and Silvassa lie on the
north bank of the river, and the town of Daman occupies both banks of the river's estuary.
BASELINE STATUS
The baseline environmental studies have been done for three months of Summer (Premonsoon) season (March 2015 & May 2015) for the EIA of upcoming project of M/s. Sandhya
Plasticizers & Chemicals. The study has been conducted initially considering the draft TORs
proposed for approval and then continued & finalized according to the conditions of awarded
TORs. The study has been conducted by following the guidelines & the EIA Manual issued by
MoEF. The study has been conducted & finalized by conducting studies during the season of
summer (pre-monsoon) 2015 covering area of 10 km radius from proposed project site for
mappings and 5 km radial area for environmental sampling & monitoring to comply with the
TOR awarded by the State level Expert Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC),
Gandhinagar, Gujarat.
The frequency of various environmental sampling & analysis was determined following the
guidelines provided by MoEF in online EIA Manual. The details of frequency of environmental
sampling considered for the study are illustrated in the following table.
Table 9.2: Details of Environmental sampling frequency.
Attributes
Sampling Monitoring Frequency
A. Air Environment
Meteorological Data
Hourly continuous during Study Period
Ambient Air Quality
24 hourly twice a week during study period
B. Noise
Hourly for one day during Study Period
C. Water
Ground Water
Surface Water
D. Soil Quality
E. Land Use -Land Cover & Topography Once in Study Period
F. Ecological Data
G. Socio-economic Data
H. Other Maps
One seasonal ambient air monitoring data was collected during the study period of March 2015
& May 2015.
The data of wind pattern collected during the study period indicates that the wind was blowing
dominantly from 238 Degree (NNE) and the average wind speed was noticed to be around 3.04
m/sec. Maximum wind speed has been noticed to be 21.61 m/s.
9-4
Ambient Air Quality assessments for the selected locations are carried out and the maximum
concentration of the PM10, PM2.5, SOx & NOx was found respectively 92.00 µg/m3, 35.00 µg/m3,
27.00 µg/m3, 29.00 µg/m3 at the project site during the study period because the project is
located in the notified industrial area of GIDC and surrounded by the different types of
industries.
9.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIROMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
As studied during the present EIA study, no major significant impacts from proposed plant are
anticipated except the cases of failure of APCD and catastrophic disaster in material storage
area.
As proponent has planned to install well designed ETP which will be efficient for adequate
wastewater treatment to meet the norms for disposal through underground drainage of GIDC
going to CETP, Sarigam. The ETP process adopted by the proponent is adequate to remove the
pollutants from the waste water. Thus issue of water or land/soil pollution due to disposal of
treated wastewater is also not envisaged. Besides, the water consumption will be met through
the drawl of water from pipeline of GIDC water supply department. Groundwater will not be
abstracted for water requirement of proposed project. Hence the impacts due to the water
consumption are not envisaged. Risk assessment study has been conducted for the proposed
project and the suggestions made in the report shall be implemented strictly to prevent any
chances of environmental contamination and employee health & safety. By the efficient
implementation of Hazard/Risk control/Prevention measures the negative impacts would be
avoided.
Further, the fuel for Boiler and TFH will be Bagasse. The emission from these utilities will not be
the major issue as bagasse will be used as fuel. The emission from DG set will not have regular
pollution potential as those will be utilized only during the failure of supply by DGVCL. Hence,
there would not be any considerable emission. In the process of Tri Phenyl Phosphite & Organic
Phosphite Phenol are likely to arise as process emission. For control of phenol emission no
special measure is required, as it will be recovered in process itself. Phenol will be distilled and
will be reused in process or will be sold to actual user as by-product. In some process HCl is
likely to arise as process emission which will be recovered by providing scrubber. The
recovered HCl will be sold as by-product.
Besides, the hazardous waste generation includes almost all recyclable waste except ETP
sludge and Process Residues. All these hazardous waste will be managed as per
MoEF/CPCB/GPCB Guidelines. Hence issues of environmental contamination due to hazardous
waste are not envisaged.
The proponent will plant varieties of native trees & shrubs in the premises. The Greenbelt will
be maintained in excellent condition giving visual of dense vegetation. The proponent will
manage the greenbelt with all possible care & attention to improve environmental condition.
Thus the beneficial impacts due to the dense greenbelt are envisaged. The greenbelt will be
created in open land to develop greenbelt in around 1512.30 m 2 (30.01 % area of total land)
9-5
area of total land of project. The plantation for proposed greenbelt will be started in the
Monsoon.
Other than these aspects, it is also found that the high noise generation sources will not be the
part of proposed project. At any point of process plant the noise level at work place will remain
below 75 dB (A) which will be further mitigated by provision of PPEs and shift management.
The noise level out of the premises is envisaged to be below 60 dB(A) in day and below 50
dB(A) in night as maximum. Hence impacts of noise are not envisaged.
Company shall organize CSR activities in the surrounding area as well as other areas of state &
country with necessary budgetary provision around 5% of capital cost in line with the time
bound schedule for at least 5 years. Necessary timely revision of budgetary provision shall be
done as required.
All aspects of safety are adequately being managed and required safety material, equipments
and facilities will be provided to all employees, contractor & visitors.
9.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
The environmental monitoring program has been prepared in five different sections covering
all necessary guidelines & plan for effective & efficient monitoring of the environmental
conditions to ensure that EMP is implemented efficiently to prevent/minimize the anticipated
impacts. The details are of the programs are presented below in tabular form:
Table 9.3: Details of Environment Monitoring Program
Sr. No.
1.
Environmental Components Monitoring Points/Location
Ambient Air
Ambient air quality at minimum 3 location within
the plant premises having 1 location in downwind
direction
Ambient air quality at minimum 1location in
downwind direction preferably at between 500
mtrs. & 1 km distance from plant boundary.
Workplace areas: RM Storage and Production
areas
In case of accidental leak & spill of hazardous
chemical: At maximum spots likely to be affected
2.
Water & Wastewater
Groundwater from all bore wells within premises
In case of accidental spillage/leak , groundwater
samples from the area likely to be affected
3.
Emission
All Stacks including stacks of Boiler, TFH & DG Set
4.
Noise
At all sources (DG set, Boiler, TFH, Production
Utilities/machineries, Pumps, Compressors etc.)
and at deferent areas (Production area, Storage
9-6
Sr. No.
Environmental Components Monitoring Points/Location
area, transportation area, Administrative area,
security area, utility house, ETP etc) within
premises
5.
Greenbelt/Vegetation Cover
Greenbelt Area at Boundary & Garden
6.
Soil
At Two locations from storage & greenbelt area,
In case of accidental spillage/leak , soil of the
affected area from various spots & depth
9.5 ADITIONAL STUDY
In case of the present EIA study for proposed project Risk Assessment as additional studies has
been given as condition in awarded TOR, which needed to be included in the EIA study &
report. The Risk Assessment Study for the upcoming project has been conducted by functional
area expert of EIA Team. The risk assessment has been carried out with consideration of some
probable worst case scenarios like Fire, explosion and flammable cloud & toxic dispersion. The
major hazards are noticed to be associated with six chemicals of the project (Phenol,
Phosphorous Trichloride ( PCl3), POCl3, 2-Ethyl Hexanol, Butanol and Cresol) which can have worst
case scenarios of fire & explosion as well as dispersion of toxic vapour & flammable cloud. As,
the proposed project is of manufacturing of synthetic resins & paint using some organic
chemicals, impacts are likely to occur due to some other chemical hazards also. Thus with such
probabilities & considerations of hazards & risk, “Risk Assessment Study” has been carried out
by proponent as pre-project conceptual RA study. The Disaster & Onsite Emergency
Management plan has also been prepared as a part of RA study assignment. The whole Risk
Assessment Report is incorporated in the chapter-6 of the EIA report, and the onsite
emergency plan has been enclosed herewith the EIA report as Annexure-XI.
9.6 PROJECT BENEFITS
The project does not require any land outside of a notified industrial estate of GIDC - Sarigam
and the estate is years old with all required infrastructures. Hence no major benefits in terms
of development of new infrastructures & direct improvement in infrastructure due to proposed
project are anticipated.
The project benefits will be significant in terms of benefit to the local socio-economic status by
generating a good opportunity of direct & indirect employment, etc. as well as economic
conditions of state & country.
9.7 ENVRIONMETAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
The proposed project will have some potential of impact in form of pollution sources mainly as
the emission from utilities. Such sources of impacts and the significance of the impacts are
9-7
already described in above sections with necessary mitigations. In line with the above
description some important mitigation measures are cited as necessary requirement to
prevent &/or control / minimize the probable impacts of proposed project on environment.
The details of such mitigations are described below under respective heading with necessary
details.
Air Pollution Control

Bag Filter and Stack of adequate height & internal diameter (Ht.-15 Mt., Dia-200 mm)
are to be provided for efficient dispersion of emission from proposed Boiler & TFH

CPCB approved DG sets to be used only during the failure of power supply from DGVCL
Grid.

Stack of adequate height & internal diameter (Ht.-15 Mt., Dia-200 mm) are to be
provided for efficient dispersion of emission from proposed DG set.

Provision of all necessary PPEs to employee & regular workplace monitoring programs

Properly designed enclosed storage vessels made of suitable materials and adequate
handling & transfer system preferably closed system operated through the automation
like PLC

Provision of FD/ ID fan with utilities/ stack if/as required to maintain desired velocity of
exit gas.

Provision of three stage scrubber as an integrated part of process equipment for
scrubbing of process emission - HCl and stack of adequate height and internal diameter
(Ht.-11 Mt., Dia-150 mm).

All mitigation, control & prevention measures as suggested in Safety Audit report & RA
report shall be provided.

Regular monitoring of Stack emission, Ambient Air and workplace air shall be done as
per Monitoring plan

Transportation must be done in closed approved vehicles only. All safety & control
measures shall be provided to prevent spill, leak and accident during transportation.

Low emission transport vehicles complying HAZMAT guidelines & statutory
requirements.
Water & Wastewater Management

Water requirement to be met only from GIDC Water supply line.

Proper impervious lining in storage & production area

Adequate & properly designed storage area to prevent spill & leak of chemicals

Implementation of mitigation measures suggested for Land Environment

Adequate & minimal use of water

Metering for measurement of water usage and wastewater generation & disposal
9-8

Disposal of sewage through septic tank & soak pit only and regular checking &
maintenance for prevention of leak & overflow.

Provision of in-house full-fledge ETP having capacity of 10 KL/Day with Primary,
secondary & tertiary treatment units.

Disposal of adequately treated effluent goes through the underground drainage to CETP,
Sarigam.

Regular inspection & management for prevention of any kind of contaminated runoff
from construction area.

Implementation of safety measures & emergency management system for management
of hazardous chemicals
Land Environment Management

The construction waste shall be used for the suitable construction works and the scrap
from mechanical activities & installation of heavy machineries/equipment shall be
collected and stored in scrap yard for sell to scrap dealer.

The greenbelt will be created in open land to develop greenbelt in around 1512.30 m2
(30.01 % area of total land) area of total land of project.

Adequate ETP for treatment of effluent & arrangement of disposal through underground
drainage of GIDC going to CETP, Sarigam.

Hazardous waste management as per statutory guidelines & requirements.

All possible recyclable/reusable wastes shall be reused/ recycled as per statutory
provision by sell to authorized recycler/refiners.

Impervious lining in all area likely to be affected by the spill / leak of hazardous
chemicals/wastes.

All transportation shall be done in closed truck/tanker approved as per statutory
requirement to prevent volatile emissions as well as leak/spill during transportation.

HAZMAT guidelines shall be followed for transport of all hazardous materials. Safety &
emergency equipment & materials and safety & emergency management guidelines
shall be provided on the transport vehicles.

Greenbelt development & management to ensure healthy & dens greenbelt/pasture
throughout the life of the project.

Monitoring of soil samples shall be done as per Environmental monitoring plan.
9-9
Ecological Environment Management

Proper & efficient implementation of mitigation measures & EMP suggested for control
of Air pollution, Water & wastewater management, reduction of Noise and construction
waste management.

RA has to be conducted and all necessary control & prevention measures for all hazards
associated with the project shall be implemented prior to inception of the project
activities.

Disaster/Emergency Management Plan shall be prepared & implemented

Greenbelt development & maintenance within premises & around periphery as per
greenbelt development plan.
Noise & Vibration Generation & Management

Noise generating & vibrating equipment like motors, pumps etc. shall be mounted on
sturdy concrete foundations with rubber padding to reduce vibrations.

DG set shall be complying noise standard prescribed by CPCB and silencer as well as
acoustic enclosure shall be provided.

Barrier in form of Dens Greenbelt in and around premises and concrete wall wherever
required & suitable.

Further to cope up with the issue of occupational noise exposure, PPEs like earmuff &
earplug will be provided to all concerned employees.

The impacts of noise on occupational health would be mitigated by proper shift timing &
regular annual checkup of concern employees.

Periodic monitoring of noise levels as per post-project monitoring plan shall be done on
regular basis.

High noise generating activities shall be restricted during night time.
Occupation Health & Safety

All necessary implementation & actions for ensuring safe work condition

All statutory guidelines related with occupational health & safety is/will be followed

Implementation of all hazards & risk control & prevention measures

Provision of aprons & other suitable work-apparels, gloves, goggles, safety shoes and
other required PPEs for the employees engaged in hazardous areas & operations as well
as working with hazardous materials.

Regular inspection for the safety procedures and use of PPEs & Safety
equipment/material

The medical histories of all employees shall be maintained in the prescribed format.
Thereafter, the employees shall be subjected to medical examination on annual basis..
9-10

Training programs & safety audit on regular basis to prevent impacts of the operational
activities on occupational health as well as to improve workplace condition & safe work
system.
Greenbelt Development
The company has proposed to develop the greenbelt in 1512.30 m2 (30.01 % area of total land)
land in & along the premises. The plantation for proposed greenbelt will be started in the
Monsoon. Same greenbelt will be maintained in healthy & dense condition throughout its
operation period after the proposed project. Company shall plant trees with density of about
1500 trees per hectare in the greenbelt area. Only indigenous species with fast growth will be
selected or form the base of selection as Green Belt can come in view as fast as possible.
Company shall plant local species of trees & shrub for greenbelt development. All necessary
actions like fertilization, irrigation, pest control, pruning & trimming as well as re-plantation as
required shall be taken timely to ensure dense healthy greenbelt all the time.
Environment Health & Safety Management Cell
The company has already formulated the environment management cell. With vision to
improve the efficiency, Environmental Management Cell will be modified.
Socioeconomic welfare & CSR Activities

All action plans & mitigation measures suggested in risk assessment and emergency
management shall be implemented to prevent any major chance of adverse impacts on
socioeconomic layout & occupational health.

Emergency Action Plan & Disaster management plan shall be prepared and implemented
with provision of all necessary facilities & requisites for emergency management of
chemical accident associated with the proposed project.

Maximum employment preferably 80% employment shall be done from local area by
giving priority to local people/contractors under direct or indirect employment
programs/plan.

Regular social activities as part of its CSR Program to enhance the social condition mainly
for education & health improvement in the project area.

Details CSR Activity and planning with time bound enclosed as Annexure VII.
9.8 CONCLUSION
The study for the proposed project of M/s. Sandhya Plasticizers & Chemicals at Sarigam GIDC
has revealed that the upcoming activities of “Synthetic Organic chemicals” (Organic Phosphites
& Organic Phosphates) manufacturing will have some considerable impacts which would
mainly occur only upon accidental spill/leak of chemicals/materials and catastrophic disasters.
All other impacts of the project will remain far below acceptable limits after necessary
9-11
mitigation as described & suggested in EIA report. The major impacts of catastrophic disaster
will also be brought under acceptable limits by implementing the required hazard prevention &
control measures as suggested in RA report. Thus it has been concluded that there would not
be any major impacts on environment due to the proposed project except the impacts of
emissions and major accident scenarios which may extend out of the plant area.
9-12
CHAPTER: 10
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED
10.1. ABOUT UNISTAR ENVIRONMENT & RESEACH LABS PVT. LTD.
Unistar Environment And Research Labs Private Limited is a company registered under the
companies Act in India (Vapi, Gujarat) to provide efficient and economical services in the areas
of environmental pollution control/ monitoring and chemical analysis & research activities to
various industries and institutions. Unistar Environment and Research Labs Private Limited is a
service providing organization rendering a wide range of environment pollution control related
services.
Unistar Environment And Research Labs Private Limited is a growing environmental pollution
control service providing company having a team of qualified and experienced persons from
various disciplines to handle complex assignments. In addition, we have a pool of highly
qualified experts from related and specialized fields to draw upon should an assignment dictate
so. The organization has a sufficing infrastructure along with a fully equipped laboratory and
field staff.
The client list includes some of the foremost industry houses in India, mainly in the area of
pharmaceuticals, Personal care products, Metal and Metal Processing, Textile processing,
Paper manufacturing, Dyes and Intermediates, Specialty chemicals, Engineering (Fabrication,
surface Treatment, coating and assembling), Plastics and Packaging, Hotels, various
miscellaneous industrial units and government and semi-government departments.
The company aims to provide effective and optimum environment management systems for
treatment & control of gaseous emissions, water, wastewater and hazardous waste.
Vision - to establish a strong technical foothold in the area of environmental pollution To
establish a strong technical foothold in the area of environmental pollution control,
Monitoring, Chemical testing and Research.
Mission - to provide reliable and economical solution in timely manner that best meets the
individual concerns for each client.
Chapter-10: Disclosure of consultant engaged
10-1
Services
The Unistar provides the following services
Consultancy Services:
 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study.

Treatability/Feasibility study to establish Effluent Treatment Scheme.

Study of pollution control system and its adequacy & efficacy.

Environmental Audit of the industrial units.

Environmental studies and reports.

Legal and Technical assistance to comply with environmental legislations.
Environmental Monitoring Services:
 Post Environment Clearance monitoring programs.

Potable water testing as per IS 10500: 2012 and WHO standard.

Chemical & Microbial monitoring and analysis of Water & Waste Water.

Hazardous and non-hazardous Solid Wastes and soil samples monitoring and analysis.

Ambient Air quality, Work place, Flue gas stack, process gas stack emission, Ambient
Noise level Monitoring.

Analytical testing of all kind of chemicals, metals, etc.
Engineering Services:
 Designing, Erection and Commissioning of ETP and STP.

Designing, Erection and Commissioning of APCD.

Operation & Maintenance of ETP and STP.
Introducing Our Additional Services:
 Education and training in the area of Energy, Safety, Health, Various CSR activities and
Environment.

CSR Activity plan or Proposal and implementation, documentation and reporting.

Carry out Social Need Assessment study.

Conducting CSR Audits.
10-2
Recognition
1. MoEF&CC (Govt. Of India) Recognized Environmental Laboratory under The
Environment (Protection) Act-1986.
2. GPCB (Govt. Of Gujarat) Recognized Environmental Auditor. (Schedule- II)
3. NABET Accreditation scheme for EIA Consultant: (Provisional Accreditation)
4. NABL (ISO/IEC 17025: 2005) Accredited Environmental Laboratory
5. OSHAS 18001:2007 certified Laboratory
6. ISO 9001: 2008 certified company.
10-3
10-4
10-5
10-6
10-7

environmental impact assessment report

Transcription

Similar documents

Harvest-Conference-Program--Final

A golden opportunity to A golden opportunity to

Dance Of The Kama Sutra

the goodness - Goodness Me

pedogenesis - E.S.C.U.L.E.N.T.A.

general guidance on the preparation of terms of reference for

Understanding organic `labels`

Take Care OF YOUR HEALTH

intraMAX Brochure 1106 copy